More annual reports from Xerox:
2023 ReportPeers and competitors of Xerox:
Boku, Inc2008 Annual Report © 2009 Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. XEROX®, the sphere of connectivity design, DocuColor®, DocuTech®, FreeFlow®, New Business of Printing®, Phaser®, WorkCentre®, iGen3®, iGen4™, and Xerox Nuvera® are trademarks of, or licensed to Xerox Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. XMPie® is a trademark of XMPie Inc. 002CS18008 Cover.indd 4-1 3/12/09 1:19:18 PM “ Bottom line: yes, we are feeling the impact of the recession; yes, we are moving aggressively to reduce costs, generate cash and weather the storm; but no, we are neither giving up on 2009 nor mortgaging our future by compromising on investments that will give us momentum as we come out of the economic downturn.” Anne M. Mulcahy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Cover.indd 2-3 3/12/09 1:19:18 PM Financial overview (in millions, except EPS) Total revenue Equipment sales Post sale revenue Net income Adjusted net income* Diluted earnings per share Adjusted earnings per share* 2008 2007 $ 17,608 $ 17,228 4,679 4,753 12,929 12,475 230 985 0.26 1.10 1,135 1,135 1.19 1.19 Net cash provided by operating activities 939 1,871 Adjusted cash from core operations* 1,721 2,083 * See Page 7 for the reconciliation of the difference between this financial measure that is not in compliance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. 1 Financial Overview 2 Letter to Shareholders 8 Board of Directors 10 Our Business 25 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 47 Financial Statements 95 Officers 96 Shareholder Information Financial overview (in millions, except EPS) Xerox 2008 Annual Report 1 Text.indd 1 3/20/09 3:52:40 PM Dear fellow shareholders: It will come as no surprise to you that Xerox shareholders have been negatively impacted by the economic crisis that has ricocheted around the world in recent months. Through three quarters of 2008, we were on the path to another year of solid performance. That trajectory changed dramatically in the fourth quarter. One example will make the point. Our developing markets organization was on track to deliver another year of double- digit revenue growth. Through the first three quarters of 2008, revenue was up 17 percent. Starting in mid-November, the bottom fell out with breathtaking speed, resulting in a fourth-quarter revenue decline of 14 percent in our developing markets. “ Although we are hardly immune from the recessionary turmoil, we are better positioned than most to navigate through it.” Some of the sudden shift was due to a rapid decline in the Russian and Eastern European economies. But 11 points of the 14-point decline was due to major – some would say wild – shifts in currency in several developing markets. Typically, we manage changes in currency through pricing, but this currency decline was so swift and so significant that pricing couldn’t catch up. I point this out not as an excuse, but as an illustration of the roller-coaster nature of this economy. “ The wonderful people I am privileged to lead at Xerox are focused with passion and grit on those things we can control. This attitude and focus helped us turn in credible performance in a very difficult year.” Although we are hardly immune from the recessionary turmoil, we are better positioned than most to navigate through it. Our value proposition is supported by the strength of our financial position and the resiliency of our recurring revenue stream that is driven by installs of Xerox technology and multi-year contracts for Xerox services. More than 70 percent of our revenue and 80 percent of our cash flow is generated from our annuity-based business model, making for a solid and reliable asset, especially in tough economies. Last year, our annuity delivered $12.9 billion in revenue – up 4 percent from 2007 – and helped us generate more than $1.7 billion in adjusted cash from core operations* – or $1.36 per share in adjusted free cash flow.* * See Page 7 for the reconciliation of the difference between this financial measure that is not in compliance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. 2 Text.indd 2 3/18/09 5:57:05 PM Given our cash flow, healthy cash balance – $1.2 billion at the end of 2008 – and a $2 billion credit facility, we remain quite confident in our financial position and have no need to access the capital markets in the foreseeable future. It’s certainly an advantaged position in this economy. That’s all looking in the rear-view mirror. I don’t have to be a psychic to know that you have little patience for that – especially in these turbulent times. Neither do I. I’ve met with many investors in recent months and I keep hearing three questions asked over and over: Although we are keenly aware that there is much we cannot control, the wonderful people I am privileged to lead at Xerox are focused with passion and grit on those things we can control. This attitude and focus helped us turn in credible performance in a very difficult year: • What are you doing to confront the recession right now? • What are you doing to make sure you come out of this crisis with a full head of steam? • Why should I continue to invest in Xerox? • Total revenue for 2008 was $17.6 billion – that’s an increase of $380 million, or 2 percent, over 2007. Fair enough. Let me answer each of those questions as candidly and succinctly as I can. • Full-year net income was $230 million including a litigation charge. Excluding this and certain other charges, adjusted net income was $985 million.* • We generated $939 million of operating cash flow. Adjusted cash from core operations for the year was $1.7 billion.* • Through the 5 percent of our revenue invested in innovation, we continued to expand our portfolio of document management technology and services – already the broadest in the industry and in our history. • And we continued to expand distribution, bringing the Xerox brand to more businesses of any size all around the world. The proof points are everywhere. The highly respected Gartner organization lists us as a “Magic Quadrant” market leader in managed print services, as well as for printers and multi function systems that print, copy, fax and scan all in one device. Our new offerings last year garnered some 230 awards from industry groups and media around the world. I could go on, but you get the point. Third parties are validating our progress and our leadership in virtually every aspect of our business. “ The highly respected Gartner organization lists us as a “Magic Quadrant” market leader in managed print services, as well as for printers and multi function systems.” Actions to Minimize Impact of the Recession We are doing everything possible to reduce cost – everything that doesn’t mortgage our future. We took a $349 million restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of 2008 that has resulted in the elimination of about 3,400 jobs. We expect that the restructuring will deliver $200 million in savings this year. Xerox 2008 Annual Report 3 Text.indd 3 3/18/09 5:57:06 PM 2008 bonuses have been scaled back substantially and people on bonus plans will receive no salary increases this year. Expenses like training and travel have been significantly cut back. External hiring has to be approved by me personally. We’ve accelerated the consolidation of manufacturing facilities around the world, stopped the production of products made in very low volume, and consolidated operations wherever we can. We’ve realigned our support operations – including human resources, training, finance and marketing – to achieve better synergy at lower cost. We’ve streamlined product development and engineering by combining two product development organizations into one. So we are taking a long list of actions aimed at getting our expenses aligned with the realities of faltering economies in just about every corner of the globe. Our investments over the years in Lean Six Sigma have given us a set of tools and processes that simplify and reduce the cost of managing our global operations. For us, it’s not an event, but a way of life. The management team I’m privileged to lead is a seasoned group that knows all about belt-tightening and is eager to deliver the best possible shareholder value that conditions allow. You place a lot of trust in us. It’s something we take very seriously. Emerging with a Full Head of Steam At the same time, we are not mortgaging our future. We are continuing to invest for growth and we are continuing to stick to the fundamentals – starting with listening to our customers. One of the things I’m proudest of is the customer-centric culture we’ve developed at Xerox. We have a proven track record that demonstrates that our customers increasingly see us not as a vendor, but as a partner. Net income (millions) 1,210 1,135 985* 978 859 ’04 ’05 ’06 ’07 ’08 230* Post-sale revenue (included in total revenue – millions) 11,242 11,182 11,438 12,929 12,475 ’04 ’05 ’06 ’07 ’08 Color revenue (included in total revenue – millions) 6,669 6,356 5,578 4,928 4,188 ’04 ’05 ’06 ’07 ’08 * See Page 7 for the reconciliation of the difference between this financial measure that is not in compliance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. 4 Text.indd 4 3/18/09 5:57:07 PM Net cash from operating activities (millions) 1,750 1,871 1,617 1,554* 1,420 939 ’04 ’05 ’06 ’07 ’08 Gross margins (percent) 41.6 41.2 40.6 40.3 38.9 ’04 ’05 ’06 ’07 ’08 Selling, administrative and general costs (percent of revenue) 26.7 26.2 25.2 25.0 25.7 ’04 ’05 ’06 ’07 ’08 Our combination of document services, affordable and innovative color technology, and broader distribution to businesses of any size positions us exceptionally well to attack a $132 billion market. Here’s how: We provide document services that help businesses work faster and smarter with lower costs. Today businesses rely on us to help reduce their infrastructure costs by optimizing how they manage their document technology and handle enterprise-wide printing needs. Also core to our document services offerings is our expertise in converting paper to digital and helping customers seamlessly track, edit, share and save documents in any form. In a world where 15.2 trillion pages are printed each year and $650 billion in productivity is lost each year due to the overload of information, our ability to simplify the way work gets done helps customers save up to 30 percent on their document management costs. That’s a figure that is getting more and more attention as we speak to our customers these days, many of whom are looking for ways to contain cost and reduce paper. That may seem counter-intuitive coming from a company known for putting marks on pages, but it’s actually a sweet spot for us, especially in what we call “document-intensive” industries like legal, healthcare, financial services and education. Increasingly we’re partnering with IT services companies like CSC and HCL Technologies to integrate our strength in document management with their capabilities in managing enterprise-wide IT systems. And, we are the preferred global imaging partner for IBM Managed Business Process Services, a unit of IBM Global Technology Services. Under our worldwide agreement, we’re scanning and imaging millions of documents for IBM and their customers. We provide affordable color printing systems that cut through the clutter with high-impact communications. Xerox continues to benefit from making color printing affordable for businesses of any size. Revenue from color now represents more than 41 percent of our total revenue. Xerox 2008 Annual Report 5 Text.indd 5 3/18/09 5:57:08 PM The billions of pages printed on Xerox color systems grew 24 percent last year, and total significantly more than any of our competitors. In fact, according to estimates by InfoTrends, a leading independent research firm, Xerox’s DocuColor®, iGen3® and iGen4™ presses accounted for approximately one-half of the total worldwide color pages printed by high-speed digital systems. By acquiring nine office technology dealers in the last two years and launching 19 products in 2008 designed for small and mid-size businesses (SMB), we have significantly increased our penetration in the SMB marketplace. In fact, the number of installs for our desktop printers and multifunction systems grew 10 percent last year, largely due to more channels selling the Xerox brand. With the broadest portfolio of color printing systems on the market, we continue to create new business opportunities in production printing through color technology and systems such as the Xerox iGen4™ Press and Xerox 700, both of which launched in 2008. This year we’ll shake up the industry even more with the introduction of a color multifunction system that breaks down the cost barrier of color printing in the office through exclusive solid ink technology, which not only lessens the impact on a business’ bottom line but also on the environment. “ Our recurring revenue stream represents more than 70 percent of our total revenue. That gives us some cushion in challenging economic times and helps fuel the $1.7 billion in cash that we expect to generate this year from core operations.” “ One of the things I’m proudest of is the customer-centric culture we’ve developed at Xerox. We have a proven track record that demonstrates that our customers increasingly see us not as a vendor, but as a partner.” We have more distribution channels to bring Xerox’s technology and services to more businesses of any size, anywhere around the world. For decades, we’ve had the largest and best direct sales force in our industry. Currently it’s over 7,500 strong – one of our crown jewels and an asset that gives us a competitive advantage. That’s backed up by Global Imaging Systems, our wholly-owned and growing network of U.S. dealers, as well as an equally impressive partnership with agents, concessionaires, resellers and more – giving Xerox the largest, broadest and most professional distribution network in our industry. Bottom line: yes, we are feeling the impact of the recession; yes, we are moving aggressively to reduce costs, generate cash and weather the storm; but no, we are neither giving up on 2009 nor mortgaging our future by compromising on investments that will give us momentum as we come out of the economic downturn. The Case for Xerox as an Investment We firmly believe that we will navigate through this set of challenges and emerge stronger than ever. I say that for several reasons. We continue to enhance our leadership position in document technology. Last year, Xerox inventors earned more than 600 U.S. utility patents. We currently hold more than 8,900 active patents in the U.S. and, together with our research partner Fuji Xerox, we have received over 55,000 worldwide patents in our history. Our research leadership yields the best and broadest set of offerings in our industry. Over the past three years, we have launched more than 80 products – including 29 new products last year with about the same number expected this year. 6 Text.indd 6 3/18/09 5:57:08 PM Our distribution and services capacity is also the best and broadest in our industry. Through our vast and growing network of direct sales, agents, resellers, Global Imaging partners and distributors, we do business in over 160 countries. This is a huge competitive advantage, as customers depend on us for global account management and increasingly want to move documents around the world with speed, ease and security. We are proud of but not content with the competitive advantage we have created in our industry. We know it’s a never-ending battle but it’s one we’re eager to wage. We feel the same way about corporate responsibility. Even in the worst of times, we continue to make appropriate investments in the communities in which we work and live. We continue to be a leader in diversity in all its forms. We continue to fight for a sustainable world and a greener planet. Our strategic bets in the marketplace are paying off in areas like color and document services. Color pages now represent 18 percent of total pages printed on Xerox technology, up from 12 percent in 2007. We lead the industry in the number of color pages printed. In services, we generated $3.5 billion in annuity revenue last year, a year-over-year increase of 3 percent. Our recurring revenue stream represents more than 70 percent of our total revenue. That gives us some cushion in challenging economic times and helps fuel the $1.7 billion in cash that we expect to generate this year from core operations. Our leadership team is battle-tested and results-driven. They are an unusual mix of Xerox veterans, new leaders who have recently emerged from the ranks and people who joined us from other leading companies. They are all driven by one goal – the success of Xerox measured by the value we deliver to our shareholders. Last but hardly least is the quality and dedication of our workforce. Together with our technology and our distribution, they provide the knowledge and the passion to bring value to our customers. When I visit customers, it’s our people they want to talk about. Customers sing the praises of Xerox people and want to talk about their focus on solving problems, their can-do attitude, and their desire to do whatever it takes to get the job done. At the end of the day, Xerox people spell the difference between failure and success. So we are feeling good about where we are. There is a fair amount of disruption in our industry – some of it brought on by the economy but much of it brought on by Xerox. Over the past few years, we have upped the ante considerably on the technology we have brought to market. We have both built and acquired new document services offerings. And we have expanded our distribution. We don’t have our heads in the sand about the challenges we face, yet we believe we are better positioned than most to meet the obstacles that 2009 will certainly bring our way. There are likely to be winners and losers when the dust finally settles. We feel confident we will be a winner. Anne M. Mulcahy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Note: Color results exclude Global Imaging Systems performance. Non-GAAP Reconciliation Adjusted Net Income/EPS (in millions, except per share amounts) Net Income – As Reported Adjustments: Q4 2008 Restructuring and asset impairment charges Q4 2008 Equipment write-off Q1 2008 Provision for litigation matters Net Income – As Adjusted Full-year 2008 Net Income $ 230 240 24 491 $ 985 EPS 0.26 0.27 0.03 0.54 1.10 Adjusted Net Cash from Operating Activities/ Cash from Core Operations (in millions) Operating Cash – As Reported Payments for securities litigation Operating Cash – As Adjusted Increase (decrease) in finance receivables Increase in equipment on operating leases Cash from Core Operations – As Adjusted Full-year 2008 $ 939 Full-year 2007 $ 1,871 615 $ 1,554 (164) 331 $ 1,721 — $ 1,871 (119) 331 $ 2,083 Adjusted Free Cash Flow/Free Cash Flow Per Share (in millions, except per-share data, shares in thousands) Operating Cash Flow – As Reported Full-year 2008 $ 939 Payments for securities litigation, net Capital expenditures Internal-use software Adjusted Free Cash Flow (FCF) Adjusted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share 615 (206) (129) $ 1,219 895,542 $ 1.36 Xerox 2008 Annual Report 7 Text.indd 7 3/18/09 5:57:09 PM Board of Directors 1. Anne M. Mulcahy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Xerox Corporation Norwalk, CT 6. Robert A. McDonaldA, B Chief Operating Officer The Procter & Gamble Company Cincinnati, OH 5 6 7 8 10 4 3 2 1 9 A: Member of the Audit Committee B: Member of the Compensation Committee C: Member of the Corporate Governance Committee D: Member of the Finance Committee 2. Ursula M. Burns President Xerox Corporation Norwalk, CT 3. Glenn A. BrittA, B President and Chief Executive Officer Time Warner Cable Stamford, CT 4. Ann N. ReeseC, D Executive Director Center for Adoption Policy Rye, NY 5. Vernon E. Jordan, Jr.**B, C Senior Managing Director Lazard Frères & Co., LLC New York, NY Of Counsel, Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, LLP Washington, DC 7. Charles PrinceD Chairman Sconset Group Vice Chairman and Chairman of the Board of Advisors Stonebridge International LLC Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Citigroup Inc. New York, NY 8. Mary Agnes WilderotterD Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Frontier Communications Corporation Stamford, CT 9. N. J. Nicholas, Jr.B, D Investor New York, NY 10. William Curt HunterA, C Dean, Tippie College of Business University of Iowa Iowa City, IA Richard J. Harrington*A Retired President and Chief Executive Officer The Thomson Corporation Stamford, CT 10 25 47 48 Our Business Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Management’s Discussion and Analysis Consolidated Statements of of Financial Condition and Results of Shareholders’ Equity Quarterly Results of Operations Operations (Unaudited) Consolidated Statements of Income Financial Statements Five Years in Review Notes to the Consolidated Consolidated Balance Sheets Reports of Management Shareholder Information 91 92 93 96 49 50 51 90 8 Text.indd 8 * Not pictured ** Mr. Jordan is not standing for reelection at the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders 3/24/09 1:59:23 PM Xerox 2008 Annual Report 9 10 Our Business 49 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 25 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 47 Consolidated Statements of Income 48 Consolidated Balance Sheets 50 Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity 51 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 90 Reports of Management 91 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 92 Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) 93 Five Years in Review 96 Shareholder Information Text.indd 9 3/19/09 4:32:29 PM Xerox 2008 Annual Report 9 Our Business We are a $17.6 billion technology and services enterprise and a leader in the global document market. We develop, manufacture, market, service and finance a complete range of document equipment, software, solutions and services. Overview References in this section to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “Xerox” refer to Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries unless the context specifically states or implies otherwise. We provide the document industry’s broadest portfolio of document systems and services for businesses of any size. Digital systems include high-end printing and publishing systems; digital presses, advanced and basic multifunctional devices (“MFD’s”) which can print, copy, scan and fax; digital copiers; laser and solid ink printers and fax machines. We provide software and workflow solutions with which businesses can easily and affordably print books, create personalized documents for their customers, and scan and route digital information. Our services expertise is unmatched and includes helping businesses develop online document archives, analyzing how employees can most efficiently share documents and knowledge in the office, operating in-house print shops or mailrooms, and building Web-based processes for personalizing direct mail, invoices, brochures and more. We also offer software, support and supplies, such as toner, paper and ink. We serve a $132 billion market (in billions) Production $25 Services $26 � $25 Production We are the leading provider in the market that offers a complete family of monochrome and color production systems, business development tools and workflow solutions. We are creating new market opportunities in targeted application areas with digital printing as a complement to traditional offset printing. � $26 Services Our value-added services deliver solutions, which not only optimize enterprise output spend and infrastructure, but also streamline, simplify and digitize our customers’ document-intensive business processes. � $81 Office Office $81 We are well positioned to capture growth by leading the transition to color and by reaching new customers with our broad offerings and expanded distribution channels. This estimate, and the market estimates that follow, are calculated by leveraging third-party forecasts from firms such as International Data Corporation and InfoSource in conjunction with our assumptions about our markets. The document industry is transitioning to digital systems, to color, and to an increased reliance on electronic documents. More and more, businesses are creating and storing documents digitally and using the Internet to exchange electronic documents. We believe these trends play to the strengths of our product and service offerings and represent opportunities for future growth in the $132 billion market we serve. Our Strategy Execute on Growth Initiatives Expand Distribution Secure Future Optimize Technology Leadership Productivity and Infrastructure We are well-positioned to lead in this large and growing market through: Executing on Growth Initiatives • Accelerating the transition to color – We have the broadest color portfolio in the industry and leading technologies. production. – We are driving the New Business of Printing opportunity by identifying applications which are suitable for digital – Color is the fastest growing portion of our market and estimated at $44 billion. – Economic cost and quality improvements are driving the transition from black-and-white to color. – We continue to capture growth opportunities within the black-and-white segment of our core markets, which we estimate is a $62 billion market. – Our leading business development tools, workflow and digital technology, led by our market-making Xerox iGen® technology, uniquely positions us to meet the increasing demand for short-run, customized and quick-turnaround offset quality printing. Expanding our Distribution Channels • We continue to expand our presence in the small and mid-size business (“SMB”) market through the acquisition of Veenman B.V. in the European market, as well as additional acquisitions made by Global Imaging Systems, Inc. in the U.S. markets. • Building on services leadership – We lead the industry with end-to-end Document Management Services and we participate • We are maintaining our investments in Developing Markets, a in three areas of the outsourcing services market: high-growth market opportunity. – Infrastructure Outsourcing, where we help our customers to reduce their enterprise spend through differentiated technology, skills and automation. Printing. • We are capitalizing on our Graphic Arts coverage investments to capture the opportunity associated with the New Business of – Application Outsourcing, where we help our customers to streamline their document intensive business processes through automation and deployment of software applications and tools. – Business Process Outsourcing, where our customers leverage our global delivery capability and proprietary production imaging software to manage both high volume standardized activities as well as lower volume complex workflows. • Driving the New Business of Printing® – We continue to create new market opportunities with digital printing as a complement to traditional offset printing through a market Securing Future Technology Leadership • Through advancing our heritage of innovation, we are yielding a broad technology portfolio. • We are capitalizing on breakthrough ink technologies such as Solid Ink and Cured Gel Ink. • Expanding our Document Management Technologies that optimize the capabilities of our products and streamline customers’ processes. Optimizing Productivity and Infrastructure • We are improving the efficiency and effectiveness of our infrastructure and transition we call the “New Business of Printing”. • Optimizing our resources to support innovation and growth. 10 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 11 Text.indd 10 3/18/09 5:58:34 PM Our Business We are a $17.6 billion technology and services enterprise and a leader in the global document market. We develop, manufacture, market, service and finance a complete range of document equipment, software, solutions and services. Overview References in this section to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and solutions with which businesses can easily and affordably print “Xerox” refer to Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries unless the books, create personalized documents for their customers, and context specifically states or implies otherwise. We provide the document industry’s broadest portfolio of document systems and services for businesses of any size. Digital systems include high-end printing and publishing systems; digital presses, advanced and basic multifunctional devices (“MFD’s”) which can print, copy, scan and fax; digital copiers; laser and solid ink printers and fax machines. We provide software and workflow scan and route digital information. Our services expertise is unmatched and includes helping businesses develop online document archives, analyzing how employees can most efficiently share documents and knowledge in the office, operating in-house print shops or mailrooms, and building Web-based processes for personalizing direct mail, invoices, brochures and more. We also offer software, support and supplies, such as toner, paper and ink. We serve a $132 billion market (in billions) Production $25 Services $26 � $25 Production We are the leading provider in the market that offers a complete family of monochrome and color production systems, business development tools and workflow solutions. We are creating new market opportunities in targeted application areas with digital printing as a complement to Our value-added services deliver solutions, which not only optimize enterprise output spend and infrastructure, but also streamline, simplify and digitize our customers’ document-intensive traditional offset printing. � $26 Services business processes. � $81 Office Office $81 We are well positioned to capture growth by leading the transition to color and by reaching new customers with our broad offerings and expanded distribution channels. This estimate, and the market estimates that follow, are calculated by leveraging third-party forecasts from firms such as International Data Corporation and InfoSource in conjunction with our assumptions about our markets. The document industry is transitioning to digital systems, to color, these trends play to the strengths of our product and service and to an increased reliance on electronic documents. More and offerings and represent opportunities for future growth in the $132 more, businesses are creating and storing documents digitally and billion market we serve. using the Internet to exchange electronic documents. We believe Our Strategy Execute on Growth Initiatives Expand Distribution Secure Future Technology Leadership Optimize Productivity and Infrastructure We are well-positioned to lead in this large and growing market through: Executing on Growth Initiatives • Accelerating the transition to color – We have the broadest color portfolio in the industry and leading technologies. – Color is the fastest growing portion of our market and estimated at $44 billion. – Economic cost and quality improvements are driving the transition from black-and-white to color. – We continue to capture growth opportunities within the black-and-white segment of our core markets, which we estimate is a $62 billion market. • Building on services leadership – We lead the industry with end-to-end Document Management Services and we participate in three areas of the outsourcing services market: – Infrastructure Outsourcing, where we help our customers to reduce their enterprise spend through differentiated technology, skills and automation. – Application Outsourcing, where we help our customers to streamline their document intensive business processes through automation and deployment of software applications and tools. – Business Process Outsourcing, where our customers leverage our global delivery capability and proprietary production imaging software to manage both high volume standardized activities as well as lower volume complex workflows. • Driving the New Business of Printing® – We continue to create new market opportunities with digital printing as a complement to traditional offset printing through a market transition we call the “New Business of Printing”. – We are driving the New Business of Printing opportunity by identifying applications which are suitable for digital production. – Our leading business development tools, workflow and digital technology, led by our market-making Xerox iGen® technology, uniquely positions us to meet the increasing demand for short-run, customized and quick-turnaround offset quality printing. Expanding our Distribution Channels • We continue to expand our presence in the small and mid-size business (“SMB”) market through the acquisition of Veenman B.V. in the European market, as well as additional acquisitions made by Global Imaging Systems, Inc. in the U.S. markets. • We are maintaining our investments in Developing Markets, a high-growth market opportunity. • We are capitalizing on our Graphic Arts coverage investments to capture the opportunity associated with the New Business of Printing. Securing Future Technology Leadership • Through advancing our heritage of innovation, we are yielding a broad technology portfolio. • We are capitalizing on breakthrough ink technologies such as Solid Ink and Cured Gel Ink. • Expanding our Document Management Technologies that optimize the capabilities of our products and streamline customers’ processes. Optimizing Productivity and Infrastructure • We are improving the efficiency and effectiveness of our infrastructure and • Optimizing our resources to support innovation and growth. 10 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 11 Text.indd 11 3/18/09 5:58:35 PM Our Business Our Business Model Fundamentals Acquisitions Segment Information Annuity Model Cash Generation Expanded Earnings One fundamental of our business model is our annuity model. Post sale revenue growth is driven by increasing equipment installation which increases the number of page-producing machines in the field (“MIF”) and by expanding the document management services we offer our customers. 73% of our 2008 total revenue was post sale revenue that includes equipment maintenance and consumable supplies, among other elements. We sell the majority of our equipment through sales-type leases that we record as equipment sale revenue. Equipment sales represented 27% of our 2008 total revenue. Revenue stream 27% � 73% Approximately 73% of our revenue, “post sale” includes annuity-based revenue from maintenance, services, supplies and financing, as well as revenue from rentals and operating lease arrangements. � 27% 73% The remaining 27% of our revenue comes from equipment sales, from either lease arrangements that qualify as sales for accounting purposes or outright cash sales. $5,237 Our reportable segments are Production, Office and Other. We present operating segment financial information in Note 2 – Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which we incorporate by reference here. We have a very broad and diverse base of customers by both geography and industry, ranging from SMB to graphic communications companies, governmental entities, educational institutions and large fortune 1000 corporate accounts. None of our business segments depends upon a single customer, or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on our business. To further strengthen our distribution capacity, in 2008 we completed several acquisitions. We acquired Veenman B.V. (“Veenman”), expanding our reach into the small and mid-size business market in the Netherlands. Veenman is the Netherlands’ leading independent distributor of office printers, copiers and multifunction devices serving small and mid-size businesses. Global Imaging Systems, Inc. (“GIS”) acquired Saxon Business Systems, an office equipment supplier with offices throughout Florida and three smaller acquisitions: Better Quality Business Systems, Precision Copier Service Inc. DBA Sierra Office Solutions and Inland Business Systems of Chico. Revenues by business segment (in millions) $2,543 � $9,828 Office Our Office segment serves global, national and small to mid- size commercial customers, as well as government, education and other public sector customers. � $5,237 Production Our Production segment provides high-end digital monochrome and color systems designed for customers in the graphic communications industry and for large enterprises. $9,828 � $2,543 Other Our Other segment primarily includes revenue from paper sales, wide-format systems, value-added services and Global Imaging Systems network integration solutions and electronic presentation systems. The number of equipment installations and the growth in document management services are key indicators of post sale revenue trends. The mix of color pages is also a significant indicator of post sale revenue trends because color pages use more consumables per page than black-and-white. In addition, expanding our market, particularly within the New Business of Printing, is key to increasing pages and we have developed tools and resources to be the leader in this large market opportunity. Our consistent cash flow from operations is driven by recurring revenues; this, along with modest capital investments, enables us to provide a return to shareholders through: • Expanding our distribution through acquisitions; • Buying back shares under our share repurchase program and • Maintaining our quarterly dividend. We anticipate expanding our future earnings through: • Modest revenue growth; • Driving cost efficiencies to balance gross profit and expense; • Leveraging our share repurchase and • Making accretive acquisitions. 12 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 13 Text.indd 12 3/18/09 5:58:36 PM Our Business Model Fundamentals Acquisitions Segment Information To further strengthen our distribution capacity, in 2008 we completed several acquisitions. We acquired Veenman B.V. (“Veenman”), expanding our reach into the small and mid-size business market in the Netherlands. Veenman is the Netherlands’ leading independent distributor of office printers, copiers and multifunction devices serving small and mid-size businesses. Global Imaging Systems, Inc. (“GIS”) acquired Saxon Business Systems, an office equipment supplier with offices throughout Florida and three smaller acquisitions: Better Quality Business Systems, Precision Copier Service Inc. DBA Sierra Office Solutions and Inland Business Systems of Chico. Revenues by business segment (in millions) $2,543 Our reportable segments are Production, Office and Other. We present operating segment financial information in Note 2 – Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which we incorporate by reference here. We have a very broad and diverse base of customers by both geography and industry, ranging from SMB to graphic communications companies, governmental entities, educational institutions and large fortune 1000 corporate accounts. None of our business segments depends upon a single customer, or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on our business. � $9,828 Office Our Office segment serves global, national and small to mid- size commercial customers, as well as government, education and other public sector customers. 73% The remaining 27% of our revenue comes from equipment sales, from either lease arrangements that qualify as sales for accounting purposes or outright cash sales. $5,237 � $5,237 Production Our Production segment provides high-end digital monochrome and color systems designed for customers in the graphic communications industry and for large enterprises. $9,828 � $2,543 Other Our Other segment primarily includes revenue from paper sales, wide-format systems, value-added services and Global Imaging Systems network integration solutions and electronic presentation systems. Our Business Annuity Model Cash Generation Expanded Earnings One fundamental of our business model is our annuity model. Post was post sale revenue that includes equipment maintenance and sale revenue growth is driven by increasing equipment installation consumable supplies, among other elements. We sell the majority which increases the number of page-producing machines in the of our equipment through sales-type leases that we record as field (“MIF”) and by expanding the document management equipment sale revenue. Equipment sales represented 27% of our services we offer our customers. 73% of our 2008 total revenue 2008 total revenue. Revenue stream 27% � 73% Approximately 73% of our revenue, “post sale” includes annuity-based revenue from maintenance, services, supplies and financing, as well as revenue from rentals and operating lease arrangements. � 27% The number of equipment installations and the growth in Our consistent cash flow from operations is driven by recurring document management services are key indicators of post sale revenues; this, along with modest capital investments, enables us revenue trends. The mix of color pages is also a significant to provide a return to shareholders through: indicator of post sale revenue trends because color pages use more consumables per page than black-and-white. In addition, expanding our market, particularly within the New Business of Printing, is key to increasing pages and we have developed tools and resources to be the leader in this large market opportunity. • Expanding our distribution though acquisitions; • Buying back shares under our share repurchase program and • Maintaining our quarterly dividend. We anticipate expanding our future earnings through: • Modest revenue growth; • Driving cost efficiencies to balance gross profit and expense; • Leveraging our share repurchase and • Making accretive acquisitions. 12 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 13 Text.indd 13 3/18/09 5:58:36 PM Our Business Production We provide high-end digital monochrome and color systems designed for customers in the graphic communications industry and for large enterprises. These high-end devices enable digital on-demand printing, digital full-color printing and enterprise printing. We are the only manufacturer in the market that offers a complete family of cut sheet monochrome production systems from 65 to 288 pages per minute (“ppm”), color production systems from 40 to 110 ppm and a complete line of continuous feed printers from 250 to 1,064 ppm. In addition, we offer a variety of pre-press and post-press options and the industry’s broadest set of workflow software. With our Freeflow® digital workflow collection of software technology solutions, our customers can improve all aspects of their processes, from content creation and management to production and fulfillment. Our digital technology, combined with total document solutions and services that enable personalization and printing on demand, delivers value that improves our customers’ business results. 2008 Production Goals Our 2008 goals for the Production segment were to continue to strengthen our leadership position in monochrome and color and to build on the power of digital printing. Our New Business of Printing strategy complements the traditional offset market and continues to transform our industry. We are enabling print providers in graphic communications and large enterprises to profit and grow by meeting their customers’ specific business needs with just-in-time, one-to-one and e-based services – rather than simply manufacturing a printed piece. Having the right business modelSM, the right workflowSM and the right technologySM are fundamental to this transformation. We continued our application-focused approach to assist our customers in implementing solutions in four major categories. This approach provided our customers end-to-end applications for Collaterals by Request, Books, Transactional/Promotional and Direct Mail. During the 2008 drupa tradeshow that is held every four years, we announced 12 new offerings and 50 applications; building on our heritage of innovation and our in-depth understanding of both the printing industry and customer requirements. We continued to increase installations of our flagship Digital Color Production Presses. We are the industry leader in the number of pages produced on digital production color presses, with our flagship Xerox iGen4® Digital Production Press, iGen3® Digital Production Press and DocuColor® Digital Presses. Over 325 customers have installed two or more iGen presses to meet their increased demand. In 2008, we continued to build on our unmatched product breadth, world class market and business development tools and integrated end-to-end applications. Below are some of the key accomplishments that enabled us to achieve our goals: Our 2008 Production Accomplishments Right Business Model Our commitment to our customers starts before technology is discussed and extends long after a solution is installed. It includes sharing with them resources, strategies and tools that will help them grow their businesses with digital printing. • ProfitAccelerator®: This robust set of tools and programs designed to maximize our customers’ investment in digital printing equipment expanded in 2008 and now includes more than 80 tools. It brings together Xerox’s unparalleled experience and expertise, world-class resources and industry-leading support. Some of the newest additions include a “Value-Based Pricing Guide,” the “Picture Me Profitable Kit” to assist customers in pursuing the personalized photo products opportunity, and the “ProfitQuick® Investment Planner” financial modeling tool that will help customers increase productivity and achieve cost and efficiency savings. • New Business of Printing Services: Business Development Services was created in direct response to customer demand and provides both training and professional services to help print providers increase page volume and revenue. Service offerings are available to support Sales & Marketing, Workflow and Application Development efforts, and are delivered at the customers’ location or via the web. These offerings include creating marketing and sales management plans, sales force training, designing for digital, color management, implementing direct mail/marketing campaigns, Transpromo applications and more. The offerings are deployed by a dedicated team of Xerox business development consultants and industry experts. Right Workflow We lead the digital production workflow market by helping customers become more profitable – reducing costs, streamlining operations and enabling new applications. Our FreeFlow Digital Workflow Collection makes it easy for customers to complement traditional offset printing through the integration of digital printing into existing environments for efficient hybrid print manufacturing. In 2008 we enhanced our collection to include: • Xerox FreeFlow Process Manager®: Software that provides automated, “touchless” file preparation and decision making to automate prepress and eliminate manual production steps. • Xerox FreeFlow Variable Information Suite: Software that • Xerox DocuColor 5000AP: In July we launched a 50 ppm full- delivers the maximum productivity for personalized and color production system which provides excellent print customized documents including the award winning specialty resolution, color reproduction and reliability for a wide range of effects that help print providers minimize document security application and weights, all at rated speed. concerns. These effects include MicroText marks, Correlation Marks, Glossmark®, FlorescentMark, and InfraRed text. • Automated Color Quality Suite: In May, we introduced the Automated Color Quality Suite (“ACQS”) Press Matching System • FreeFlow Print Server: A powerful print server that delivers for our flagship Xerox iGen3 90 and 110 Digital Production superior performance, advanced workflow interoperability, Presses, offering high performance plus quality that match state-of-the-art color management, and a common workflow for offset printing. The new ACQS enables faster press set up, Xerox production printers. • FreeFlow Express to Print: A simple prepress automation tool designed specifically for the light and mid production environments. Easily add tabs, covers, inserts, barcodes, page quicker time to production, greater color stability and automated Pantone color matching. In November, we launched this offering on the Xerox 8000AP and 7000AP, bringing these new quality capabilities to these Digital Color Presses. numbers and more and see changes through the robust visual • Xerox 490/980 Color Continuous Feed Printing System: We interface. Simple automation is provided with over 50 pre-built launched the world’s fastest toner based full color roll fed printer templates that make Express to Print easy to use and easy to that produces up to 986 full color duplex images per minute in install on a computer. Right Technology For more than two decades, we have delivered innovative technologies that have revolutionized the production printing industry. In 2008 we continued to bring innovative products to the markets that included: • Xerox iGen4 Digital Production Press: We unveiled in May at drupa the new iGen4, the industry’s most productive and highest quality cut sheet digital press. The iGen4 features advanced color management that allows print providers to consistently achieve and maintain offset and photo image quality. With new patented technologies, the iGen4 automates many operator May for Europe and part of developing markets and in November for North America and the rest of developing markets. With its Flash Fusing Technology, this system is ideal for the Transactional/Promotional and Direct Mail market segments that require high speed, high volume variable data printing. • Xerox 650/1300 Continuous Feed Printing System: In February, this new monochrome continuous feed printer was made available worldwide. This monochrome roll feed printer also leverages flash fusing technology to print a wide variety of substrates up to 1300 images per minute. This system supports numerous applications within the transactional/promotional and direct mail segments and is ideal for books and manuals. tasks for greater uptime. With productivity gains of 25-35 • Xerox Nuvera® 288 Digital Perfecting System: In October, percent, the iGen4 increases the run-length to be break-even the fastest cut sheet monochrome duplex printer in the market with offset for greater press utilization and capacity. For expanded its sheet feed capability up to 12.6” x 19.3” and added commercial printers, photo finishers, book printers, direct mail a new Roll Feed DocuConverter with Grain Rotation supporting a houses and digital service providers, the iGen4 delivers a more host of new applications. This system, with its benchmark image efficient and cost-effective way to produce more pages and quality, flexibility of substrates and reliability, enables achieve greater profits. applications such as book publishing. • Xerox 700 Digital Color Press: We expanded our full color • Xerox Nuvera 100/120/144 EA Digital Production Systems: offerings with the launch of the Xerox 700 Digital Color Press at With its Emulsion Aggregate (“EA”) toner for greater reliability drupa in May. The Xerox 700 at 70 ppm offers enhanced color and image quality, the Nuvera EA family expanded its portfolio reproduction capabilities as well as an exceptional matte finish of finishing alternatives. In October we announced the that is winning over customers worldwide. A wide range of availability of Xerox Tape Bind, CEM DocuConverter and C.P. feeding and finishing options at an entry level price enables Bourg/Watkiss Power Square 200® Booklet Maker. This modular, print providers to adopt digital technology or expand their scalable print engine also expands digital printing applications digital printing business. due to its high quality and flexibility of substrates. 14 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 15 Text.indd 14 3/18/09 5:58:37 PM Our Business Production We provide high-end digital monochrome and color systems designed for customers in the graphic communications industry and for large enterprises. These high-end devices enable digital on-demand printing, digital full-color printing and enterprise printing. We are the only manufacturer in the market that offers a complete family of cut sheet monochrome production systems from 65 to 288 pages per minute (“ppm”), color production systems from 40 to 110 ppm and a complete line of continuous feed printers from 250 to 1,064 ppm. In addition, we offer a variety of pre-press and post-press options and the industry’s broadest set of workflow software. With our Freeflow® digital workflow collection of software technology solutions, our customers can improve all aspects of their processes, from content creation and management to production and fulfillment. Our digital technology, combined with total document solutions and services that enable personalization and printing on demand, delivers value that improves our customers’ business results. 2008 Production Goals Our 2008 goals for the Production segment were to continue to strengthen our leadership position in monochrome and color and to build on the power of digital printing. Our New Business of Printing strategy complements the traditional offset market and continues to transform our industry. We are enabling print providers in graphic communications and large enterprises to profit and grow by meeting their customers’ specific business needs with just-in-time, one-to-one and e-based services – rather than simply manufacturing a printed piece. Having the right business modelSM, the right workflowSM and the right technologySM are fundamental to this transformation. We continued our application-focused approach to assist our customers in implementing solutions in four major categories. This approach provided our customers end-to-end applications for Collaterals by Request, Books, Transactional/Promotional and Direct Mail. During the 2008 drupa tradeshow that is held every four years, we announced 12 new offerings and 50 applications; building on our heritage of innovation and our in-depth understanding of both the printing industry and customer requirements. We continued to increase installations of our flagship Digital Color Production Presses. We are the industry leader in the number of pages produced on digital production color presses, with our flagship Xerox iGen4® Digital Production Press, iGen3® Digital Production Press and DocuColor® Digital Presses. Over 325 customers have installed two or more iGen presses to meet their increased demand. In 2008, we continued to build on our unmatched product breadth, world class market and business development tools and integrated end-to-end applications. Below are some of the key accomplishments that enabled us to achieve our goals: Our 2008 Production Accomplishments Right Business Model Our commitment to our customers starts before technology is discussed and extends long after a solution is installed. It includes sharing with them resources, strategies and tools that will help them grow their businesses with digital printing. • ProfitAccelerator®: This robust set of tools and programs designed to maximize our customers’ investment in digital printing equipment expanded in 2008 and now includes more than 80 tools. It brings together Xerox’s unparalleled experience and expertise, world-class resources and industry-leading support. Some of the newest additions include a “Value-Based Pricing Guide,” the “Picture Me Profitable Kit” to assist customers in pursuing the personalized photo products opportunity, and the “ProfitQuick® Investment Planner” financial modeling tool that will help customers increase productivity and achieve cost and efficiency savings. • New Business of Printing Services: Business Development Services was created in direct response to customer demand and provides both training and professional services to help print providers increase page volume and revenue. Service offerings are available to support Sales & Marketing, Workflow and Application Development efforts, and are delivered at the customers’ location or via the web. These offerings include creating marketing and sales management plans, sales force training, designing for digital, color management, implementing direct mail/marketing campaigns, Transpromo applications and more. The offerings are deployed by a dedicated team of Xerox business development consultants and industry experts. Right Workflow We lead the digital production workflow market by helping customers become more profitable – reducing costs, streamlining operations and enabling new applications. Our FreeFlow Digital Workflow Collection makes it easy for customers to complement traditional offset printing through the integration of digital printing into existing environments for efficient hybrid print manufacturing. In 2008 we enhanced our collection to include: • Xerox FreeFlow Process Manager®: Software that provides automated, “touchless” file preparation and decision making to automate prepress and eliminate manual production steps. • Xerox FreeFlow Variable Information Suite: Software that • Xerox DocuColor 5000AP: In July we launched a 50 ppm full- delivers the maximum productivity for personalized and customized documents including the award winning specialty effects that help print providers minimize document security concerns. These effects include MicroText marks, Correlation Marks, Glossmark®, FlorescentMark, and InfraRed text. • FreeFlow Print Server: A powerful print server that delivers superior performance, advanced workflow interoperability, state-of-the-art color management, and a common workflow for Xerox production printers. • FreeFlow Express to Print: A simple prepress automation tool designed specifically for the light and mid production environments. Easily add tabs, covers, inserts, barcodes, page numbers and more and see changes through the robust visual interface. Simple automation is provided with over 50 pre-built templates that make Express to Print easy to use and easy to install on a computer. Right Technology For more than two decades, we have delivered innovative technologies that have revolutionized the production printing industry. In 2008 we continued to bring innovative products to the markets that included: • Xerox iGen4 Digital Production Press: We unveiled in May at drupa the new iGen4, the industry’s most productive and highest quality cut sheet digital press. The iGen4 features advanced color management that allows print providers to consistently achieve and maintain offset and photo image quality. With new patented technologies, the iGen4 automates many operator tasks for greater uptime. With productivity gains of 25-35 percent, the iGen4 increases the run-length to be break-even with offset for greater press utilization and capacity. For commercial printers, photo finishers, book printers, direct mail houses and digital service providers, the iGen4 delivers a more efficient and cost-effective way to produce more pages and achieve greater profits. color production system which provides excellent print resolution, color reproduction and reliability for a wide range of application and weights, all at rated speed. • Automated Color Quality Suite: In May, we introduced the Automated Color Quality Suite (“ACQS”) Press Matching System for our flagship Xerox iGen3 90 and 110 Digital Production Presses, offering high performance plus quality that match offset printing. The new ACQS enables faster press set up, quicker time to production, greater color stability and automated Pantone color matching. In November, we launched this offering on the Xerox 8000AP and 7000AP, bringing these new quality capabilities to these Digital Color Presses. • Xerox 490/980 Color Continuous Feed Printing System: We launched the world’s fastest toner based full color roll fed printer that produces up to 986 full color duplex images per minute in May for Europe and part of developing markets and in November for North America and the rest of developing markets. With its Flash Fusing Technology, this system is ideal for the Transactional/Promotional and Direct Mail market segments that require high speed, high volume variable data printing. • Xerox 650/1300 Continuous Feed Printing System: In February, this new monochrome continuous feed printer was made available worldwide. This monochrome roll feed printer also leverages flash fusing technology to print a wide variety of substrates up to 1300 images per minute. This system supports numerous applications within the transactional/promotional and direct mail segments and is ideal for books and manuals. • Xerox Nuvera® 288 Digital Perfecting System: In October, the fastest cut sheet monochrome duplex printer in the market expanded its sheet feed capability up to 12.6” x 19.3” and added a new Roll Feed DocuConverter with Grain Rotation supporting a host of new applications. This system, with its benchmark image quality, flexibility of substrates and reliability, enables applications such as book publishing. • Xerox 700 Digital Color Press: We expanded our full color offerings with the launch of the Xerox 700 Digital Color Press at drupa in May. The Xerox 700 at 70 ppm offers enhanced color reproduction capabilities as well as an exceptional matte finish that is winning over customers worldwide. A wide range of feeding and finishing options at an entry level price enables print providers to adopt digital technology or expand their digital printing business. • Xerox Nuvera 100/120/144 EA Digital Production Systems: With its Emulsion Aggregate (“EA”) toner for greater reliability and image quality, the Nuvera EA family expanded its portfolio of finishing alternatives. In October we announced the availability of Xerox Tape Bind, CEM DocuConverter and C.P. Bourg/Watkiss Power Square 200® Booklet Maker. This modular, scalable print engine also expands digital printing applications due to its high quality and flexibility of substrates. 14 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 15 Text.indd 15 3/18/09 5:58:38 PM Our Business Office Xerox develops and manufactures a range of color and black-and-white multifunction, printer, copier and fax products. Our Office segment serves global, national and small to mid-size commercial customers as well as government, education and other public sector customers. Office systems and services, which include monochrome devices at speeds up to 95 ppm and color devices up to 70 ppm, include our family of CopyCentre®, WorkCentre® and WorkCentre Pro digital multifunction systems, Phaser® desktop printers and MFD’s as well as DocuColor printer/copiers for the specific needs of graphic intensive organizations and facsimile products. We offer a complete range of services and solutions in partnership with independent software vendors that allow our customers to analyze, streamline, automate, secure and track their digital workflows, which we then use to identify the most efficient, productive mix of office equipment and software for that business, helping to reduce the customer’s document-related costs. 2008 Office Goals Our 2008 Office goals were to drive to a leadership position in color to extend our market reach, particularly in the SMB market and continue to expand our Office Services and Solutions business. We broadened our product line and complemented our industry- leading product offerings with expanded distribution in order to increase our machines-in-field (“MIF”) and capture more pages, building the foundation for future post sale revenue growth. We continued to drive color in our Office segment by significantly enhancing our already strong color product portfolio, making color more affordable, easier to use, faster and more reliable while maintaining our leadership position in black-and-white. The breadth of our product portfolio is unmatched. Our color-capable laser devices provide an attractive color entry point, our patented solid ink technology offers unmatched ease of use, vibrant color image quality and economic color run costs, and our top of the line color laser products provide superior image quality coupled with industry-leading productivity and reliability. Below are some of the key accomplishments that enabled us to achieve our goals: 2008 Office Accomplishments • Phaser 6125: In February, we announced the Phaser 6125, a 12 ppm color, 16 ppm black-and-white printer. This product is an extension of the Phaser 6130 line, and offers a small footprint, strong processing capability and Emulsion Aggregate High Quality (“EA-HQ”) toner technology for clear, crisp printing. • Phaser 3635 MFP: Launched in May, the Phaser 3635MFP is a 35 ppm printer that provides advanced security options such as image overwriting, encryption and authentication. This product is designed for small and mid-size business workgroups, and offers features like a color touchscreen user interface and robust scanning features to promote ease-of-use and productivity. • Phaser 5550: Launched in May, this 50 ppm printer offers tabloid and letter/legal printing, as well as advanced software features like PhaserSMART®. PhaserSMART is an online troubleshooting tool that helps diagnose and solve potential issues, prevent maintenance calls and increase reliability. This product also offers duplex printing and optional additional paper handling features. • WorkCentre 5016/5020: In May, Xerox introduced its first sub-$1,000 A3/tabloid MFD family in developing markets. The 16/20 ppm family offers basic copying, printing and scanning capabilities for small workgroups that are price sensitive. • WorkCentre 5222/5225/5230: In May, we introduced a new 25/30 ppm monochrome platform designed to help SMB and enterprise workgroups increase productivity on an entry-level device with high-end features such as our Extensible Interface Platform, full-system common criteria certification, and booklet making capabilities. In September, the 5200 series was expanded with the addition of a 22 ppm configuration as well as color scanning capability on the Workcentre 5225A/5230A configurations. • WorkCentre 5600 Series: We refreshed the 5600 series monochrome platform with updated controller software to keep pace with today’s ever changing IT standards and protocols. With support for IPv6 and compatibility with Microsoft’s Web Services on Devices, the WorkCentre 5600 series – with speeds ranging from 32 ppm to 87 ppm – becomes even more powerful for IT professionals. • WorkCentre Bookmark 40/55 Multifunction Copier/Printer: A robust book copier at its core, it is the ideal solution for libraries, universities, and other public vending environments. It features an angled side panel support that protects books’ spines while copying, and offers solid durability, ease-of-use and powerful solutions for streamlining unique workflows. • WorkCentre 7346 Multifunction Printer & EFI Workflows: In May we introduced a high-end version of the WorkCentre 7300 series system featuring fast print speeds of up to 40 ppm in color and 45 ppm in black-and-white for busy workgroups. The WorkCentre 7300 series was also enhanced with optional EFI workflow capabilities. • Xerox 700 Digital Color Press: Launched in May, this light An increasingly important part of our offering is value-added production color device with an embedded controller brings services, which utilizes our document industry knowledge and productivity, excellent print quality and flexibility to those looking to adopt digital technology or expand their digital capabilities. • Workcentre 4260: Launched in September, the WC 4260 is Xerox’s fastest desktop multifunction system with speeds up to 55 ppm. It offers workflow tools such as ID Copy Card, Fax Forward to Email, automatic two sided printing and competitive security features. This product is designed to promote productivity in small and medium business workgroups. • Phaser 3300 MFP: Launched in September, the Phaser 3300 MFP offers print/copy speeds up to 30 ppm and offers automatic two-sided printing. This product offers color scanning to USB, email or the network. It is equipped with Xerox Scan to PC Desktop® which allows users to send a document from the MFP to their desktop for viewing, editing or storing. Other The Other segment primarily includes revenue from paper sales, value-added services, wide-format systems and GIS network integration solutions and electronic presentation systems. We sell cut-sheet paper to our customers for use in their document processing products. The market for cut-sheet paper is highly competitive and revenues are significantly affected by pricing. Our strategy is to charge a premium over mill wholesale prices, which is adequate to cover our costs and the value we add as a distributor, as well as to provide unique products that enhance the New Business of Printing and color output. experience. Our value-added services deliver solutions that optimize our customers’ document output and infrastructure costs while streamlining, simplifying, and digitizing their document- intensive business processes. Through Xerox’s imaging centers, a company can scan and digitize documents to create secure, accessible and searchable online information archives, such as a library of car-rental contracts or construction blueprints. Often our value-added services solutions lead to larger managed services contracts which include our equipment, supplies, service, and labor. We report revenue from managed services contracts in the Production or Office segments. In 2008, the combined value- added services and managed services revenue, including equipment, totaled $3.8 billion. In our wide-format systems business, we offer document processing products and devices designed to reproduce large engineering and architectural drawings up to three feet by four feet in size. In 2008 we launched: • Xerox 8254E and 8264E Wide Format Printers: Introduced in June, further enables customers to print robust, colorful large format graphic applications on a broad range of substrates quickly and easily. • Xerox 6279 Wide Format Printer: This printer continues our successful tradition in the CAD environment with its unsurpassed ease of operation and benchmark image quality. 16 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 17 Text.indd 16 3/18/09 5:58:38 PM Our Business Office Xerox develops and manufactures a range of color and black-and-white multifunction, printer, copier and fax products. Our Office segment serves global, national and small to mid-size commercial customers as well as government, education and other public sector customers. Office systems and services, which include monochrome devices at speeds up to 95 ppm and color devices up to 70 ppm, include our family of CopyCentre®, WorkCentre® and WorkCentre Pro digital multifunction systems, Phaser® desktop printers and MFD’s as well as DocuColor printer/copiers for the specific needs of graphic intensive organizations and facsimile products. We offer a complete range of services and solutions in partnership with independent software vendors that allow our customers to analyze, streamline, automate, secure and track their digital workflows, which we then use to identify the most efficient, • Phaser 3635 MFP: Launched in May, the Phaser 3635MFP is a 35 ppm printer that provides advanced security options such as image overwriting, encryption and authentication. This product is designed for small and mid-size business workgroups, and offers features like a color touchscreen user interface and robust scanning features to promote ease-of-use and productivity. • Phaser 5550: Launched in May, this 50 ppm printer offers tabloid and letter/legal printing, as well as advanced software features like PhaserSMART®. PhaserSMART is an online troubleshooting tool that helps diagnose and solve potential issues, prevent maintenance calls and increase reliability. This product also offers duplex printing and optional additional paper handling features. • WorkCentre 5016/5020: In May, Xerox introduced its first sub-$1,000 A3/tabloid MFD family in developing markets. The 16/20 ppm family offers basic copying, printing and scanning productive mix of office equipment and software for that business, capabilities for small workgroups that are price sensitive. helping to reduce the customer’s document-related costs. 2008 Office Goals Our 2008 Office goals were to drive to a leadership position in color to extend our market reach, particularly in the SMB market and continue to expand our Office Services and Solutions business. We broadened our product line and complemented our industry- leading product offerings with expanded distribution in order to increase our machines-in-field (“MIF”) and capture more pages, building the foundation for future post sale revenue growth. We continued to drive color in our Office segment by significantly enhancing our already strong color product portfolio, making color more affordable, easier to use, faster and more reliable while maintaining our leadership position in black-and-white. The breadth of our product portfolio is unmatched. Our color-capable laser devices provide an attractive color entry point, our patented solid ink technology offers unmatched ease of use, vibrant color image quality and economic color run costs, and our top of the line color laser products provide superior image quality coupled with industry-leading productivity and reliability. Below are some of the key accomplishments that enabled us to achieve our goals: 2008 Office Accomplishments • Phaser 6125: In February, we announced the Phaser 6125, a 12 ppm color, 16 ppm black-and-white printer. This product is an extension of the Phaser 6130 line, and offers a small footprint, strong processing capability and Emulsion Aggregate High Quality (“EA-HQ”) toner technology for clear, crisp printing. • WorkCentre 5222/5225/5230: In May, we introduced a new 25/30 ppm monochrome platform designed to help SMB and enterprise workgroups increase productivity on an entry-level device with high-end features such as our Extensible Interface Platform, full-system common criteria certification, and booklet making capabilities. In September, the 5200 series was expanded with the addition of a 22 ppm configuration as well as color scanning capability on the Workcentre 5225A/5230A configurations. • WorkCentre 5600 Series: We refreshed the 5600 series monochrome platform with updated controller software to keep pace with today’s ever changing IT standards and protocols. With support for IPv6 and compatibility with Microsoft’s Web Services on Devices, the WorkCentre 5600 series – with speeds ranging from 32 ppm to 87 ppm – becomes even more powerful for IT professionals. • WorkCentre Bookmark 40/55 Multifunction Copier/Printer: A robust book copier at its core, it is the ideal solution for libraries, universities, and other public vending environments. It features an angled side panel support that protects books’ spines while copying, and offers solid durability, ease-of-use and powerful solutions for streamlining unique workflows. • WorkCentre 7346 Multifunction Printer & EFI Workflows: In May we introduced a high-end version of the WorkCentre 7300 series system featuring fast print speeds of up to 40 ppm in color and 45 ppm in black-and-white for busy workgroups. The WorkCentre 7300 series was also enhanced with optional EFI workflow capabilities. • Xerox 700 Digital Color Press: Launched in May, this light production color device with an embedded controller brings productivity, excellent print quality and flexibility to those looking to adopt digital technology or expand their digital capabilities. • WorkCentre 4260: Launched in September, the WC 4260 is Xerox’s fastest desktop multifunction system with speeds up to 55 ppm. It offers workflow tools such as ID Copy Card, Fax Forward to Email, automatic two sided printing and competitive security features. This product is designed to promote productivity in small and medium business workgroups. • Phaser 3300 MFP: Launched in September, the Phaser 3300 MFP offers print/copy speeds up to 30 ppm and offers automatic two-sided printing. This product offers color scanning to USB, email or the network. It is equipped with Xerox Scan to PC Desktop® which allows users to send a document from the MFP to their desktop for viewing, editing or storing. Other The Other segment primarily includes revenue from paper sales, value-added services, wide-format systems and GIS network integration solutions and electronic presentation systems. We sell cut-sheet paper to our customers for use in their document processing products. The market for cut-sheet paper is highly competitive and revenues are significantly affected by pricing. Our strategy is to charge a premium over mill wholesale prices, which is adequate to cover our costs and the value we add as a distributor, as well as to provide unique products that enhance the New Business of Printing and color output. An increasingly important part of our offering is value-added services, which utilizes our document industry knowledge and experience. Our value-added services deliver solutions that optimize our customers’ document output and infrastructure costs while streamlining, simplifying, and digitizing their document- intensive business processes. Through Xerox’s imaging centers, a company can scan and digitize documents to create secure, accessible and searchable online information archives, such as a library of car-rental contracts or construction blueprints. Often our value-added services solutions lead to larger managed services contracts which include our equipment, supplies, service, and labor. We report revenue from managed services contracts in the Production or Office segments. In 2008, the combined value- added services and managed services revenue, including equipment, totaled $3.8 billion. In our wide-format systems business, we offer document processing products and devices designed to reproduce large engineering and architectural drawings up to three feet by four feet in size. In 2008 we launched: • Xerox 8254E and 8264E Wide Format Printers: Introduced in June, further enables customers to print robust, colorful large format graphic applications on a broad range of substrates quickly and easily. • Xerox 6279 Wide Format Printer: This printer continues our successful tradition in the CAD environment with its unsurpassed ease of operation and benchmark image quality. 16 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 17 Text.indd 17 3/18/09 5:58:39 PM Our Business Revenue We sell the majority of our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, in which our customers pay a monthly amount for the equipment, maintenance, services, supplies and financing over the course of the lease agreement. These arrangements are beneficial to our customers and to us since, in addition to customers receiving a bundled offering, these arrangements allow us to maintain the customer relationship for future sales of equipment and services. We analyze these arrangements to determine whether the equipment component meets certain accounting requirements such that the equipment fair value should be recorded as a sale at lease inception, that is, a sales-type lease. We allocate the remaining portion of the monthly minimum payments to the various elements of the lease based on fair value – service, maintenance, supplies and financing – that we generally recognize over the term of the lease agreement, and that we report as “post sale revenue”. In those arrangements that do not qualify as sales-type leases, which have increased as a result of our services-led strategy, we recognize revenue over the term of the lease agreement, whether rental or operating lease, and report it in “post sale revenue.” Our accounting policies for revenue recognition for leases and bundled arrangements are included in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2008 Annual Report. Revenues by geography (in millions) $2,475 � $9,122 U.S. � $6,011 Europe � $2,475 Other Areas $6,011 Revenues by geography based on the location of the unit reporting the revenue and includes exports sales. About 50% of our revenue is generated from customers outside the U.S. $9,122 Research and Development Our R&D is strategically coordinated with Fuji Xerox, which invested $788 million in R&D in 2008, $672 million in 2007 and $660 million in 2006. Investment in R&D is critical for competitiveness in our fast-paced Our R&D drives innovation and customer value by: markets where more than two-thirds of our equipment sales are from products launched during the past two years. Research • Creating new differentiated products and services; activities are conducted in the United States, Canada and Europe – • Enabling cost competitiveness through disruptive products and often in collaboration with Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. (“Fuji Xerox”). services; • Enabling new ways to serve customers and • Creating new business opportunities that drive future growth and reach new customers. R,D&E expenses (in millions) $884 $912 $922 $134 $750 $148 $764 $161 $761 R&D Sustaining Engineering ’08 ’07 ’06 To ensure our success, we have aligned our R&D investment indistinguishable from offset, the Xerox Nuvera 288 Digital portfolio with our growth initiatives of accelerating the transition Perfecting System which boasts the fastest (288 duplex to color, enhancing customer value by building on our services impressions per minute) digital duplex monochrome cut-sheet leadership and by driving the New Business of Printing . 2008 R&D printer in the industry, and Xerox’s proprietary Solid Ink technology spending focused primarily on the development of high-end for the office are examples of the type of breakthrough technology business applications to drive the New Business of Printing, we have developed and that we expect will drive future growth. extending our color capabilities, expanding our services offerings Sustaining engineering expenses, which are the hardware and delivering lower-cost platforms and customer productivity engineering and software development costs we incur after we enablers. The Xerox iGen family, advanced next-generation digital launch a product, are included in our R,D&E expenses. printing presses that produce photographic-quality prints 18 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 19 Text.indd 18 3/18/09 5:58:40 PM Our Business Revenue We sell the majority of our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, in which our customers pay a monthly amount for the equipment, maintenance, services, supplies and financing over the course of the lease agreement. These arrangements are beneficial to our customers and to us since, in addition to customers receiving a bundled offering, these arrangements allow us to maintain the customer relationship for future sales of equipment and services. inception, that is, a sales-type lease. We allocate the remaining portion of the monthly minimum payments to the various elements of the lease based on fair value – service, maintenance, supplies and financing – that we generally recognize over the term of the lease agreement, and that we report as “post sale revenue”. In those arrangements that do not qualify as sales-type leases, which have increased as a result of our services-led strategy, we recognize revenue over the term of the lease agreement, whether rental or operating lease, and report it in “post sale revenue.” Our accounting policies for revenue recognition for leases and bundled We analyze these arrangements to determine whether the arrangements are included in Note 1 – Summary of Significant equipment component meets certain accounting requirements such Accounting Policies in the Consolidated Financial Statements in our that the equipment fair value should be recorded as a sale at lease 2008 Annual Report. Revenues by geography (in millions) $2,475 � $9,122 U.S. � $6,011 Europe � $2,475 Other Areas $6,011 Revenues by geography based on the location of the unit reporting the revenue and includes exports sales. About 50% of our revenue $9,122 is generated from customers outside the U.S. Research and Development Our R&D is strategically coordinated with Fuji Xerox, which invested $788 million in R&D in 2008, $672 million in 2007 and $660 million in 2006. Investment in R&D is critical for competitiveness in our fast-paced markets where more than two-thirds of our equipment sales are from products launched during the past two years. Research activities are conducted in the United States, Canada and Europe – often in collaboration with Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. (“Fuji Xerox”). Our R&D drives innovation and customer value by: • Creating new differentiated products and services; • Enabling cost competitiveness through disruptive products and services; • Enabling new ways to serve customers and • Creating new business opportunities that drive future growth and reach new customers. R,D&E expenses (in millions) $884 $912 $922 $134 $750 $148 $764 $161 $761 R&D Sustaining Engineering ’08 ’07 ’06 To ensure our success, we have aligned our R&D investment portfolio with our growth initiatives of accelerating the transition to color, enhancing customer value by building on our services leadership and by driving the New Business of Printing . 2008 R&D spending focused primarily on the development of high-end business applications to drive the New Business of Printing, extending our color capabilities, expanding our services offerings and delivering lower-cost platforms and customer productivity enablers. The Xerox iGen family, advanced next-generation digital printing presses that produce photographic-quality prints indistinguishable from offset, the Xerox Nuvera 288 Digital Perfecting System which boasts the fastest (288 duplex impressions per minute) digital duplex monochrome cut-sheet printer in the industry, and Xerox’s proprietary Solid Ink technology for the office are examples of the type of breakthrough technology we have developed and that we expect will drive future growth. Sustaining engineering expenses, which are the hardware engineering and software development costs we incur after we launch a product, are included in our R,D&E expenses. 18 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 19 Text.indd 19 3/18/09 5:58:41 PM Our Business Patents, Trademarks and Licenses We are a technology company. Including our Xerox Palo Alto Research Center (“PARC”) and XMPie subsidiaries, we were awarded 609 U.S. utility patents in 2008. We were ranked 31st on the list of companies that were awarded the most U.S. patents during the year and would have been ranked about 27th with the inclusion of PARC and XMPie patents. Including our research partner Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd (“Fuji Xerox”), we were awarded over 940 U.S. utility patents in 2008. Our patent portfolio evolves as new patents are awarded to us and as older patents expire. As of December 31, 2008, we held approximately 8,900 design and utility U.S. patents. These patents expire at various dates up to 20 years or more from their original filing dates. While we believe that our portfolio of patents and applications has value, in general no single patent is essential to our business or any individual segment. In addition, any of our proprietary rights could be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented or may not provide significant competitive advantages. In the U.S., we are party to numerous patent-licensing agreements and, in a majority of them, we license or assign our patents to others, in return for revenue and/or access to their patents. Most patent licenses expire concurrently with the expiration of the last patent identified in the license. In 2008, we added 11 agreements to our portfolio of patent licensing agreements, and either we or PARC was a licensor in all 11 of the agreements. We are also a party to a number of cross-licensing agreements with companies that hold substantial patent portfolios, including Canon, Microsoft, IBM, Hewlett Packard, Océ, Sharp, Samsung and Seiko Epson. These agreements vary in subject matter, scope, compensation, significance and time. In the U.S., we own approximately 570 trademarks, either registered or applied for. These trademarks have a perpetual life, subject to renewal every ten years. We vigorously enforce and protect our trademarks. Our brand is a valuable resource and continues to be ranked among the top percentile of the most valuable global brands. Competition Although we encounter aggressive competition in all areas of our business, we are the leader or among the leaders in each of our principal business segments. Our competitors range from large international companies to relatively small firms. We compete on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, distribution and customer service and support. To remain competitive we invest in and develop new products and services and continually improve our existing offerings. Our key competitors include Canon, Ricoh, Hewlett-Packard, and, in certain areas of the business, Pitney Bowes, Kodak, Océ, Konica-Minolta and Lexmark. We believe that our brand recognition, reputation for document knowledge and expertise, innovative technology, breadth of product offerings, global distribution channels, customer relationships and large customer base are important competitive advantages. We and our competitors continue to develop and market new and innovative products at competitive prices, and, at any given time, we may set new market standards for quality, speed and function. Marketing and Distribution We manage our business based on the principal business segments described earlier. However, we have organized the marketing, selling and distribution of our products and solutions according to geography and channel type. We sell our products and solutions directly to customers through our worldwide sales force and through a network of independent agents, dealers, value-added resellers, systems integrators and the Web. In the U.S. GIS continues to expand its network of office technology suppliers to serve an ever- expanding base of small and mid-size businesses. We utilize our direct sales force to address our customers’ more advanced technology, solutions and services requirements, and use cost- effective indirect distribution channels for basic product offerings. In large enterprises, we follow a services-led approach that enables us to address two basic challenges facing large enterprises: • How to optimize infrastructure to be both cost effective and globally consistent. • How to improve the value proposition and communication with their customers. In response to these needs, we offer a go-to-market approach that leads with the largest direct sales and service delivery force in the industry available on a globally consistent manner. This can range from hardware, software or services in whatever combination is necessary to meet the needs of that customer. We market our Phaser line of color and monochrome laser-class and solid ink printers primarily through office information technology resellers, who typically access our products through distributors. We continue to expand our distribution partnerships in North America through additional information technology resellers and by enhancing our network of independent agents. We also continued to increase product offerings available through a two-tiered distribution model in Europe and developing markets. We operate in over 160 countries worldwide. We develop, manufacture, market and support document management systems, supplies and services through a variety of distribution channels around the world. � North American Operations � Developing Markets North American Operations includes the United States and Developing Markets supports more than 130 countries. Canada. � Xerox Europe Xerox Europe covers 17 countries across Europe. � Fuji Xerox Fuji Xerox, an unconsolidated entity of which we own 25%, develops, manufactures and distributes document management systems, supplies and services. Our reselling relationship with key partners contributed to our which streamline our customers’ workflows enabling them to market coverage expansion and new business penetration. reduce costs, improve operational efficiencies and drive new Through our global reseller alliance with Fujifilm, we distribute our business opportunities. production products and solutions to graphic communications customers as well as photo specialty markets spanning Retail, Professional Lab and Processing Center businesses. In 2008, we signed additional country-level contracts with Fujifilm Graphics Systems in Europe and developing markets to extend Xerox digital production systems reach to new commercial print customers and prospects. We continue to use our alliances to integrate “best in class” information technologies and services to deliver improved workflow and document output management enabling our customers to accelerate profitable revenue growth in their businesses. Through the world-class Xerox Business Partner Program we are able to deliver an extensive portfolio of products In Europe, Africa, the Middle East, India, and parts of Asia, we distribute our products through Xerox Limited, a company established under the laws of England, and related non-U.S. companies which we refer to collectively as Xerox Limited. Xerox Limited enters into distribution agreements with unaffiliated third parties to provide distribution of our products in many of the countries located in these regions, and previously entered into agreements with unaffiliated third parties providing distribution of our products in Iran, Sudan, and Syria. Iran, Sudan and Syria, among others, have been designated as state sponsors of terrorism by the U.S. Department of State and are subject to U.S. economic 20 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 21 Text.indd 20 3/18/09 5:58:41 PM Our Business Patents, Trademarks and Licenses We are a technology company. Including our Xerox Palo Alto Research Center (“PARC”) and XMPie subsidiaries, we were awarded 609 U.S. utility patents in 2008. We were ranked 31st on the list of companies that were awarded the most U.S. patents during the year and would have been ranked about 27th with the inclusion of PARC and XMPie patents. Including our research partner Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd (“Fuji Xerox”), we were awarded over 940 U.S. utility patents in 2008. Our patent portfolio evolves as new patents are awarded to us and as older patents expire. As of December 31, 2008, we held approximately 8,900 design and utility U.S. patents. These patents expire at various dates up to 20 In the U.S., we are party to numerous patent-licensing agreements and, in a majority of them, we license or assign our patents to others, in return for revenue and/or access to their patents. Most patent licenses expire concurrently with the expiration of the last patent identified in the license. In 2008, we added 11 agreements to our portfolio of patent licensing agreements, and either we or PARC was a licensor in all 11 of the agreements. We are also a party to a number of cross-licensing agreements with companies that hold substantial patent portfolios, including Canon, Microsoft, IBM, Hewlett Packard, Océ, Sharp, Samsung and Seiko Epson. These agreements vary in subject matter, scope, compensation, significance and time. years or more from their original filing dates. While we believe that In the U.S., we own approximately 570 trademarks, either our portfolio of patents and applications has value, in general no registered or applied for. These trademarks have a perpetual life, single patent is essential to our business or any individual segment. subject to renewal every ten years. We vigorously enforce and In addition, any of our proprietary rights could be challenged, protect our trademarks. invalidated, or circumvented or may not provide significant competitive advantages. Our brand is a valuable resource and continues to be ranked among the top percentile of the most valuable global brands. Competition Although we encounter aggressive competition in all areas of our business, we are the leader or among the leaders in each of our principal business segments. Our competitors range from large international companies to relatively small firms. We compete on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, distribution and customer service and support. To remain competitive we invest in and develop new products and services and continually improve our existing offerings. Our key competitors a network of independent agents, dealers, value-added resellers, systems integrators and the Web. In the U.S. GIS continues to expand its network of office technology suppliers to serve an ever- expanding base of small and mid-size businesses. We utilize our direct sales force to address our customers’ more advanced technology, solutions and services requirements, and use cost- effective indirect distribution channels for basic product offerings. In large enterprises, we follow a services-led approach that enables us to address two basic challenges facing large enterprises: include Canon, Ricoh, Hewlett-Packard, and, in certain areas of the • How to optimize infrastructure to be both cost effective and business, Pitney Bowes, Kodak, Océ, Konica-Minolta and Lexmark. globally consistent. We believe that our brand recognition, reputation for document knowledge and expertise, innovative technology, breadth of product offerings, global distribution channels, customer relationships and large customer base are important competitive advantages. We and our competitors continue to develop and market new and innovative products at competitive prices, and, at any given time, we may set new market standards for quality, speed and function. Marketing and Distribution • How to improve the value proposition and communication with their customers. In response to these needs, we offer a go-to-market approach that leads with the largest direct sales and service delivery force in the industry available on a globally consistent manner. This can range from hardware, software or services in whatever combination is necessary to meet the needs of that customer. We market our Phaser line of color and monochrome laser-class and solid ink printers primarily through office information technology resellers, who typically access our products through We manage our business based on the principal business segments distributors. We continue to expand our distribution partnerships in described earlier. However, we have organized the marketing, selling North America through additional information technology resellers and distribution of our products and solutions according to and by enhancing our network of independent agents. We also geography and channel type. We sell our products and solutions continued to increase product offerings available through a directly to customers through our worldwide sales force and through two-tiered distribution model in Europe and developing markets. We operate in over 160 countries worldwide. We develop, manufacture, market and support document management systems, supplies and services through a variety of distribution channels around the world. � North American Operations � Developing Markets North American Operations includes the United States and Canada. � Xerox Europe Xerox Europe covers 17 countries across Europe. Developing Markets supports more than 130 countries. � Fuji Xerox Fuji Xerox, an unconsolidated entity of which we own 25%, develops, manufactures and distributes document management systems, supplies and services. Our reselling relationship with key partners contributed to our market coverage expansion and new business penetration. Through our global reseller alliance with Fujifilm, we distribute our production products and solutions to graphic communications customers as well as photo specialty markets spanning Retail, Professional Lab and Processing Center businesses. In 2008, we signed additional country-level contracts with Fujifilm Graphics Systems in Europe and developing markets to extend Xerox digital production systems reach to new commercial print customers and prospects. We continue to use our alliances to integrate “best in class” information technologies and services to deliver improved workflow and document output management enabling our customers to accelerate profitable revenue growth in their businesses. Through the world-class Xerox Business Partner Program we are able to deliver an extensive portfolio of products which streamline our customers’ workflows enabling them to reduce costs, improve operational efficiencies and drive new business opportunities. In Europe, Africa, the Middle East, India, and parts of Asia, we distribute our products through Xerox Limited, a company established under the laws of England, and related non-U.S. companies which we refer to collectively as Xerox Limited. Xerox Limited enters into distribution agreements with unaffiliated third parties to provide distribution of our products in many of the countries located in these regions, and previously entered into agreements with unaffiliated third parties providing distribution of our products in Iran, Sudan, and Syria. Iran, Sudan and Syria, among others, have been designated as state sponsors of terrorism by the U.S. Department of State and are subject to U.S. economic 20 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 21 Text.indd 21 3/18/09 5:58:42 PM Our Business sanctions. We maintain an export and sanctions compliance program and believe that we have been and are in compliance with U.S. laws and government regulations for these countries. In addition, we have no assets, liabilities, or operations in these countries other than liabilities under the distribution agreements. After observing required prior notice periods, Xerox Limited terminated its distribution agreements with distributors servicing Sudan and Syria in August 2006 and terminated its distribution agreement with the distributor servicing Iran in December 2006. Now, Xerox only has legacy obligations to third parties such as providing spare parts and supplies to these third parties. In 2008, we had total revenues of $17.6 billion, of which approximately $7.4 million was attributable to Iran and less than $0.2 million in total was attributable to Sudan and Syria. In January 2006, Xerox Limited entered into a five-year distribution agreement with an unaffiliated third party covering distribution of our products in Libya. Libya is also designated as a state sponsor of terrorism by the U.S. Department of State. The decision to enter into this distribution agreement was made in light of recent U.S. federal government actions that have lifted the countrywide embargo previously imposed on Libya. Our sales in Libya through this distribution agreement will be subject to our export and sanctions compliance program and will be conducted according to the U.S. laws and government regulations that relate to Libya. Customer Financing We finance a large portion of customer purchases of Xerox equipment through our bundled lease arrangements. We believe that financing facilitates customer acquisition of Xerox technology and enhances our value proposition to the customer while providing Xerox a profitable revenue stream and a strong return on equity. As a result of our customer financing program, we benefit by gaining in-depth knowledge of the products being leased and a deep understanding of the customer base and their use of our technology. This knowledge allows us to effectively manage the credit and residual value risk normally associated with financing. Our financing risk is further mitigated because the majority of our lease contracts are non-cancelable and include cancellation penalties approximately equal to the full value of the lease receivables. Because our lease contracts permit customers to pay for equipment over time rather than at the date of installation, we maintain a certain level of debt to support our investment in these lease contracts. We fund our customer financing activity through a combination of cash generated from operations, cash on hand, borrowings under bank credit facilities and proceeds from capital market offerings. At December 31, 2008 we had $7.3 billion of Globally, we have 57,100 direct employees. We have over 7,500 Sales Professionals, over 13,000 Managed Service Employees at customer sites and over 13,000 Technical Service Employees. In addition, we have over 6,500 Agents and Concessionaires and over 10,000 resellers. finance receivables and $0.6 billion of equipment on operating We are currently in the second year of a master supply agreement leases, or Total Finance assets of $7.9 billion. We maintain an with Flextronics, a global electronics manufacturing services assumed 7:1 leverage ratio of debt to equity as compared to our company, to outsource portions of manufacturing for our Office Finance assets and therefore a significant portion of our $8.4 segment. The agreement has a three year term, with two billion of debt is associated with our financing business. additional one-year extension periods at our option. Our inventory In addition to being an excellent customer retention vehicle, our customer financing program also achieves an attractive gross margin which provides us a reasonable return on our investment in this business. This program is also a strong value proposition for our customers because it provides them a bundled monthly payment for their document management needs and an attractive financing alternative. Service As of December 31, 2008, we had a worldwide service force of approximately 13,000 employees and an extensive variable contract service force. We continue to expand our use of cost- effective remote service technology for basic product offerings while utilizing our direct service force and a variable contract service force to address customers’ more advanced technology requirements. The increasing use of a variable contract service force is consistent with our strategy to reduce service costs while maintaining high-quality levels of service. We believe that our service force represents a significant competitive advantage because it is continually trained on our products and its diagnostic equipment is state-of-the-art. We offer service 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, in major metropolitan areas around the world, providing a consistent and superior level of service worldwide. Manufacturing and Supply Our manufacturing and distribution facilities are located around the world. The company’s largest manufacturing site is in Webster, N.Y., where we make fusers, photoreceptors, Xerox iGen and Nuvera systems, components, consumables and other products. Additionally this year, updates were made at the EA Toner plant in Webster, N.Y. that was built in 2007 to give the plant the flexibility to meet demand for both first and second generations of EA Toner. This allows the plant to produce the new breakthrough Ultra Low-Melt EA Toner. Our remaining primary manufacturing operations are located in: Dundalk, Ireland for our high-end production products and consumables; and Wilsonville, Oregon for solid ink products, consumable supplies, and components for our Office segment products. We also have a major facility in Venray, Netherlands, that handles supplies manufacturing and supply chain management for the eastern hemisphere. purchases from Flextronics currently represent approximately 15% of our overall worldwide inventory procurement and production. Our pricing for inventory sourced through Flextronics is generally market based. We have agreed to purchase from Flextronics some products and consumables within specified product families although we do have the ability to source product from other suppliers without penalty to extent needed. Flextronics is required to acquire inventory based on our forecasted requirements and must maintain sufficient manufacturing capacity to satisfy these requirements. Under certain circumstances, we may become obligated to purchase inventory that remains unused for more than 180 days, becomes obsolete or remains unused on the termination of the supply agreement. If Flextronics were unable to continue to supply product, it would not result in a material disruption to our business because Flextronics primarily provides contract assembly labor and we continue to manage the inbound sourcing and supply chain management of raw materials and sub-assembly parts. In addition, we own the tooling and technology that Flextronics currently uses to produce our products; there are a number of alternative suppliers that could replace the contract assembly labor Flextronics provides and we have business resumption plans in place for Flextronics and other similar suppliers. We acquire other office products from various third parties in order to increase the breadth of our product portfolio and meet channel requirements. We have arrangements with Fuji Xerox under which we purchase and sell products, some of which are the result of mutual research and development arrangements. Refer to Note 7 – Investments in Affiliates, at Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2008 Annual Report for additional information regarding our relationship with Fuji Xerox. Fuji Xerox Fuji Xerox is an unconsolidated entity in which we currently own a 25% interest and FUJIFILM Holdings Corporation (“FujiFilm”) owns a 75% interest. Fuji Xerox develops, manufactures and distributes document processing products in Japan, China, Hong Kong, other areas of the Pacific Rim, Australia and New Zealand. We retain significant rights as a minority shareholder. Our technology licensing agreements with Fuji Xerox ensure that the two companies retain uninterrupted access to each other’s portfolio of patents, technology and products. 22 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 23 Text.indd 22 3/18/09 5:58:43 PM Our Business sanctions. We maintain an export and sanctions compliance program and believe that we have been and are in compliance with U.S. laws and government regulations for these countries. In addition, we have no assets, liabilities, or operations in these countries other than liabilities under the distribution agreements. After observing required prior notice periods, Xerox Limited terminated its distribution agreements with distributors servicing Sudan and Syria in August 2006 and terminated its distribution agreement with the distributor servicing Iran in December 2006. Now, Xerox only has legacy obligations to third parties such as providing spare parts and supplies to these third parties. In 2008, we had total revenues of $17.6 billion, of which approximately $7.4 million was attributable to Iran and less than $0.2 million in total was attributable to Sudan and Syria. In January 2006, Xerox Limited entered into a five-year distribution agreement with an unaffiliated third party covering distribution of our products in Libya. Libya is also designated as a state sponsor of terrorism by the U.S. Department of State. The decision to enter into this distribution agreement was made in light of recent U.S. federal government actions that have lifted the countrywide embargo previously imposed on Libya. Our sales in Libya through this distribution agreement will be subject to our export and sanctions compliance program and will be conducted according to the U.S. laws and government regulations that relate to Libya. Customer Financing We finance a large portion of customer purchases of Xerox equipment through our bundled lease arrangements. We believe that financing facilitates customer acquisition of Xerox technology and enhances our value proposition to the customer while providing Xerox a profitable revenue stream and a strong return on equity. As a result of our customer financing program, we benefit by gaining in-depth knowledge of the products being leased and a deep understanding of the customer base and their use of our technology. This knowledge allows us to effectively manage the credit and residual value risk normally associated with financing. Our financing risk is further mitigated because the majority of our lease contracts are non-cancelable and include cancellation penalties approximately equal to the full value of the lease receivables. Because our lease contracts permit customers to pay for equipment over time rather than at the date of installation, we maintain a certain level of debt to support our investment in these lease contracts. We fund our customer financing activity through a combination of cash generated from operations, cash on hand, borrowings under bank credit facilities and proceeds from capital market offerings. At December 31, 2008 we had $7.3 billion of Globally, we have 57,100 direct employees. We have over 7,500 Sales Professionals, over 13,000 Managed Service Employees at customer sites and over 13,000 Technical Service Employees. In addition, we have over 6,500 Agents and Concessionaires and over 10,000 resellers. finance receivables and $0.6 billion of equipment on operating leases, or Total Finance assets of $7.9 billion. We maintain an assumed 7:1 leverage ratio of debt to equity as compared to our Finance assets and therefore a significant portion of our $8.4 billion of debt is associated with our financing business. In addition to being an excellent customer retention vehicle, our customer financing program also achieves an attractive gross margin which provides us a reasonable return on our investment in this business. This program is also a strong value proposition for our customers because it provides them a bundled monthly payment for their document management needs and an attractive financing alternative. Service As of December 31, 2008, we had a worldwide service force of approximately 13,000 employees and an extensive variable contract service force. We continue to expand our use of cost- effective remote service technology for basic product offerings while utilizing our direct service force and a variable contract service force to address customers’ more advanced technology requirements. The increasing use of a variable contract service force is consistent with our strategy to reduce service costs while maintaining high-quality levels of service. We believe that our service force represents a significant competitive advantage because it is continually trained on our products and its diagnostic equipment is state-of-the-art. We offer service 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, in major metropolitan areas around the world, providing a consistent and superior level of service worldwide. Manufacturing and Supply Our manufacturing and distribution facilities are located around the world. The company’s largest manufacturing site is in Webster, N.Y., where we make fusers, photoreceptors, Xerox iGen and Nuvera systems, components, consumables and other products. Additionally this year, updates were made at the EA Toner plant in Webster, N.Y. that was built in 2007 to give the plant the flexibility to meet demand for both first and second generations of EA Toner. This allows the plant to produce the new breakthrough Ultra Low-Melt EA Toner. Our remaining primary manufacturing operations are located in: Dundalk, Ireland for our high-end production products and consumables; and Wilsonville, Oregon for solid ink products, consumable supplies, and components for our Office segment products. We also have a major facility in Venray, Netherlands, that handles supplies manufacturing and supply chain management for the eastern hemisphere. We are currently in the second year of a master supply agreement with Flextronics, a global electronics manufacturing services company, to outsource portions of manufacturing for our Office segment. The agreement has a three year term, with two additional one-year extension periods at our option. Our inventory purchases from Flextronics currently represent approximately 15% of our overall worldwide inventory procurement and production. Our pricing for inventory sourced through Flextronics is generally market based. We have agreed to purchase from Flextronics some products and consumables within specified product families although we do have the ability to source product from other suppliers without penalty to extent needed. Flextronics is required to acquire inventory based on our forecasted requirements and must maintain sufficient manufacturing capacity to satisfy these requirements. Under certain circumstances, we may become obligated to purchase inventory that remains unused for more than 180 days, becomes obsolete or remains unused on the termination of the supply agreement. If Flextronics were unable to continue to supply product, it would not result in a material disruption to our business because Flextronics primarily provides contract assembly labor and we continue to manage the inbound sourcing and supply chain management of raw materials and sub-assembly parts. In addition, we own the tooling and technology that Flextronics currently uses to produce our products; there are a number of alternative suppliers that could replace the contract assembly labor Flextronics provides and we have business resumption plans in place for Flextronics and other similar suppliers. We acquire other office products from various third parties in order to increase the breadth of our product portfolio and meet channel requirements. We have arrangements with Fuji Xerox under which we purchase and sell products, some of which are the result of mutual research and development arrangements. Refer to Note 7 – Investments in Affiliates, at Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2008 Annual Report for additional information regarding our relationship with Fuji Xerox. Fuji Xerox Fuji Xerox is an unconsolidated entity in which we currently own a 25% interest and FUJIFILM Holdings Corporation (“FujiFilm”) owns a 75% interest. Fuji Xerox develops, manufactures and distributes document processing products in Japan, China, Hong Kong, other areas of the Pacific Rim, Australia and New Zealand. We retain significant rights as a minority shareholder. Our technology licensing agreements with Fuji Xerox ensure that the two companies retain uninterrupted access to each other’s portfolio of patents, technology and products. 22 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 23 Text.indd 23 3/18/09 5:58:43 PM Our Business Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations International Operations Other Information Xerox is a New York corporation, organized in 1906, and our principal executive offices are located at 45 Glover Avenue, P.O. Box 4505, Norwalk, Connecticut 06856-4505. Our telephone number is (203) 968-3000. On the Investor Information section of our Internet website, you will find our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports. We make these documents available as soon as we can after we have filed them with, or furnished them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our Internet address is http://www.xerox.com We are incorporating by reference the financial measures by geographical area for 2008, 2007 and 2006 that are included in Note 2 – Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2008 Annual Report. See also the risk factors entitled “Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted by economic conditions abroad, including fluctuating foreign currencies and shifting regulatory schemes.” in Part 1, Item 1A of this Form 10K. Backlog We believe that backlog, or the value of unfilled orders, is not a meaningful indicator of future business prospects because of the significant proportion of our revenue that follows equipment installation, the large volume of products we deliver from shelf inventories and the shortening of product life cycles. Seasonality Our revenues are affected by such factors as the introduction of new products, the length of the sales cycles and the seasonality of technology purchases. As a result, our operating results are difficult to predict. These factors have historically resulted in lower revenue in the first quarter than in the immediately preceding fourth quarter. The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is our installed base of equipment at customer locations, page intended to help the reader understand the results of operations volume growth and higher revenue per page. Key drivers to and financial condition of Xerox Corporation. MD&A is provided as increase equipment usage are connected multifunction devices, a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our new services and solutions. The transition to color is the primary consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. driver to improve revenue per page, as color documents typically Throughout this document, references to “we,” “our,” the “Company” and “Xerox” refer to Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries. References to “Xerox Corporation” refer to the stand- alone parent company and do not include its subsidiaries. Executive Overview We are a technology and services enterprise and a leader in the global document market, developing, manufacturing, marketing, servicing and financing the industry’s broadest portfolio of document equipment, solutions and services. Increasingly, businesses are digitally creating and storing documents and using the Internet to exchange electronic documents. More customers are seeking to gain efficiencies in their document management processes and are looking to us for document-related services to achieve those efficiencies. We believe these trends play to the strengths of our product and service offerings and represent opportunities for future growth in the $132 billion market we serve. These transformations also represent opportunities for future growth since our research and development investments have been focused on digital, color and services offerings and our acquisitions have focused on expanding our services, software and distribution capabilities. We operate in a global business environment, serving a wide range of customers with about 50 percent of our revenue generated from customers outside the U.S. Our markets are competitive. Customers are demanding document services such as assessment consulting, managed services, imaging and hosting and document intensive business process improvements. Additionally, our customers demand improved technology solutions, such as the ability to print offset quality color documents on-demand; improved product require significantly more toner coverage per page than traditional black-and-white printing. In addition, our growing services business, including offerings such as managed print services which help customers reduce their costs, also drives post sale revenue. In 2008, we completed several acquisitions to further strengthen our distribution capacity and expand our reach in the small to mid-size business (“SMB”) market. Global Imaging Systems, Inc. (“GIS”) acquired Saxon Business Systems (“Saxon”), an office equipment supplier with offices throughout Florida, as well as three additional smaller businesses – Better Quality Business Systems, Precision Copier Service Inc. DBA Sierra Office Solutions and Inland Business Systems of Chico. We also acquired Veenman B.V. (“Veenman”), expanding our reach into the SMB market in Europe. Veenman is Netherlands’ leading independent distributor of office printers, copiers and multifunction devices serving small and mid-size businesses. Financial Overview 2008 was an extremely challenging year due to worldwide economic weakness, particularly in the second half of the year. The unfavorable economic conditions, as well as a rapid shift in currency exchange rates and the related impact on foreign currency revenue and purchases put significant pressure on the business in 2008. The downturn in the economy adversely impacted equipment sales to large enterprises, as well as revenues from high volume production systems. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the increasingly wide-spread economic concerns found customers and partners prioritizing cash and delaying decisions on major contracts. In addition, our distribution partners reduced their inventories of supplies at year end, which negatively impacted our functionality, such as the ability to print, copy, fax and scan from a post sale revenue. single device; and lower prices for the same functionality. Our business model is built upon an annuity model that yields consistent strong cash flow, expanded earnings and enables us to provide good returns to shareholders. The majority of our revenue Revenue from our developing markets were also negatively impacted by the dramatic weakening of the Russian and eastern European economies. (supplies, service, paper, outsourcing, rentals and financing) is Despite the difficult economic conditions in the second half of recurring, which we collectively refer to as post sale revenue. This 2008, total revenue in 2008 increased 2% over the prior year, recurring revenue provides a significant degree of stability to our reflecting 4% growth in post sale revenue offset by a 2% decline revenue, profits and cash flow. Post sale revenue currently in equipment sales revenue. Total color revenue of $6.7 billion was represents more than 70 percent of the Company’s revenue and is up 5% over the prior year, benefiting from our investments in this driven by the amount of equipment installed at customer locations market and post sale revenue for document management services and the utilization of that equipment. As such, our critical success (also referred to as “Xerox Global Services”) of $3.5 billion increased factors include equipment installations, which stabilize and grow 3% over 2007. 24 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 25 Text.indd 24 3/18/09 5:58:44 PM Our Business Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations International Operations Other Information We are incorporating by reference the financial measures by Xerox is a New York corporation, organized in 1906, and our geographical area for 2008, 2007 and 2006 that are included in principal executive offices are located at 45 Glover Avenue, P.O. Note 2 – Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Box 4505, Norwalk, Connecticut 06856-4505. Statements in our 2008 Annual Report. See also the risk factors entitled “Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted by economic conditions abroad, including fluctuating foreign currencies and shifting regulatory schemes.” in Part 1, Item 1A of this Form 10K. Backlog Our telephone number is (203) 968-3000. On the Investor Information section of our Internet website, you will find our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports. We make these documents available as soon as we can after we have filed them with, or furnished them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. We believe that backlog, or the value of unfilled orders, is not a meaningful indicator of future business prospects because of the Our Internet address is http://www.xerox.com significant proportion of our revenue that follows equipment installation, the large volume of products we deliver from shelf inventories and the shortening of product life cycles. Seasonality Our revenues are affected by such factors as the introduction of new products, the length of the sales cycles and the seasonality of technology purchases. As a result, our operating results are difficult to predict. These factors have historically resulted in lower revenue in the first quarter than in the immediately preceding fourth quarter. The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is intended to help the reader understand the results of operations and financial condition of Xerox Corporation. MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Throughout this document, references to “we,” “our,” the “Company” and “Xerox” refer to Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries. References to “Xerox Corporation” refer to the stand- alone parent company and do not include its subsidiaries. Executive Overview We are a technology and services enterprise and a leader in the global document market, developing, manufacturing, marketing, servicing and financing the industry’s broadest portfolio of document equipment, solutions and services. Increasingly, businesses are digitally creating and storing documents and using the Internet to exchange electronic documents. More customers are seeking to gain efficiencies in their document management processes and are looking to us for document-related services to achieve those efficiencies. We believe these trends play to the strengths of our product and service offerings and represent opportunities for future growth in the $132 billion market we serve. These transformations also represent opportunities for future growth since our research and development investments have been focused on digital, color and services offerings and our acquisitions have focused on expanding our services, software and distribution capabilities. We operate in a global business environment, serving a wide range of customers with about 50 percent of our revenue generated from customers outside the U.S. Our markets are competitive. Customers are demanding document services such as assessment consulting, managed services, imaging and hosting and document intensive business process improvements. Additionally, our customers demand improved technology solutions, such as the ability to print offset quality color documents on-demand; improved product functionality, such as the ability to print, copy, fax and scan from a single device; and lower prices for the same functionality. Our business model is built upon an annuity model that yields consistent strong cash flow, expanded earnings and enables us to provide good returns to shareholders. The majority of our revenue (supplies, service, paper, outsourcing, rentals and financing) is recurring, which we collectively refer to as post sale revenue. This recurring revenue provides a significant degree of stability to our revenue, profits and cash flow. Post sale revenue currently represents more than 70 percent of the Company’s revenue and is driven by the amount of equipment installed at customer locations and the utilization of that equipment. As such, our critical success factors include equipment installations, which stabilize and grow our installed base of equipment at customer locations, page volume growth and higher revenue per page. Key drivers to increase equipment usage are connected multifunction devices, new services and solutions. The transition to color is the primary driver to improve revenue per page, as color documents typically require significantly more toner coverage per page than traditional black-and-white printing. In addition, our growing services business, including offerings such as managed print services which help customers reduce their costs, also drives post sale revenue. In 2008, we completed several acquisitions to further strengthen our distribution capacity and expand our reach in the small to mid-size business (“SMB”) market. Global Imaging Systems, Inc. (“GIS”) acquired Saxon Business Systems (“Saxon”), an office equipment supplier with offices throughout Florida, as well as three additional smaller businesses – Better Quality Business Systems, Precision Copier Service Inc. DBA Sierra Office Solutions and Inland Business Systems of Chico. We also acquired Veenman B.V. (“Veenman”), expanding our reach into the SMB market in Europe. Veenman is Netherlands’ leading independent distributor of office printers, copiers and multifunction devices serving small and mid-size businesses. Financial Overview 2008 was an extremely challenging year due to worldwide economic weakness, particularly in the second half of the year. The unfavorable economic conditions, as well as a rapid shift in currency exchange rates and the related impact on foreign currency revenue and purchases put significant pressure on the business in 2008. The downturn in the economy adversely impacted equipment sales to large enterprises, as well as revenues from high volume production systems. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the increasingly wide-spread economic concerns found customers and partners prioritizing cash and delaying decisions on major contracts. In addition, our distribution partners reduced their inventories of supplies at year end, which negatively impacted our post sale revenue. Revenue from our developing markets were also negatively impacted by the dramatic weakening of the Russian and eastern European economies. Despite the difficult economic conditions in the second half of 2008, total revenue in 2008 increased 2% over the prior year, reflecting 4% growth in post sale revenue offset by a 2% decline in equipment sales revenue. Total color revenue of $6.7 billion was up 5% over the prior year, benefiting from our investments in this market and post sale revenue for document management services (also referred to as “Xerox Global Services”) of $3.5 billion increased 3% over 2007. 24 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 25 Text.indd 25 3/18/09 5:58:45 PM Management’s Discussion 2008 total gross margin of 38.9% was 1.4-percentage points below the prior year. Pricing, product mix and unfavorable exchange rates on our Yen based inventory purchases were only partially offset by cost productivity improvements. Selling, administrative and general (“SAG”) expenses as a percent of revenue were 25.7 percent or 0.7-percentage points higher than the prior year. SAG expenses increased due to the full year inclusion of GIS, higher bad debt provisions and increased marketing investments partially offset by restructuring savings. Additionally, we continued to invest in research and development and to prioritize our investments in the faster growing areas of the market. Research, development and engineering (“RD&E”) expenses were 5% of revenue in 2008, which is consistent with the prior year. Our investments in the growing areas of digital production and office systems, particularly with respect to color products, contributed to more than two-thirds of our equipment sales being generated from products launched in the last two years. Changes in our revenue mix – both from geographic and product line perspectives – have reduced our gross profit margins. This, combined with uncertain economic conditions, required us to take actions to adjust our cost and expense profile. Accordingly, we recognized pre-tax restructuring charges of $429 million for 2008 actions in order to reduce our cost base and provide increased flexibility in our business in this depressed or recessionary economy. Refer to Note 9 – Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. Our balance sheet strategy focused on optimizing operating cash flows and returning value to shareholders through acquisitions, share repurchase and dividends. We continue to maintain debt levels primarily to support our customer financing operations. Cash flow from operations was $939 million in 2008 and included $615 million of net securities-related litigation payments as we resolved two long standing securities litigation cases. Cash used for investments was $441 million and included capital expenditures of $335 million and acquisitions of $155 million. Cash used for financing of $311 million reflected continued net repayments of secured borrowings of $227 million; $812 million for share repurchases; and $154 million for dividends, partially offset by net cash flows from new borrowings of $926 million. New borrowings included $1.4 billion of Senior Notes in an April 2008 public offering. We finished the year with cash and cash equivalents of $1.2 billion. Our prospective balance sheet strategy includes: optimizing operating cash flows; maintaining our investment grade credit ratings; achieving an optimal cost of capital; and effectively deploying cash to deliver and maximize long-term shareholder value through acquisitions, share repurchase and dividends. However, due to the current economic uncertainty, we have no immediate plans for further share repurchases at this time. Our strategy also includes appropriately leveraging our financing assets (finance receivables and equipment on operating leases). Currency Impacts To understand the trends in our business, we believe that it is helpful to analyze the impact of changes in the translation of foreign currencies into U.S. Dollars on revenues and expenses. We refer to this analysis as “currency impact” or “the impact from currency”. Revenues and expenses from our developing markets are analyzed at actual exchange rates for all periods presented, since these countries generally have volatile currency and inflationary environments, and our operations in these countries have historically implemented pricing actions to recover the impact of inflation and devaluation. We do not hedge the translation effect of revenues or expenses denominated in currencies where the local currency is the functional currency. Approximately 50% of our consolidated revenues are derived from operations outside of the United States where the U.S. Dollar is not the functional currency. When compared with the average of the major European currencies and Canadian Dollar on a revenue- weighted basis, the U.S. Dollar was 3% weaker in 2008 and 9% weaker in 2007, each compared to the prior year. As a result, the foreign currency translation impact on revenue was a 1% benefit in 2008 and a 3% benefit in 2007. Currency exchange rates fluctuated significantly in the fourth quarter 2008. The U.S. Dollar strengthened significantly in the fourth quarter 2008 as compared to the currencies of our major foreign operations – the Euro, Pound Sterling and Canadian Dollar. The foreign currency translation impact on revenue from this fluctuation in exchange rates was a 3% point benefit through the third quarter 2008 as compared to a 5% detriment in the fourth quarter 2008. If U.S. Dollar exchange rates against these major currencies remain at their current levels we expect it will have an estimated 5% to 6% negative impact on total revenue in the first half of 2009. Year Ended December 31, Percent Change compared to 39% in 2007 reflecting: Summary Results Revenue follows: Revenues for the three years ended December 31, 2008 were as (in millions) 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 Equipment sales $ 4,679 $ 4,753 $ 4,457 (2)% Post sale revenue(1) 12,929 12,475 11,438 Total Revenue $17,608 $17,228 $15,895 7% 9% 8 % 4 % 2 % Reconciliation to Consolidated Statements of Income Sales $ 8,325 $ 8,192 $ 7,464 Less: Supplies, paper and other sales (3,646) (3,439) (3,007) Equipment sales $ 4,679 $ 4,753 $ 4,457 Service, outsourcing Finance income Add: Supplies, paper and rentals $ 8,485 $ 8,214 $ 7,591 798 822 840 and other sales 3,646 3,439 3,007 Post sale revenue $12,929 $12,475 $11,438 Memo: Color(3) $ 6,669 $ 6,356 $ 5,578 5% 14% in our 2007 results,(2) equipment sales revenue decreased 5%, with a 1-percentage point benefit from currency. Overall price declines of between 5%- 10% as well as product mix more than offset overall growth in install activity. • 5% growth in color revenue.(3) Color revenue of $6,669 million in 2008 represented 41% of total revenue, excluding GIS, – 10% growth in color post sale revenue to $4,590 million. Color post sale revenue represented 37% and 35% of post sale revenue, in 2008 and 2007, respectively.(4) – Color equipment sales revenue declined 4% to $2,079 million. Color equipment sales represented 50% of total equipment sales, in 2008 and 2007,(4) respectively. – 24%(5) growth in color pages. Color pages represented 18%(5) and 12% of total pages in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Total 2007 revenue increased 8% compared to the prior year and includes the results of GIS since May 9, 2007, the effective date of our acquisition. When including GIS in our 2006 results,(2) our 2007 total revenue increased 4%. Currency had a 3-percentage point positive impact on total revenues. Total revenues included the following: • 9% increase in post sale revenue, or 6% including GIS in our 2006 results.(2) This included a 3-percentage point benefit from currency. Growth in GIS, color products, developing markets and Total 2008 revenue increased 2% compared to the prior year and document management services more than offset the decline in was flat when including GIS in our 2007 results.(2) Currency had a black-and-white digital office revenue and light lens product 1-percentage point positive impact on total revenues. Total revenue. The components of post sale revenue increased as revenues included the following: follows: • 4% increase in post sale revenue, or 2% including GIS in our – 8% increase in service, outsourcing and rentals revenue to 2007 results.(2) This included a 1-percentage point benefit from currency. Growth in GIS, color products and document management services offset the declines in high-volume black-and-white printing systems, black-and-white multifunction devices and light lens product revenue. The components of post sale revenue increased as follows: – 3% increase in service, outsourcing, and rentals revenue to $8,485 million reflected the full year inclusion of GIS, and growth in document management services. – Supplies, paper, and other sales of $3,646 million grew 6% year-over-year due to the full year inclusion of GIS as well as growth in color supplies and paper sales. $8,214 million reflected the inclusion of GIS, growth in document management services and technical service revenue. – Supplies, paper and other sales of $3,439 million grew 14% year-over-year due to the inclusion of GIS as well as growth in developing markets. • 7% increase in equipment sales revenue, or a decrease of 1% when including GIS in our 2006 results.(2) This included a 3-percentage point benefit from currency. Growth in office multifunction color and production color install activity was offset by overall price declines of between 5%-10%, declines in production black-and-white products and color printers, as well as an increased proportion of equipment installed under • 2% decrease in equipment sales revenue. There was no impact operating lease contracts where revenue is recognized over-time from currency on equipment sales revenue. When including GIS in post sale. 26 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 27 Text.indd 26 3/18/09 5:58:45 PM Management’s Discussion 2008 total gross margin of 38.9% was 1.4-percentage points Our prospective balance sheet strategy includes: optimizing below the prior year. Pricing, product mix and unfavorable operating cash flows; maintaining our investment grade credit exchange rates on our Yen based inventory purchases were only ratings; achieving an optimal cost of capital; and effectively partially offset by cost productivity improvements. Selling, deploying cash to deliver and maximize long-term shareholder administrative and general (“SAG”) expenses as a percent of value through acquisitions, share repurchase and dividends. revenue were 25.7 percent or 0.7-percentage points higher than However, due to the current economic uncertainty, we have no the prior year. SAG expenses increased due to the full year inclusion immediate plans for further share repurchases at this time. Our of GIS, higher bad debt provisions and increased marketing strategy also includes appropriately leveraging our financing assets investments partially offset by restructuring savings. Additionally, (finance receivables and equipment on operating leases). we continued to invest in research and development and to prioritize our investments in the faster growing areas of the market. Research, development and engineering (“RD&E”) expenses were 5% of revenue in 2008, which is consistent with the prior year. Our investments in the growing areas of digital production and office systems, particularly with respect to color products, contributed to more than two-thirds of our equipment sales being generated from products launched in the last two years. Changes in our revenue mix – both from geographic and product line perspectives – have reduced our gross profit margins. This, combined with uncertain economic conditions, required us to take actions to adjust our cost and expense profile. Accordingly, we recognized pre-tax restructuring charges of $429 million for 2008 actions in order to reduce our cost base and provide increased flexibility in our business in this depressed or recessionary economy. Refer to Note 9 – Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. Our balance sheet strategy focused on optimizing operating cash flows and returning value to shareholders through acquisitions, share repurchase and dividends. We continue to maintain debt levels primarily to support our customer financing operations. Cash flow from operations was $939 million in 2008 and included $615 million of net securities-related litigation payments as we resolved two long standing securities litigation cases. Cash used for investments was $441 million and included capital expenditures of $335 million and acquisitions of $155 million. Cash used for financing of $311 million reflected continued net repayments of secured borrowings of $227 million; $812 million for share repurchases; and $154 million for dividends, partially offset by net cash flows from new borrowings of $926 million. New borrowings included $1.4 billion of Senior Notes in an April 2008 public offering. We finished the year with cash and cash equivalents of $1.2 billion. Currency Impacts To understand the trends in our business, we believe that it is helpful to analyze the impact of changes in the translation of foreign currencies into U.S. Dollars on revenues and expenses. We refer to this analysis as “currency impact” or “the impact from currency”. Revenues and expenses from our developing markets are analyzed at actual exchange rates for all periods presented, since these countries generally have volatile currency and inflationary environments, and our operations in these countries have historically implemented pricing actions to recover the impact of inflation and devaluation. We do not hedge the translation effect of revenues or expenses denominated in currencies where the local currency is the functional currency. Approximately 50% of our consolidated revenues are derived from operations outside of the United States where the U.S. Dollar is not the functional currency. When compared with the average of the major European currencies and Canadian Dollar on a revenue- weighted basis, the U.S. Dollar was 3% weaker in 2008 and 9% weaker in 2007, each compared to the prior year. As a result, the foreign currency translation impact on revenue was a 1% benefit in 2008 and a 3% benefit in 2007. Currency exchange rates fluctuated significantly in the fourth quarter 2008. The U.S. Dollar strengthened significantly in the fourth quarter 2008 as compared to the currencies of our major foreign operations – the Euro, Pound Sterling and Canadian Dollar. The foreign currency translation impact on revenue from this fluctuation in exchange rates was a 3% point benefit through the third quarter 2008 as compared to a 5% detriment in the fourth quarter 2008. If U.S. Dollar exchange rates against these major currencies remain at their current levels we expect it will have an estimated 5% to 6% negative impact on total revenue in the first half of 2009. Summary Results Revenue Revenues for the three years ended December 31, 2008 were as follows: (in millions) 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 Year Ended December 31, Percent Change 7% 9% 8 % Equipment sales Post sale revenue(1) $ 4,679 $ 4,753 $ 4,457 (2)% 4 % 12,929 12,475 11,438 Total Revenue $17,608 $17,228 $15,895 2 % Reconciliation to Consolidated Statements of Income Sales Less: Supplies, paper and other sales $ 8,325 $ 8,192 $ 7,464 (3,646) (3,439) (3,007) Equipment sales $ 4,679 $ 4,753 $ 4,457 Service, outsourcing and rentals Finance income Add: Supplies, paper and other sales $ 8,485 $ 8,214 $ 7,591 840 798 822 3,646 3,439 3,007 Post sale revenue $12,929 $12,475 $11,438 Memo: Color(3) $ 6,669 $ 6,356 $ 5,578 5% 14% Total 2008 revenue increased 2% compared to the prior year and was flat when including GIS in our 2007 results.(2) Currency had a 1-percentage point positive impact on total revenues. Total revenues included the following: • 4% increase in post sale revenue, or 2% including GIS in our 2007 results.(2) This included a 1-percentage point benefit from currency. Growth in GIS, color products and document management services offset the declines in high-volume black-and-white printing systems, black-and-white multifunction devices and light lens product revenue. The components of post sale revenue increased as follows: – 3% increase in service, outsourcing, and rentals revenue to $8,485 million reflected the full year inclusion of GIS, and growth in document management services. – Supplies, paper, and other sales of $3,646 million grew 6% year-over-year due to the full year inclusion of GIS as well as growth in color supplies and paper sales. • 2% decrease in equipment sales revenue. There was no impact from currency on equipment sales revenue. When including GIS in our 2007 results,(2) equipment sales revenue decreased 5%, with a 1-percentage point benefit from currency. Overall price declines of between 5%- 10% as well as product mix more than offset overall growth in install activity. • 5% growth in color revenue.(3) Color revenue of $6,669 million in 2008 represented 41% of total revenue, excluding GIS, compared to 39% in 2007 reflecting: – 10% growth in color post sale revenue to $4,590 million. Color post sale revenue represented 37% and 35% of post sale revenue, in 2008 and 2007, respectively.(4) – Color equipment sales revenue declined 4% to $2,079 million. Color equipment sales represented 50% of total equipment sales, in 2008 and 2007,(4) respectively. – 24%(5) growth in color pages. Color pages represented 18%(5) and 12% of total pages in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Total 2007 revenue increased 8% compared to the prior year and includes the results of GIS since May 9, 2007, the effective date of our acquisition. When including GIS in our 2006 results,(2) our 2007 total revenue increased 4%. Currency had a 3-percentage point positive impact on total revenues. Total revenues included the following: • 9% increase in post sale revenue, or 6% including GIS in our 2006 results.(2) This included a 3-percentage point benefit from currency. Growth in GIS, color products, developing markets and document management services more than offset the decline in black-and-white digital office revenue and light lens product revenue. The components of post sale revenue increased as follows: – 8% increase in service, outsourcing and rentals revenue to $8,214 million reflected the inclusion of GIS, growth in document management services and technical service revenue. – Supplies, paper and other sales of $3,439 million grew 14% year-over-year due to the inclusion of GIS as well as growth in developing markets. • 7% increase in equipment sales revenue, or a decrease of 1% when including GIS in our 2006 results.(2) This included a 3-percentage point benefit from currency. Growth in office multifunction color and production color install activity was offset by overall price declines of between 5%-10%, declines in production black-and-white products and color printers, as well as an increased proportion of equipment installed under operating lease contracts where revenue is recognized over-time in post sale. 26 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 27 Text.indd 27 3/20/09 5:15:24 PM Management’s Discussion • 14% growth in color revenue.(3) Color revenue of $6,356 million in 2007 comprised 39% of total revenue, compared to 35% in 2006 reflecting: 2007 Net income of $1,135 million, or $1.19 per diluted share, included $30 million after-tax charge for our share of Fuji Xerox (“FX”) restructuring charges. – 18% growth in color post sale revenue to $4,180 million. Color post sale revenue represented 35% and 31% of post sale revenue, in 2007 and 2006, respectively.(4) 2006 Net income of $1,210 million, or $1.22 per diluted share, included the following: • $472 million income tax benefit related to the favorable – 7% growth in color equipment sales revenue to $2,176 resolution of certain tax matters from the 1999-2003 IRS audit. Revenue Recognition for Leases million. Color equipment sales represented 49% and 45% of total equipment sales, in 2007 and 2006, respectively.(4) – 31% growth in color pages. Color pages represented 12% and 9% of total pages in 2007 and 2006, respectively.(4) (1) Post sale revenue is largely a function of the equipment placed at customer locations, the volume of prints and copies that our customers make on that equipment, the mix of color pages and associated services. (2) The percentage point impacts from GIS reflect the revenue growth year-over-year after including GIS’s results for 2007 and 2006 on a proforma basis. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for an explanation of this non-GAAP measure. (3) Color revenues represent a subset of total revenues and excludes the impact of GIS’s revenues. (4) As of December 31, 2008, total color, color post sale and color equipment sales revenues comprised 41%, 37% and 50%, respectively, if calculated on total, total post sale, and total equipment sales revenues, including GIS. GIS is excluded from the color information presented, because the breakout of the information required to make this computation for all periods is not available. (5) Pages include estimates for developing markets, GIS and printers. Net Income Net income and diluted earnings per share for the three years ended December 31, 2008 were as follows: (in millions, except per share amounts) 2008 2007 2006 Net income Diluted earnings per share $ 230 $0.26 $1,135 $ 1.19 $1,210 $ 1.22 2008 Net income of $230 million, or $0.26 per diluted share, included the following: • $491 million after-tax charges ($774 million pre-tax) associated with securities-related litigation matters as well as other probable litigation-related losses including $36 million for the Brazilian labor-related contingencies. • $292 million after-tax charge ($426 million pre-tax) for second, third and fourth quarter 2008 restructuring and asset impairment actions. • $24 million after-tax charge ($39 million pre-tax) for an Office product line equipment write-off. • $41 million income tax benefit from the settlement of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits. • $68 million (pre-tax and after-tax) for probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies. • $46 million tax benefit resulting from the resolution of certain tax matters associated with foreign tax audits. • $9 million after-tax ($13 million pre-tax) charge from the write-off of the remaining unamortized deferred debt issuance costs as a result of the termination of our 2003 Credit Facility. • $257 million after-tax ($385 million pre-tax) restructuring and asset impairment charges. Application of Critical Accounting Policies In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting for the underlying transactions and balances, we apply various accounting policies. Senior management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting policies, estimates and related disclosures, included herein, with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. We consider the policies discussed below as critical to understanding our Consolidated Financial Statements, as their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, since financial reporting results rely on estimates of the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. In instances where different estimates could have reasonably been used, we disclosed the impact of these different estimates on our operations. In certain instances, like revenue recognition for leases, the accounting rules are prescriptive; therefore, it would not have been possible to reasonably use different estimates. Changes in assumptions and estimates are reflected in the period in which they occur. The impact of such changes could be material to our results of operations and financial condition in any quarterly or annual period. Specific risks associated with these critical accounting policies are objective evidence of equipment fair value based on cash selling discussed throughout the MD&A, where such policies affect our prices during the applicable period. The cash selling prices are reported and expected financial results. For a detailed discussion of compared to the range of values included in our lease accounting the application of these and other accounting policies, refer to systems. The range of cash selling prices must be reasonably Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the consistent with the lease selling prices, taking into account residual Consolidated Financial Statements. values, in order for us to determine that such lease prices are Our accounting for leases involves specific determinations under applicable lease accounting standards, which often involve complex and prescriptive provisions. These provisions affect the timing of revenue recognition for our equipment. If a lease qualifies as a sales-type capital lease, equipment revenue is recognized upon delivery or installation of the equipment as sale revenue as opposed to ratably over the lease term. The critical elements that we consider with respect to our lease accounting are the determination of the economic life and the fair value of equipment, including the residual value. For purposes of determining the economic life, we consider the most objective measure to be the original contract term, since most equipment is returned by lessees at or near the end of the contracted term. The economic life of most of our products is five years since this represents the most frequent contractual lease term for our principal products and only a small percentage of our leases are for original terms longer than five years. There is no significant after- market for our used equipment. We believe five years is representative of the period during which the equipment is expected to be economically usable, with normal service, for the purpose for which it is intended. Revenue Recognition Under Bundled Arrangements We sell the majority of our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, which typically include equipment, service, supplies and financing components for which the customer pays a single negotiated monthly fixed price for all elements over the contractual lease term. Typically these arrangements include an incremental, variable component for page volumes in excess of contractual page volume minimums, which are often expressed in terms of price per page. Revenues under these arrangements are allocated, considering the relative fair values of the lease and non-lease deliverables included in the bundled arrangement, based indicative of fair value. Our pricing interest rates, which are used in determining customer payments, are developed based upon a variety of factors including local prevailing rates in the marketplace and the customer’s credit history, industry and credit class. We reassess our pricing interest rates quarterly based on changes in the local prevailing rates in the marketplace. These interest rates have been historically adjusted if the rates vary by twenty-five basis points or more, cumulatively, from the last rate in effect. The pricing interest rates generally equal the implicit rates within the leases, as corroborated by our comparisons of cash to lease selling prices. In light of worldwide economic conditions prevailing at the end of 2008, we expect to continually review this methodology in 2009 to ensure that our pricing interest rates are reflective of changes in the local prevailing rates in the marketplace. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Credit Losses We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust credit limits based upon customer payment history and current creditworthiness. We continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based upon our historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. While such credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience credit loss rates similar to those we have experienced in the past. Measurement of such losses requires consideration of historical loss experience, including the need to adjust for current conditions, and judgments about the probable effects of relevant observable data, including present economic conditions such as delinquency rates and financial health of specific customers. We recorded bad debt provisions of $188 million, $134 million and $87 million in SAG expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. upon the estimated relative fair values of each element. Lease Historically, the majority of the bad debt provision relates to our deliverables include maintenance and executory costs, equipment finance receivables portfolio. This provision is inherently more and financing, while non-lease deliverables generally consist of difficult to estimate than the provision for trade accounts supplies and non-maintenance services. Our revenue allocation for receivable because the underlying lease portfolio has an average lease deliverables begins by allocating revenues to the maturity, at any time, of approximately two to three years and maintenance and executory costs plus profit thereon. The contains past due billed amounts, as well as unbilled amounts. The remaining amounts are allocated to the equipment and financing estimated credit quality of any given customer and class of elements. We perform extensive analyses of available verifiable customer or geographic location can significantly change during 28 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 29 Text.indd 28 3/18/09 5:58:47 PM Management’s Discussion • 14% growth in color revenue.(3) Color revenue of $6,356 million 2007 Net income of $1,135 million, or $1.19 per diluted share, in 2007 comprised 39% of total revenue, compared to 35% in included $30 million after-tax charge for our share of Fuji Xerox 2006 reflecting: (“FX”) restructuring charges. – 18% growth in color post sale revenue to $4,180 million. 2006 Net income of $1,210 million, or $1.22 per diluted share, Color post sale revenue represented 35% and 31% of post included the following: sale revenue, in 2007 and 2006, respectively.(4) • $472 million income tax benefit related to the favorable million. Color equipment sales represented 49% and 45% of total equipment sales, in 2007 and 2006, respectively.(4) – 31% growth in color pages. Color pages represented 12% and 9% of total pages in 2007 and 2006, respectively.(4) (1) Post sale revenue is largely a function of the equipment placed at customer locations, the volume of prints and copies that our customers make on that equipment, the mix of color pages and associated services. (2) The percentage point impacts from GIS reflect the revenue growth year-over-year after including GIS’s results for 2007 and 2006 on a proforma basis. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for an explanation of this non-GAAP measure. (3) Color revenues represent a subset of total revenues and excludes the impact of GIS’s revenues. (4) As of December 31, 2008, total color, color post sale and color equipment sales revenues comprised 41%, 37% and 50%, respectively, if calculated on total, total post sale, and total equipment sales revenues, including GIS. GIS is excluded from the color information presented, because the breakout of the information required to make this computation for all periods is not available. (5) Pages include estimates for developing markets, GIS and printers. Net Income Net income and diluted earnings per share for the three years ended December 31, 2008 were as follows: (in millions, except per share amounts) 2008 2007 2006 Net income Diluted earnings per share $ 230 $0.26 $1,135 $ 1.19 $1,210 $ 1.22 2008 Net income of $230 million, or $0.26 per diluted share, included the following: • $491 million after-tax charges ($774 million pre-tax) associated with securities-related litigation matters as well as other probable litigation-related losses including $36 million for the Brazilian labor-related contingencies. • $68 million (pre-tax and after-tax) for probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies. • $46 million tax benefit resulting from the resolution of certain tax matters associated with foreign tax audits. • $9 million after-tax ($13 million pre-tax) charge from the write-off of the remaining unamortized deferred debt issuance costs as a result of the termination of our 2003 Credit Facility. • $257 million after-tax ($385 million pre-tax) restructuring and asset impairment charges. Application of Critical Accounting Policies In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting for the underlying transactions and balances, we apply various accounting policies. Senior management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting policies, estimates and related disclosures, included herein, with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. We consider the policies discussed below as critical to understanding our Consolidated Financial Statements, as their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, since financial reporting results rely on estimates of the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. In instances where different estimates could have reasonably been used, we disclosed the impact of these different estimates on our operations. In certain instances, like revenue recognition for leases, the accounting rules are prescriptive; therefore, it would not have been possible to reasonably use different estimates. Changes in assumptions and estimates are reflected in the period in which they occur. The impact of such changes could be material to our results of • $292 million after-tax charge ($426 million pre-tax) for second, operations and financial condition in any quarterly or annual third and fourth quarter 2008 restructuring and asset period. impairment actions. • $24 million after-tax charge ($39 million pre-tax) for an Office product line equipment write-off. • $41 million income tax benefit from the settlement of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits. – 7% growth in color equipment sales revenue to $2,176 resolution of certain tax matters from the 1999-2003 IRS audit. Revenue Recognition for Leases Specific risks associated with these critical accounting policies are discussed throughout the MD&A, where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results. For a detailed discussion of the application of these and other accounting policies, refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our accounting for leases involves specific determinations under applicable lease accounting standards, which often involve complex and prescriptive provisions. These provisions affect the timing of revenue recognition for our equipment. If a lease qualifies as a sales-type capital lease, equipment revenue is recognized upon delivery or installation of the equipment as sale revenue as opposed to ratably over the lease term. The critical elements that we consider with respect to our lease accounting are the determination of the economic life and the fair value of equipment, including the residual value. For purposes of determining the economic life, we consider the most objective measure to be the original contract term, since most equipment is returned by lessees at or near the end of the contracted term. The economic life of most of our products is five years since this represents the most frequent contractual lease term for our principal products and only a small percentage of our leases are for original terms longer than five years. There is no significant after- market for our used equipment. We believe five years is representative of the period during which the equipment is expected to be economically usable, with normal service, for the purpose for which it is intended. Revenue Recognition Under Bundled Arrangements We sell the majority of our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, which typically include equipment, service, supplies and financing components for which the customer pays a single negotiated monthly fixed price for all elements over the contractual lease term. Typically these arrangements include an incremental, variable component for page volumes in excess of contractual page volume minimums, which are often expressed in terms of price per page. Revenues under these arrangements are allocated, considering the relative fair values of the lease and non-lease deliverables included in the bundled arrangement, based upon the estimated relative fair values of each element. Lease deliverables include maintenance and executory costs, equipment and financing, while non-lease deliverables generally consist of supplies and non-maintenance services. Our revenue allocation for lease deliverables begins by allocating revenues to the maintenance and executory costs plus profit thereon. The remaining amounts are allocated to the equipment and financing elements. We perform extensive analyses of available verifiable objective evidence of equipment fair value based on cash selling prices during the applicable period. The cash selling prices are compared to the range of values included in our lease accounting systems. The range of cash selling prices must be reasonably consistent with the lease selling prices, taking into account residual values, in order for us to determine that such lease prices are indicative of fair value. Our pricing interest rates, which are used in determining customer payments, are developed based upon a variety of factors including local prevailing rates in the marketplace and the customer’s credit history, industry and credit class. We reassess our pricing interest rates quarterly based on changes in the local prevailing rates in the marketplace. These interest rates have been historically adjusted if the rates vary by twenty-five basis points or more, cumulatively, from the last rate in effect. The pricing interest rates generally equal the implicit rates within the leases, as corroborated by our comparisons of cash to lease selling prices. In light of worldwide economic conditions prevailing at the end of 2008, we expect to continually review this methodology in 2009 to ensure that our pricing interest rates are reflective of changes in the local prevailing rates in the marketplace. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Credit Losses We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust credit limits based upon customer payment history and current creditworthiness. We continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based upon our historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. While such credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience credit loss rates similar to those we have experienced in the past. Measurement of such losses requires consideration of historical loss experience, including the need to adjust for current conditions, and judgments about the probable effects of relevant observable data, including present economic conditions such as delinquency rates and financial health of specific customers. We recorded bad debt provisions of $188 million, $134 million and $87 million in SAG expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Historically, the majority of the bad debt provision relates to our finance receivables portfolio. This provision is inherently more difficult to estimate than the provision for trade accounts receivable because the underlying lease portfolio has an average maturity, at any time, of approximately two to three years and contains past due billed amounts, as well as unbilled amounts. The estimated credit quality of any given customer and class of customer or geographic location can significantly change during 28 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 29 Text.indd 29 3/18/09 5:58:48 PM Management’s Discussion the life of the portfolio. We consider all available information in our quarterly assessments of the adequacy of the provision for doubtful accounts. The current economic environment has increased the risk of non-collection of receivables. We have accordingly considered this increased risk in the evaluation and assessment of our allowance for doubtful accounts at year-end. Collection risk is somewhat mitigated by the fact that our receivables are fairly well dispersed among a diverse customer base both in size and geography. Days sales outstanding remained fairly flat year-over-year. In addition, the aging of receivables has not increased significantly. Accounts receivable balances greater than 60 days outstanding were 17% of total gross accounts receivables at December 31, 2008 as compared to 15% at December 31, 2007. However, we continue to assess our receivable portfolio in light of the current economic environment and its impact on our estimation of the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. As discussed above, in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements for the three year period ended December 31, 2008, we estimated our provision for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and customer-specific collection issues. This methodology has been consistently applied for all periods presented. During the five year period ended December 31, 2008, our reserve for doubtful accounts ranged from 3.0% to 4.2% of gross receivables. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 1-percentage point increase or decrease in the reserve from the December 31, 2008 rate of 3.4% would change the 2008 provision by approximately $98 million. Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Plan Assumptions We sponsor defined benefit pension plans in various forms in several countries covering substantially all employees who meet eligibility requirements. Post-retirement benefit plans cover primarily U.S. employees for retirement medical costs. Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset values related to our pension and post-retirement benefit plans. These factors include assumptions we make about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase in healthcare costs, the rate of future compensation increases and mortality. Difference between these assumptions and actual experiences are reported as net actuarial gains and losses and are subject to amortization to net periodic pension cost over the average remaining service lives of the employees participating in the pension plan. Cumulative actuarial losses for our pension plans as of December 31, 2008 were $1.8 billion, as compared to $1 billion at December 31, 2007. The change from December 31, 2007 relates primarily to actual losses on plan assets in 2008 as compared to expected returns partially offset by an increase in the discount rate. The total actuarial loss will be amortized in the future, subject to offsetting gains or losses that will change the future amortization amount. We have utilized a weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets of 7.6% for 2008, 7.6% for 2007 and 7.8% for 2006, on a worldwide basis. In estimating this rate, we considered the historical returns earned by the plan assets, the rates of return expected in the future and our investment strategy and asset mix with respect to the plans’ funds. During 2008, the actual loss on plan assets was $1.5 billion, primarily as a result of the significant declines in the equity markets during the fourth quarter of 2008. In estimating the 2009 expected rate of return we considered this significant decline in the fair value of our plan assets as well as potential changes in our investment mix, partly in response to the significant volatility expected in the equity markets for the foreseeable future. The weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets we will utilize for 2009 will be 7.4% as compared to 7.6% in 2008. For purposes of determining the expected return on plan assets, we utilize a calculated value approach in determining the value of the pension plan assets, as opposed to a fair market value approach. The primary difference between the two methods relates to a systematic recognition of changes in fair value over time (generally two years) versus immediate recognition of changes in fair value. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is then applied to the calculated asset value to determine the amount of the expected return on plan assets to be used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost. The calculated value approach reduces the volatility in net periodic pension cost that can result from using the fair market value approach. The difference between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return on plan assets is added to, or subtracted from, any cumulative differences that arose in prior years. This amount is a component of the net actuarial gain or loss. Another significant assumption affecting our pension and post- retirement benefit obligations and the net periodic pension and other post-retirement benefit cost is the rate that we use to discount our future anticipated benefit obligations. The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled considering the timing of expected payments for plan participants. In estimating this rate, we consider rates of return on high quality fixed-income investments included in various published bond indices, adjusted to eliminate the effects of call provisions and differences in the timing and amounts of cash outflows related to the bonds. In the U.S. and the U.K., which comprise approximately 80% of our projected benefit obligations, we consider the Moody’s Aa Corporate Bond Index and the the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary International Index Company’s iBoxx Sterling Corporate AA Cash differences and tax planning strategies. If we continue to operate Bond Index, respectively, in the determination of the appropriate at a loss in certain jurisdictions or are unable to generate sufficient discount rate assumptions. Due to the recent, unprecedented future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual events in the financial markets associated with the current credit effective tax rates or time period within which the underlying environment, there is a greater than usual disparity in yields temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be among the bonds included in the various indices used to determine required to increase the valuation allowance against all or a our pension discount rates. Given this disparity, we carefully significant portion of our deferred tax assets resulting in a evaluated our existing methodologies for determining our pension substantial increase in our effective tax rate and a material adverse discount rates and refined those methodologies to the extent impact on our operating results. Conversely, if and when our required to ensure we selected an appropriate discount rate. The operations in some jurisdictions were to become sufficiently weighted average discount rate we utilized to measure our pension profitable to recover previously reserved deferred tax assets, we obligation as of December 31, 2008 and to calculate our 2009 would reduce all or a portion of the applicable valuation allowance expense was 6.3%, which is an increase of 0.4% from 5.9% used in the period when such determination is made. This would result in in determining our 2008 expense. The increase is primarily driven an increase to reported earnings in such period. Adjustments to our by our U.K. and Canadian plans. valuation allowance, through charges to income tax expense, were Assuming settlement losses in 2009 are consistent with 2008, our 2009 net periodic defined benefit pension cost is expected to be approximately $20 million higher than 2008, primarily as a result of the reduction in the expected return on plan assets due to lower asset values and increased amortization of actuarial gains and losses partially offset by an increase in the discount rate. On a consolidated basis, we recognized net periodic pension cost of $254 million, $315 million and $425 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The costs associated with our defined contribution plans, which are included in net periodic pension cost, were $80 million, $80 million and $70 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Pension cost is included in several income statement components based on the related underlying employee costs. Pension and post-retirement benefit plan assumptions are included in Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the discount rate would (decrease)/increase the 2009 projected net periodic pension cost by $(13) million or $17 million, $14 million and $12 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. There were other (decreases) increases to our valuation allowance, including the effects of currency, of $(136) million, $86 million and $45 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, that did not affect income tax expense in total as there was a corresponding adjustment to deferred tax assets or other comprehensive income. Gross deferred tax assets of $3.8 billion and $3.6 billion had valuation allowances of $628 million and $747 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We are subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various jurisdictions. Accordingly, we may incur additional tax expense based upon our assessment of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of such matters. In addition, when applicable, we adjust the previously recorded tax expense to reflect examination results. Our ongoing assessments of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of the examinations and related tax positions require judgment and can materially increase or decrease our effective tax rate as well as impact our operating results. $18 million, respectively. Likewise, a 0.25% increase or decrease in We file income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and the expected return on plan assets would change the 2009 various foreign jurisdictions. In the U.S. we are no longer subject to projected net periodic pension cost by $11 million. U.S. Federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007. With respect to our major foreign jurisdictions, we are no longer subject to tax examinations by tax authorities for years Income Taxes and Tax Valuation Allowances We record the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, as well as before 2000. Legal Contingencies operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We follow very specific We are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and and detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the proceedings concerning securities law, intellectual property law, recoverability of any tax assets recorded in our Consolidated environmental law, employment law and ERISA, as discussed in Balance Sheets and provide valuation allowances as required. We Note 16 – Contingencies in the Consolidated Financial Statements. regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency considering historical profitability, projected future taxable income, should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable 30 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 31 Text.indd 30 3/18/09 5:58:51 PM Management’s Discussion the life of the portfolio. We consider all available information in our primarily to actual losses on plan assets in 2008 as compared to quarterly assessments of the adequacy of the provision for expected returns partially offset by an increase in the discount doubtful accounts. rate. The total actuarial loss will be amortized in the future, subject to offsetting gains or losses that will change the future The current economic environment has increased the risk of non-collection of receivables. We have accordingly considered this amortization amount. increased risk in the evaluation and assessment of our allowance We have utilized a weighted average expected rate of return on for doubtful accounts at year-end. Collection risk is somewhat plan assets of 7.6% for 2008, 7.6% for 2007 and 7.8% for 2006, mitigated by the fact that our receivables are fairly well dispersed on a worldwide basis. In estimating this rate, we considered the among a diverse customer base both in size and geography. Days historical returns earned by the plan assets, the rates of return sales outstanding remained fairly flat year-over-year. In addition, expected in the future and our investment strategy and asset mix the aging of receivables has not increased significantly. Accounts with respect to the plans’ funds. receivable balances greater than 60 days outstanding were 17% of total gross accounts receivables at December 31, 2008 as compared to 15% at December 31, 2007. However, we continue to assess our receivable portfolio in light of the current economic environment and its impact on our estimation of the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. During 2008, the actual loss on plan assets was $1.5 billion, primarily as a result of the significant declines in the equity markets during the fourth quarter of 2008. In estimating the 2009 expected rate of return we considered this significant decline in the fair value of our plan assets as well as potential changes in our investment mix, partly in response to the significant volatility As discussed above, in preparing our Consolidated Financial expected in the equity markets for the foreseeable future. The Statements for the three year period ended December 31, 2008, weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets we will we estimated our provision for doubtful accounts based on utilize for 2009 will be 7.4% as compared to 7.6% in 2008. historical experience and customer-specific collection issues. This methodology has been consistently applied for all periods presented. During the five year period ended December 31, 2008, our reserve for doubtful accounts ranged from 3.0% to 4.2% of gross receivables. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 1-percentage point increase or decrease in the reserve from the December 31, 2008 rate of 3.4% would change the 2008 provision by approximately $98 million. Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Plan Assumptions For purposes of determining the expected return on plan assets, we utilize a calculated value approach in determining the value of the pension plan assets, as opposed to a fair market value approach. The primary difference between the two methods relates to a systematic recognition of changes in fair value over time (generally two years) versus immediate recognition of changes in fair value. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is then applied to the calculated asset value to determine the amount of the expected return on plan assets to be used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost. The calculated value approach reduces the We sponsor defined benefit pension plans in various forms in volatility in net periodic pension cost that can result from using the several countries covering substantially all employees who meet fair market value approach. The difference between the actual eligibility requirements. Post-retirement benefit plans cover return on plan assets and the expected return on plan assets is primarily U.S. employees for retirement medical costs. Several added to, or subtracted from, any cumulative differences that statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future arose in prior years. This amount is a component of the net events are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset actuarial gain or loss. values related to our pension and post-retirement benefit plans. These factors include assumptions we make about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase in healthcare costs, the rate of future compensation increases and mortality. Difference between these assumptions and actual experiences are reported as net actuarial gains and losses and are subject to amortization to net periodic pension cost over the average remaining service lives of the employees participating in the pension plan. Another significant assumption affecting our pension and post- retirement benefit obligations and the net periodic pension and other post-retirement benefit cost is the rate that we use to discount our future anticipated benefit obligations. The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled considering the timing of expected payments for plan participants. In estimating this rate, we consider rates of return on high quality fixed-income investments included in various published bond indices, adjusted to eliminate the effects of call Cumulative actuarial losses for our pension plans as of provisions and differences in the timing and amounts of cash December 31, 2008 were $1.8 billion, as compared to $1 billion at outflows related to the bonds. In the U.S. and the U.K., which December 31, 2007. The change from December 31, 2007 relates comprise approximately 80% of our projected benefit obligations, we consider the Moody’s Aa Corporate Bond Index and the International Index Company’s iBoxx Sterling Corporate AA Cash Bond Index, respectively, in the determination of the appropriate discount rate assumptions. Due to the recent, unprecedented events in the financial markets associated with the current credit environment, there is a greater than usual disparity in yields among the bonds included in the various indices used to determine our pension discount rates. Given this disparity, we carefully evaluated our existing methodologies for determining our pension discount rates and refined those methodologies to the extent required to ensure we selected an appropriate discount rate. The weighted average discount rate we utilized to measure our pension obligation as of December 31, 2008 and to calculate our 2009 expense was 6.3%, which is an increase of 0.4% from 5.9% used in determining our 2008 expense. The increase is primarily driven by our U.K. and Canadian plans. Assuming settlement losses in 2009 are consistent with 2008, our 2009 net periodic defined benefit pension cost is expected to be approximately $20 million higher than 2008, primarily as a result of the reduction in the expected return on plan assets due to lower asset values and increased amortization of actuarial gains and losses partially offset by an increase in the discount rate. On a consolidated basis, we recognized net periodic pension cost of $254 million, $315 million and $425 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The costs associated with our defined contribution plans, which are included in net periodic pension cost, were $80 million, $80 million and $70 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Pension cost is included in several income statement components based on the related underlying employee costs. Pension and post-retirement benefit plan assumptions are included in Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the discount rate would (decrease)/increase the 2009 projected net periodic pension cost by $(13) million or $18 million, respectively. Likewise, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the expected return on plan assets would change the 2009 projected net periodic pension cost by $11 million. Income Taxes and Tax Valuation Allowances We record the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We follow very specific and detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and provide valuation allowances as required. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability considering historical profitability, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies. If we continue to operate at a loss in certain jurisdictions or are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates or time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be required to increase the valuation allowance against all or a significant portion of our deferred tax assets resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax rate and a material adverse impact on our operating results. Conversely, if and when our operations in some jurisdictions were to become sufficiently profitable to recover previously reserved deferred tax assets, we would reduce all or a portion of the applicable valuation allowance in the period when such determination is made. This would result in an increase to reported earnings in such period. Adjustments to our valuation allowance, through charges to income tax expense, were $17 million, $14 million and $12 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. There were other (decreases) increases to our valuation allowance, including the effects of currency, of $(136) million, $86 million and $45 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, that did not affect income tax expense in total as there was a corresponding adjustment to deferred tax assets or other comprehensive income. Gross deferred tax assets of $3.8 billion and $3.6 billion had valuation allowances of $628 million and $747 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We are subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various jurisdictions. Accordingly, we may incur additional tax expense based upon our assessment of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of such matters. In addition, when applicable, we adjust the previously recorded tax expense to reflect examination results. Our ongoing assessments of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of the examinations and related tax positions require judgment and can materially increase or decrease our effective tax rate as well as impact our operating results. We file income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and various foreign jurisdictions. In the U.S. we are no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007. With respect to our major foreign jurisdictions, we are no longer subject to tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2000. Legal Contingencies We are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning securities law, intellectual property law, environmental law, employment law and ERISA, as discussed in Note 16 – Contingencies in the Consolidated Financial Statements. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable 30 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 31 Text.indd 31 3/18/09 5:58:51 PM Management’s Discussion and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our litigation and regulatory matters using available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these matters, which involves an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. Should developments in any of these matters cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs. Business Combinations and Goodwill The application of the purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate purchase price consideration between assets that are depreciated and amortized from goodwill. Our estimates of the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, and when appropriate, include assistance from independent third-party appraisal firms. As a result of our acquisition of GIS, as well as other prior year acquisitions, we have a significant amount of goodwill. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of goodwill to reporting units and determination of the fair value of each reporting unit. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow methodology. This requires us to use significant judgment including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long- term rate of growth for our business, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, determination of our weighted average cost of capital for purposes of establishing a discount rate and relevant market data. Our annual impairment test of goodwill is performed in the fourth quarter. The estimated fair values of the Company’s reporting units were based on discounted cash flow models derived from internal earnings forecasts and assumptions. The assumptions and estimates used in those valuations incorporated the expected impact of the challenging economic environment that has persisted over the past year. In performing our 2008 impairment test, the following were the overall composite long-term assumptions regarding revenue and expense growth, which were the basis for estimating future cash flows used in the discounted cash flow model: 1) revenue growth 3%; 2) gross margin 39-40%; 3) RD&E 4-5%; 4) SAG 24-25%; and 5) return on sales 8-9%. We believe these estimated assumptions are appropriate for our circumstances, in-line with historical results and consistent with our forecasted long-term business model. These assumptions also have considered the current economic environment. Based on those valuations, we determined that the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their carrying values and no goodwill impairment charge was required during the fourth quarter. In light of the continued difficult economic conditions and the fact that the Company’s stock has been generally trading below net book value per share over the past quarter, we reassessed our assumptions as of December 31, 2008. We do not believe the recent general downturn in the U.S. equity markets is representative of any fundamental change in our business. Based on current results and expectations, we determined that the fair values of our reporting units continue to exceed their carrying values and determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required as of December 31, 2008. Refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for further information regarding our goodwill impairment testing, as well as Note 8 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding goodwill by operating segment. Operations Review (in millions) 2008 2007 2006 Equipment sales Post sale revenue Total Revenues Segment Profit (Loss) Operating Margin Equipment sales Post sale revenue Total Revenues Segment Profit (Loss) Operating Margin Equipment sales Post sale revenue Total Revenues Segment Profit (Loss) Operating Margin Our reportable segments are consistent with how we manage the business and view the markets we serve. Our reportable segments are Production, Office and Other. See Note 2 – Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on our segment operating revenues and segment operating profit. Revenues by segment for the years ended 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows: Production Office Other Total Year Ended December 31, $ 1,325 3,912 $ 5,237 $ 394 7.5% $ 1,471 3,844 $ 5,315 $ 562 10.6% $ 1,491 3,564 $ 5,055 $ 504 10.0% $ 3,105 6,723 $ 9,828 $ 1,062 10.8% $ 3,030 6,443 $ 9,473 $ 1,115 11.8% $ 2,786 5,926 $ 8,712 $ 1,010 11.6% $ 249 2,294 $ 2,543 $ (165) (6.5)% $ 252 2,188 $ 2,440 $ (89) (3.7)% $ 180 1,948 $ 2,128 $ (124) (5.8)% $ 4,679 12,929 $17,608 $ 1,291 7.3% $ 4,753 12,475 $17,228 $ 1,588 9.2% $ 4,457 11,438 $15,895 $ 1,390 8.7% In 2008 we revised our segment reporting to integrate the Developing Markets Operations (“DMO”) into the Production, Office and Other segments. DMO is a geographic region that has matured to a level where we now manage it on the basis of products sold, consistent with our North American and European geographic regions. All prior periods presented have been restated accordingly. Note: Install activity percentages include the Xerox-branded product shipments to GIS. 32 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 33 Text.indd 32 3/18/09 5:58:52 PM Management’s Discussion and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability Our annual impairment test of goodwill is performed in the fourth by analyzing our litigation and regulatory matters using available quarter. The estimated fair values of the Company’s reporting information. We develop our views on estimated losses in units were based on discounted cash flow models derived from consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these internal earnings forecasts and assumptions. The assumptions and matters, which involves an analysis of potential results, assuming a estimates used in those valuations incorporated the expected combination of litigation and settlement strategies. Should impact of the challenging economic environment that has developments in any of these matters cause a change in our persisted over the past year. In performing our 2008 impairment determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the test, the following were the overall composite long-term need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these assumptions regarding revenue and expense growth, which were matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for the basis for estimating future cash flows used in the discounted significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on cash flow model: 1) revenue growth 3%; 2) gross margin 39-40%; our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the 3) RD&E 4-5%; 4) SAG 24-25%; and 5) return on sales 8-9%. We period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment believe these estimated assumptions are appropriate for our or settlement occurs. Business Combinations and Goodwill circumstances, in-line with historical results and consistent with our forecasted long-term business model. These assumptions also have considered the current economic environment. combinations requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate purchase price consideration between assets that are depreciated and amortized from goodwill. Our estimates of the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their carrying values and no goodwill impairment charge was required during the fourth quarter. In light of the continued difficult economic conditions and the fact that the Company’s stock has been generally trading below net book value per share over the past quarter, we reassessed our assets and liabilities acquired are based upon assumptions believed assumptions as of December 31, 2008. We do not believe the to be reasonable, and when appropriate, include assistance from recent general downturn in the U.S. equity markets is independent third-party appraisal firms. As a result of our acquisition of GIS, as well as other prior year acquisitions, we have a significant amount of goodwill. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of goodwill to reporting units and determination of the fair value representative of any fundamental change in our business. Based on current results and expectations, we determined that the fair values of our reporting units continue to exceed their carrying values and determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required as of December 31, 2008. Refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for further information regarding our goodwill impairment testing, as well as Note 8 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for of each reporting unit. We estimate the fair value of each reporting further information regarding goodwill by operating segment. unit using a discounted cash flow methodology. This requires us to use significant judgment including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long- term rate of growth for our business, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, determination of our weighted average cost of capital for purposes of establishing a discount rate and relevant market data. Operations Review Our reportable segments are consistent with how we manage the business and view the markets we serve. Our reportable segments are Production, Office and Other. See Note 2 – Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on our segment operating revenues and segment operating profit. Revenues by segment for the years ended 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows: The application of the purchase method of accounting for business Based on those valuations, we determined that the fair values of 2007 (in millions) 2008 Equipment sales Post sale revenue Total Revenues Segment Profit (Loss) Operating Margin Equipment sales Post sale revenue Total Revenues Segment Profit (Loss) Operating Margin 2006 Equipment sales Post sale revenue Total Revenues Segment Profit (Loss) Operating Margin Production Office Other Total Year Ended December 31, $ 1,325 3,912 $ 5,237 $ 394 7.5% $ 1,471 3,844 $ 5,315 $ 562 10.6% $ 1,491 3,564 $ 5,055 $ 504 10.0% $ 3,105 6,723 $ 9,828 $ 1,062 10.8% $ 3,030 6,443 $ 9,473 $ 1,115 11.8% $ 2,786 5,926 $ 8,712 $ 1,010 11.6% $ 249 2,294 $ 2,543 $ (165) (6.5)% $ 252 2,188 $ 2,440 $ (89) (3.7)% $ 180 1,948 $ 2,128 $ (124) (5.8)% $ 4,679 12,929 $17,608 $ 1,291 7.3% $ 4,753 12,475 $17,228 $ 1,588 9.2% $ 4,457 11,438 $15,895 $ 1,390 8.7% In 2008 we revised our segment reporting to integrate the Developing Markets Operations (“DMO”) into the Production, Office and Other segments. DMO is a geographic region that has matured to a level where we now manage it on the basis of products sold, consistent with our North American and European geographic regions. All prior periods presented have been restated accordingly. Note: Install activity percentages include the Xerox-branded product shipments to GIS. 32 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 33 Text.indd 33 3/18/09 5:58:53 PM Management’s Discussion Segment Revenue and Operating Profit Production 2007 Operating profit of $562 million increased $58 million from 2006. The increase is primarily the result of higher gross profit and lower R,D&E, partially offset by an increase in bad debt expense. Revenue 2008 Production revenue of $5,237 million decreased 1%, including a 1-percentage point benefit from currency, reflecting: • 2% increase in post sale revenue as growth from color, continuous feed and light production products offset declines in revenue from black-and-white high-volume printing systems and light lens devices. • 10% decrease in equipment sales revenue, primarily reflecting pricing declines in both black-and-white and color production systems, driven in part by weakness in the U.S. • 1% increase in installs of production color products driven in part by Xerox 700 and iGen4TM activity as well as color continuous feed. • 6% decline in installs of production black-and-white systems driven primarily by declines in installs of light production systems. Office offset by the full year inclusion of GIS. Revenue 2008 Office revenue of $9,828 million increased 4%, including a 1-percentage point benefit from currency, as well as the benefits from our expansion in the SMB market through GIS and Veenman. Revenue for 2008 reflects: • 4% increase in post sale revenue, reflecting the full year inclusion of GIS as well as growth from color multifunction devices and color printers partially offset by declines in black-and-white digital devices. Office post sale revenue was negatively impacted in the fourth quarter of 2008 by declines in channel supply purchases, including lower purchases within developing markets. • 2% increase in equipment sales revenue, reflecting the full year inclusion of GIS as well as growth from color digital products which more than offset declines from black-and-white devices primarily due to price declines and product mix. 2007 Production revenue of $5,315 million increased 5%, including a 4-percentage point benefit from currency, reflecting: • 24% color multifunction device install growth led by strong demand for Xerox WorkCentre® and Phaser® products. • 8% increase in post sale and other revenue, including a • 8% increase in installs of black-and-white copiers and 4-percentage point benefit from currency, as growth from digital products more than offset declines in revenue from older light lens technology. • 1% decrease in equipment sales revenue, including a 3-percentage point benefit from currency, reflecting growth in production color systems offset by declines in black-and-white production printing systems and light production and an increased proportion of equipment installed under operating lease contracts where revenue is recognized over-time in post sale. • 6% growth in installs of production color products driven by DocuColor® 242/252/260 family, DocuColor 5000 and iGen3® activity. • 8% decline in installs of production black-and-white systems reflecting declines in installs of both high-volume and light production systems. Operating Profit 2008 Operating profit of $394 million decreased $168 million from 2007. The decrease is primarily the result of lower revenue and lower gross margins due to pricing and product mix as well as increased SAG expenses. multifunction devices, including 8% growth in Segment 1&2 products (11-30 ppm) and 8% growth in Segment 3-5 products (31-90 ppm). Segment 3-5 installs include the Xerox 4595, a 95 ppm device with an embedded controller. • 12% increase in color printer installs. 2007 Office revenue of $9,473 million increased 9%, including a 3-percentage point benefit from currency, reflecting: • 9% increase in post sale revenue, reflecting the inclusion of GIS since May 2007 as well as growth from color multifunction devices and color printers. • 9% increase in equipment sales revenue, reflecting the inclusion of GIS since May 2007 as well as color multifunction products install growth. • 65% color multifunction device install growth led by strong demand for Xerox WorkCentre products. • 5% increase in installs of black-and-white copiers and multifunction devices, including 4% growth in Segment 1&2 products (11-30 ppm) and 7% growth in Segment 3-5 products (31-90 ppm) that includes the 95 ppm device with an embedded controller. • 10% decline in color printer installs due to lower OEM sales. Operating Profit 2008 Total gross margin decreased 1.4-percentage points 2008 Operating profit of $1,062 million decreased $53 million compared to 2007 as price declines and mix of approximately from 2007. The decrease was primarily due to lower gross profits 2.0-percentage points were only partially offset by cost reflecting lower margins as well as higher SAG expenses partially productivity improvements. Cost improvements were limited by an 2007 Operating profit of $1,115 million increased $105 million from 2006. The increase was primarily due to the inclusion of GIS since May 2007 and higher gross profits partially offset by higher SAG expenses. Other Revenue 2008 Other revenue of $2,543 million increased 4% primarily reflecting the full year inclusion of GIS and increased paper revenue partially offset by lower revenue from wide format systems. There was no impact from currency. Paper comprised 2007 Other revenue of $2,440 million increased 15%, including a 3-percentage point benefit from currency, primarily reflecting the inclusion of GIS since May 2007 as well as increased paper and value-added services revenues. Paper comprised approximately 50% of Other segment revenue. unfavorable impact on product costs of approximately 0.5-percentage points from the significant strengthening of the Yen versus the U.S. Dollar and Euro. The negative impact of 0.3-percentage points from an Office product line equipment write-off was offset by positive adjustments related to the capitalized costs for equipment on operating leases and European product disposal costs. • Sales gross margin decreased 2.2-percentage points primarily due to the approximately 2.5-percentage point impact of price declines as well as channel and product mix. Cost improvements, which historically tend to offset price declines, were limited in 2008 by the adverse impact of the strengthening Yen on our inventory purchases. 0.8-percentage points primarily due to mix as price declines of 1.3-percentage points were offset by cost improvements. Mix reflects margin pressure from document management services. • Financing income margin of approximately 62% remained comparable to 2007. Since a large portion of our inventory procurement is from Japan, the strengthening of the Yen versus the U.S. Dollar and Euro in approximately 50% of Other segment revenue. • Service, outsourcing and rentals margin decreased 2008 Operating loss of $165 million increased $76 million from 2008 significantly impacted our product cost. The Yen 2007 reflecting lower wide format revenue, higher foreign strengthened approximately 14% against the U.S. Dollar and 6% exchange losses and lower interest income partially offset by gains against the Euro in 2008 as compared to 2007. A significant Operating Loss on sales of assets. 2007 Operating loss of $89 million decreased $35 million from 2006 reflecting higher revenue as well as lower currency exchange losses and litigation charges, partially offset by higher interest expense and lower gains on the sales of businesses and assets. Costs, Expenses and Other Income Gross Margin portion of that strengthening occurred in the fourth quarter 2008 when the Yen strengthened 17% against the U.S. Dollar and 29% against the Euro as compared to prior year. We expect product costs and gross margins to continue to be negatively impacted in 2009 if Yen exchange rates remain at current levels. 2007 Total Gross margin was down slightly as compared to 2006 as cost improvements were offset by price and product mix. • Sales gross margin increased 0.2-percentage points primarily as cost improvements and other variances more than offset the Gross margins by revenue classification were as follows: 2.0-percentage point impact of price declines. Year Ended December 31, • Service, outsourcing and rentals margin decreased 0.3-percentage points as cost improvements and other variances 2008 2007 2006 did not fully offset price declines and unfavorable product mix of approximately 2.0-percentage points. Sales Service, outsourcing and rentals Finance income Total Gross margin 33.7% 35.9% 35.7% 41.9% 42.7% 43.0% 61.8% 61.6% 63.7% 38.9% 40.3% 40.6% • Financing income margin declined 2.1-percentage points reflecting additional interest expense due to higher interest rates. 34 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 35 Text.indd 34 3/18/09 5:58:53 PM Management’s Discussion Segment Revenue and Operating Profit Production Revenue 2008 Production revenue of $5,237 million decreased 1%, including a 1-percentage point benefit from currency, reflecting: Revenue Office 2007 Operating profit of $562 million increased $58 million from 2006. The increase is primarily the result of higher gross profit and lower R,D&E, partially offset by an increase in bad debt expense. • 2% increase in post sale revenue as growth from color, continuous feed and light production products offset declines in revenue from black-and-white high-volume printing systems and light lens devices. • 10% decrease in equipment sales revenue, primarily reflecting pricing declines in both black-and-white and color production systems, driven in part by weakness in the U.S. • 1% increase in installs of production color products driven in part by Xerox 700 and iGen4TM activity as well as color continuous feed. • 6% decline in installs of production black-and-white systems driven primarily by declines in installs of light production systems. 2008 Office revenue of $9,828 million increased 4%, including a 1-percentage point benefit from currency, as well as the benefits from our expansion in the SMB market through GIS and Veenman. Revenue for 2008 reflects: • 4% increase in post sale revenue, reflecting the full year inclusion of GIS as well as growth from color multifunction devices and color printers partially offset by declines in black-and-white digital devices. Office post sale revenue was negatively impacted in the fourth quarter of 2008 by declines in channel supply purchases, including lower purchases within developing markets. • 2% increase in equipment sales revenue, reflecting the full year inclusion of GIS as well as growth from color digital products which more than offset declines from black-and-white devices primarily due to price declines and product mix. 2007 Production revenue of $5,315 million increased 5%, including a 4-percentage point benefit from currency, reflecting: • 24% color multifunction device install growth led by strong demand for Xerox WorkCentre® and Phaser® products. • 8% increase in post sale and other revenue, including a • 8% increase in installs of black-and-white copiers and 4-percentage point benefit from currency, as growth from digital multifunction devices, including 8% growth in Segment 1&2 products more than offset declines in revenue from older light products (11-30 ppm) and 8% growth in Segment 3-5 products lens technology. • 1% decrease in equipment sales revenue, including a 3-percentage point benefit from currency, reflecting growth in production color systems offset by declines in black-and-white production printing systems and light production and an increased proportion of equipment installed under operating lease contracts where revenue is recognized over-time in post sale. activity. • 6% growth in installs of production color products driven by DocuColor® 242/252/260 family, DocuColor 5000 and iGen3® • 8% decline in installs of production black-and-white systems reflecting declines in installs of both high-volume and light production systems. Operating Profit (31-90 ppm). Segment 3-5 installs include the Xerox 4595, a 95 ppm device with an embedded controller. • 12% increase in color printer installs. 2007 Office revenue of $9,473 million increased 9%, including a 3-percentage point benefit from currency, reflecting: • 9% increase in post sale revenue, reflecting the inclusion of GIS since May 2007 as well as growth from color multifunction devices and color printers. • 9% increase in equipment sales revenue, reflecting the inclusion of GIS since May 2007 as well as color multifunction products install growth. • 65% color multifunction device install growth led by strong demand for Xerox WorkCentre products. • 5% increase in installs of black-and-white copiers and multifunction devices, including 4% growth in Segment 1&2 products (11-30 ppm) and 7% growth in Segment 3-5 products (31-90 ppm) that includes the 95 ppm device with an embedded 2008 Operating profit of $394 million decreased $168 million from 2007. The decrease is primarily the result of lower revenue and lower gross margins due to pricing and product mix as well as controller. increased SAG expenses. • 10% decline in color printer installs due to lower OEM sales. Operating Profit 2008 Operating profit of $1,062 million decreased $53 million from 2007. The decrease was primarily due to lower gross profits reflecting lower margins as well as higher SAG expenses partially offset by the full year inclusion of GIS. 2007 Operating profit of $1,115 million increased $105 million from 2006. The increase was primarily due to the inclusion of GIS since May 2007 and higher gross profits partially offset by higher SAG expenses. Other Revenue 2008 Other revenue of $2,543 million increased 4% primarily reflecting the full year inclusion of GIS and increased paper revenue partially offset by lower revenue from wide format systems. There was no impact from currency. Paper comprised approximately 50% of Other segment revenue. 2007 Other revenue of $2,440 million increased 15%, including a 3-percentage point benefit from currency, primarily reflecting the inclusion of GIS since May 2007 as well as increased paper and value-added services revenues. Paper comprised approximately 50% of Other segment revenue. Operating Loss 2008 Operating loss of $165 million increased $76 million from 2007 reflecting lower wide format revenue, higher foreign exchange losses and lower interest income partially offset by gains on sales of assets. 2007 Operating loss of $89 million decreased $35 million from 2006 reflecting higher revenue as well as lower currency exchange losses and litigation charges, partially offset by higher interest expense and lower gains on the sales of businesses and assets. Costs, Expenses and Other Income Gross Margin Gross margins by revenue classification were as follows: Sales Service, outsourcing and rentals Finance income Total Gross margin Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 33.7% 35.9% 35.7% 41.9% 42.7% 43.0% 61.8% 61.6% 63.7% 40.6% 40.3% 38.9% 2008 Total gross margin decreased 1.4-percentage points compared to 2007 as price declines and mix of approximately 2.0-percentage points were only partially offset by cost productivity improvements. Cost improvements were limited by an unfavorable impact on product costs of approximately 0.5-percentage points from the significant strengthening of the Yen versus the U.S. Dollar and Euro. The negative impact of 0.3-percentage points from an Office product line equipment write-off was offset by positive adjustments related to the capitalized costs for equipment on operating leases and European product disposal costs. • Sales gross margin decreased 2.2-percentage points primarily due to the approximately 2.5-percentage point impact of price declines as well as channel and product mix. Cost improvements, which historically tend to offset price declines, were limited in 2008 by the adverse impact of the strengthening Yen on our inventory purchases. • Service, outsourcing and rentals margin decreased 0.8-percentage points primarily due to mix as price declines of 1.3-percentage points were offset by cost improvements. Mix reflects margin pressure from document management services. • Financing income margin of approximately 62% remained comparable to 2007. Since a large portion of our inventory procurement is from Japan, the strengthening of the Yen versus the U.S. Dollar and Euro in 2008 significantly impacted our product cost. The Yen strengthened approximately 14% against the U.S. Dollar and 6% against the Euro in 2008 as compared to 2007. A significant portion of that strengthening occurred in the fourth quarter 2008 when the Yen strengthened 17% against the U.S. Dollar and 29% against the Euro as compared to prior year. We expect product costs and gross margins to continue to be negatively impacted in 2009 if Yen exchange rates remain at current levels. 2007 Total Gross margin was down slightly as compared to 2006 as cost improvements were offset by price and product mix. • Sales gross margin increased 0.2-percentage points primarily as cost improvements and other variances more than offset the 2.0-percentage point impact of price declines. • Service, outsourcing and rentals margin decreased 0.3-percentage points as cost improvements and other variances did not fully offset price declines and unfavorable product mix of approximately 2.0-percentage points. • Financing income margin declined 2.1-percentage points reflecting additional interest expense due to higher interest rates. 34 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 35 Text.indd 35 3/18/09 5:58:54 PM Management’s Discussion Research, Development and Engineering Expenses (“R,D&E”) We invest in technological development, particularly in color, and believe our R,D&E spending is sufficient to remain technologically competitive. Year Ended December 31, Change (in millions) 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 Total R,D&E expenses R,D&E % revenue $884 $912 $922 5.0% 5.3% 5.8% (0.3)pts $28 $10 (0.5)pts 2008 R,D&E of $884 million decreased $28 million from 2007. We expect our 2009 R,D&E spending to approximate 4% to 5% of total revenue. • R&D of $750 million decreased $14 million from 2007. Our R&D is strategically coordinated with that of Fuji Xerox, which invested $788 million and $672 million in R&D in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Much of the reported Fuji Xerox R&D increase was caused by changes in foreign exchange rates. • Sustaining engineering costs of $134 million were $14 million lower than 2007 due primarily to lower spending related to environmental compliance activities and maturing product platforms in the Production segment. • R,D&E as a percentage of revenue declined 0.3-percentage points reflecting the capture of efficiencies following a significant number of new product launches over the past two years as well as leveraging our current R,D&E investments to support our GIS operations. 2007 R,D&E of $912 million decreased $10 million from 2006. • R&D of $764 million increased $3 million from 2006. Our R&D is strategically coordinated with that of Fuji Xerox, which invested $672 million and $660 million in R&D in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Selling, Administrative and General Expenses (“SAG”) Bad debt expense included in SAG was $188 million, $134 million Other Expenses, Net Year Ended December 31, Change 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 (in millions) Total SAG expenses SAG % revenue $4,534 $4,312 $4,008 $222 25.7% 25.0% 25.2% 0.7pts $304 (0.2)pts 2008 SAG expenses of $4,534 million were $222 million higher than 2007, including a $12 million unfavorable impact from currency. The SAG expense increase was the result of the following: • $94 million increase in selling expenses primarily reflecting the full year inclusion of GIS, investments in selling resources and marketing communications and unfavorable currency partially offset by lower compensation. • $75 million increase in general and administrative (“G&A”) expenses primarily from the full year inclusion of GIS and unfavorable currency. • $54 million increase in bad debt expense reflecting increased write-offs, particularly in the fourth quarter 2008, which included several high value account bankruptcies in the U.S., U.K. and Germany. 2007 SAG expenses of $4,312 million were $304 million higher than 2006, including a $141 million negative impact from currency. The SAG expense increase was the result of the following: • $93 million increase in selling expenses primarily reflecting the negative impact from currency and the inclusion of GIS. This increase was partially offset by lower costs reflecting the benefits from the 2006 restructuring programs intended to realign our sales infrastructure. • $164 million increase in G&A expenses primarily from the inclusion of GIS, unfavorable currency and information technology investments. • Sustaining engineering costs of $148 million were $13 million lower than 2006 due primarily to lower spending related to environmental compliance activities and maturing product platforms in the Production segment. • $47 million increase in bad debt expense primarily as a result of an increase in reserves for several customers in Europe as well as a 2006 reduction in expense due to adjustments to the reserves to reflect improvement in write-offs and aging. • R,D&E as a percentage of revenue declined 0.5-percentage points as we leveraged our current R,D&E investments to support GIS operations. 36 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 37 Text.indd 36 3/18/09 5:58:55 PM and $87 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Bad debt expense as a percent of total revenue increased in the fourth quarter 2008 but was 1.1% in 2008 as compared to 0.8% and 0.5% for 2007 and 2006, respectively. Despite the fourth quarter 2008 increase in the provision and write-offs, days sales (in millions) outstanding at December 31, 2008 remained fairly flat year-over- year and the aging of receivables as compared to historical levels has not increased significantly. However, due to the current economic conditions, there is an increased risk for our provision for bad debts to trend higher in 2009 as compared to 2008. At December 31, 2008, bad debt reserves, as a percentage of receivables, were comparable to year end 2007. Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 we Other expenses, net for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following: Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 Non-financing interest expense $ 262 $263 $239 Interest income Gain on sales of businesses and assets Currency losses, net Amortization of intangible assets Legal matters All other expenses, net (35) (21) 34 54 781 47 (55) (7) 8 42 (6) 50 (69) (44) 39 41 89 41 Total Other expenses, net $1,122 $295 $336 recorded net restructuring and asset impairment charges (credits) Non-financing interest expense: 2008 non-financing interest of $429 million, $(6) million and $385 million, respectively. The 2008 net charge included $357 million related to headcount expense was flat compared to 2007, as the benefit of lower interest rates was offset by higher average non-financing debt reductions of approximately 4,900 employees primarily in North balances. In 2007 non-financing interest expense increased America and Europe and lease termination and asset impairment primarily due to higher average non-financing debt balances as charges of $72 million primarily reflecting the exit from certain well as higher interest rates. leased and owned facilities resulting from a rationalization of our worldwide operating locations. These actions applied equally to both North America and Europe with approximately half focused on SAG expense reductions, approximately a third on gross margin improvements and the remainder focused on the optimization of R,D&E investments. We expect to realize savings in 2009 of Interest income: Interest income is derived primarily from our invested cash and cash equivalent balances. The decline in interest income in 2008 was primarily due to lower average cash balances and rates of return. The decline in 2007 was primarily due to lower average cash balances partially offset by higher rates of return. approximately $250 million as a result of the 2008 restructuring Gain on sales of businesses and assets: 2008 gain on sales of actions. Restructuring activity was minimal in 2007 and the related business and assets primarily consisted of the sale of certain credit of $6 million primarily reflected changes in estimates for surplus facilities in Latin America. prior years’ severance costs. The 2006 net charge included $318 million related to headcount reductions of approximately 3,400 employees in North America and Europe, and lease termination and asset impairment charges of $67 million primarily reflecting the relocation of certain manufacturing operations and the exit from certain leased and owned facilities. The restructuring reserve balance as of December 31, 2008, for all programs was $352 million of which approximately $325 million is expected to be The 2006 gain on sales of businesses and assets primarily consisted of $15 million on the sale of our Corporate headquarters, $11 million on the sale of a manufacturing facility and $10 million receipt from escrow of additional proceeds related to our 2005 sale of Integic. Currency losses net: Currency losses primarily result from the re-measurement of foreign currency-denominated assets and spent over the next twelve months. Refer to Note 9 – Restructuring liabilities, the cost of hedging foreign currency-denominated assets and Asset Impairment Charges in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our restructuring programs. Worldwide Employment and liabilities, the mark-to-market of foreign exchange contracts utilized to hedge those foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities and the mark-to-market impact of hedges of anticipated transactions, primarily future inventory purchases, for those that we do not apply cash flow hedge accounting treatment. Worldwide employment of 57,100 as of December 31, 2008 decreased approximately 300 from December 31, 2007, primarily The 2008 currency losses were primarily due to net reflecting the reductions from restructuring partially offset by re-measurement losses associated with our Yen-denominated additions as a result of 2008 acquisition activity. Worldwide payables, foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities in our employment was approximately 57,400 and 53,700 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. developing markets and the cost of hedging. The currency losses on Yen-denominated payables were largely limited to the first Management’s Discussion Research, Development and Engineering Expenses Selling, Administrative and General Expenses (“SAG”) (“R,D&E”) competitive. Year Ended December 31, Change We invest in technological development, particularly in color, and (in millions) 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 believe our R,D&E spending is sufficient to remain technologically Total SAG expenses $4,534 $4,312 $4,008 $222 $304 Year Ended December 31, Change SAG % revenue 25.7% 25.0% 25.2% 0.7pts (0.2)pts (in millions) 2008 2007 2006 2008 Total R,D&E expenses $884 $912 $922 $28 R,D&E % revenue 5.0% 5.3% 5.8% (0.3)pts (0.5)pts 2007 $10 2008 SAG expenses of $4,534 million were $222 million higher than 2007, including a $12 million unfavorable impact from currency. The SAG expense increase was the result of the following: 2008 R,D&E of $884 million decreased $28 million from 2007. We • $94 million increase in selling expenses primarily reflecting the expect our 2009 R,D&E spending to approximate 4% to 5% of total revenue. • R&D of $750 million decreased $14 million from 2007. Our R&D is strategically coordinated with that of Fuji Xerox, which invested $788 million and $672 million in R&D in 2008 and full year inclusion of GIS, investments in selling resources and marketing communications and unfavorable currency partially offset by lower compensation. • $75 million increase in general and administrative (“G&A”) expenses primarily from the full year inclusion of GIS and 2007, respectively. Much of the reported Fuji Xerox R&D increase unfavorable currency. was caused by changes in foreign exchange rates. • Sustaining engineering costs of $134 million were $14 million lower than 2007 due primarily to lower spending related to environmental compliance activities and maturing product platforms in the Production segment. • R,D&E as a percentage of revenue declined 0.3-percentage points reflecting the capture of efficiencies following a significant number of new product launches over the past two years as well as leveraging our current R,D&E investments to support our GIS operations. 2007 R,D&E of $912 million decreased $10 million from 2006. • R&D of $764 million increased $3 million from 2006. Our R&D is • $54 million increase in bad debt expense reflecting increased write-offs, particularly in the fourth quarter 2008, which included several high value account bankruptcies in the U.S., U.K. and Germany. 2007 SAG expenses of $4,312 million were $304 million higher than 2006, including a $141 million negative impact from currency. The SAG expense increase was the result of the following: • $93 million increase in selling expenses primarily reflecting the negative impact from currency and the inclusion of GIS. This increase was partially offset by lower costs reflecting the benefits from the 2006 restructuring programs intended to realign our sales infrastructure. strategically coordinated with that of Fuji Xerox, which invested • $164 million increase in G&A expenses primarily from the $672 million and $660 million in R&D in 2007 and 2006, inclusion of GIS, unfavorable currency and information respectively. technology investments. • Sustaining engineering costs of $148 million were $13 million • $47 million increase in bad debt expense primarily as a result of lower than 2006 due primarily to lower spending related to environmental compliance activities and maturing product platforms in the Production segment. an increase in reserves for several customers in Europe as well as a 2006 reduction in expense due to adjustments to the reserves to reflect improvement in write-offs and aging. • R,D&E as a percentage of revenue declined 0.5-percentage points as we leveraged our current R,D&E investments to support GIS operations. Bad debt expense included in SAG was $188 million, $134 million and $87 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Bad debt expense as a percent of total revenue increased in the fourth quarter 2008 but was 1.1% in 2008 as compared to 0.8% and 0.5% for 2007 and 2006, respectively. Despite the fourth quarter 2008 increase in the provision and write-offs, days sales outstanding at December 31, 2008 remained fairly flat year-over- year and the aging of receivables as compared to historical levels has not increased significantly. However, due to the current economic conditions, there is an increased risk for our provision for bad debts to trend higher in 2009 as compared to 2008. At December 31, 2008, bad debt reserves, as a percentage of receivables, were comparable to year end 2007. Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 we recorded net restructuring and asset impairment charges (credits) of $429 million, $(6) million and $385 million, respectively. The 2008 net charge included $357 million related to headcount reductions of approximately 4,900 employees primarily in North America and Europe and lease termination and asset impairment charges of $72 million primarily reflecting the exit from certain leased and owned facilities resulting from a rationalization of our worldwide operating locations. These actions applied equally to both North America and Europe with approximately half focused on SAG expense reductions, approximately a third on gross margin improvements and the remainder focused on the optimization of R,D&E investments. We expect to realize savings in 2009 of approximately $250 million as a result of the 2008 restructuring actions. Restructuring activity was minimal in 2007 and the related credit of $6 million primarily reflected changes in estimates for prior years’ severance costs. The 2006 net charge included $318 million related to headcount reductions of approximately 3,400 employees in North America and Europe, and lease termination and asset impairment charges of $67 million primarily reflecting the relocation of certain manufacturing operations and the exit from certain leased and owned facilities. The restructuring reserve balance as of December 31, 2008, for all programs was $352 million of which approximately $325 million is expected to be spent over the next twelve months. Refer to Note 9 – Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our restructuring programs. Worldwide Employment Worldwide employment of 57,100 as of December 31, 2008 decreased approximately 300 from December 31, 2007, primarily reflecting the reductions from restructuring partially offset by additions as a result of 2008 acquisition activity. Worldwide employment was approximately 57,400 and 53,700 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Other Expenses, Net Other expenses, net for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following: (in millions) Non-financing interest expense Interest income Gain on sales of businesses and assets Currency losses, net Amortization of intangible assets Legal matters All other expenses, net Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 $ 262 (35) (21) 34 54 781 47 $263 (55) (7) 8 42 (6) 50 $239 (69) (44) 39 41 89 41 Total Other expenses, net $1,122 $295 $336 Non-financing interest expense: 2008 non-financing interest expense was flat compared to 2007, as the benefit of lower interest rates was offset by higher average non-financing debt balances. In 2007 non-financing interest expense increased primarily due to higher average non-financing debt balances as well as higher interest rates. Interest income: Interest income is derived primarily from our invested cash and cash equivalent balances. The decline in interest income in 2008 was primarily due to lower average cash balances and rates of return. The decline in 2007 was primarily due to lower average cash balances partially offset by higher rates of return. Gain on sales of businesses and assets: 2008 gain on sales of business and assets primarily consisted of the sale of certain surplus facilities in Latin America. The 2006 gain on sales of businesses and assets primarily consisted of $15 million on the sale of our Corporate headquarters, $11 million on the sale of a manufacturing facility and $10 million receipt from escrow of additional proceeds related to our 2005 sale of Integic. Currency losses net: Currency losses primarily result from the re-measurement of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, the cost of hedging foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, the mark-to-market of foreign exchange contracts utilized to hedge those foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities and the mark-to-market impact of hedges of anticipated transactions, primarily future inventory purchases, for those that we do not apply cash flow hedge accounting treatment. The 2008 currency losses were primarily due to net re-measurement losses associated with our Yen-denominated payables, foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities in our developing markets and the cost of hedging. The currency losses on Yen-denominated payables were largely limited to the first 36 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 37 Text.indd 37 3/18/09 5:58:56 PM Management’s Discussion quarter 2008 as a result of the significant and rapid weakening of the U.S. Dollar and Euro versus the Yen. Income Taxes The 2006 currency losses primarily reflected the mark-to-market of derivative contracts which are economically hedging anticipated foreign currency denominated payments. The mark-to-market losses were primarily due to the strengthening of the Euro against other currencies, in particular the Canadian Dollar, U.S. Dollar and the Yen, as compared to the weakening Euro in 2005. Amortization of intangible assets: 2008 amortization of intangible assets expense of $54 million reflects amortization expense of $33 million for intangible assets acquired as part of our recent acquisitions. 2007 amortization of intangible assets expense of $42 million reflects amortization expense of $16 million associated with intangible assets acquired as part of our acquisition of GIS, partially offset by reduced amortization from prior years due to the full amortization of certain intangible assets from previous acquisitions. Legal matters: In 2008 legal matters consisted of the following: • $721 million reflecting provisions for the $670 million court approved settlement of Carlson v. Xerox Corporation (“Carlson”) and other pending securities-related cases, net of expected insurance recoveries. On January 14, 2009, the United States Court for the District of Connecticut entered a Final Order and Judgment approving the settlement in the Carlson litigation. • $36 million for probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies. Following an assessment of the most recent trend in the outcomes of these matters, we reassessed the probable estimated loss and, as a result, recorded an additional reserve of $36 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. • $24 million associated with probable losses from various other legal matters. In 2006 legal matters consisted of the following: • $68 million for probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies. • $33 million associated with probable losses from various legal matters partially offset by $12 million of proceeds from the Palm litigation matter. Refer to Note 16 – Contingencies in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding litigation against the Company. (in millions) Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 Pre-tax (loss) income Income tax (benefits) expenses Effective tax rate $(114) (231) 202.6% $1,438 400 $ 808 (288) 27.8% (35.6)% The 2008 effective tax rate of 202.6% reflected the tax benefits from certain discrete items including the net provision for litigation matters; the second, third and fourth quarter restructuring and asset impairment charges; the product line equipment write-off; and the settlement of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits. Excluding these items, the adjusted effective tax rate was 21.5%*. The adjusted 2008 effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily reflecting the benefit to taxes from the geographical mix of income before taxes and the related effective tax rates in those jurisdictions, the utilization of foreign tax credits and tax law changes. The 2007 effective tax rate of 27.8% was lower than the U.S. statutory rate primarily reflecting tax benefits from the geographical mix of income before taxes and the related effective tax rates in those jurisdictions and the utilization of foreign tax credits as well as the resolution of other tax matters. These benefits were partially offset by changes in tax law. The 2006 effective tax rate of (35.6%) was lower than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the tax benefits of $518 million from the resolution of tax issues associated with the 1999-2003 IRS audits and other domestic and foreign tax audits; tax benefits of $19 million as a result of tax law changes and tax treaty changes; and $11 million from the reversal of a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets associated with foreign net operating loss carryforwards, as well as the geographical mix of income before taxes and related effective tax rates in those jurisdictions. These benefits were partially offset by losses in certain jurisdictions where we are not providing tax benefits and continue to maintain deferred tax valuation allowances. Our effective tax rate will change based on nonrecurring events as well as recurring factors including the geographical mix of income before taxes and the related effective tax rates in those jurisdictions and available foreign tax credits. In addition, our effective tax rate will change based on discrete or other nonrecurring events (such as audit settlements) that may not be predictable. We anticipate that our effective tax rate for 2009 will approximate 28%, excluding the effect of any discrete items. * See the “Non-GAAP Measures” section for additional information. Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Affiliates Recent Accounting Pronouncements 2008 equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates of $113 Refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in million is principally related to our 25% share of Fuji Xerox (“FX”) the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of recent income. The $16 million increase from 2007 is primarily due to a accounting pronouncements including the respective dates of $14 million reduction in our share of FX restructuring charges. adoption and the effects on results of operations and financial 2007 equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates reflects a reduction from 2006 of $17 million, primarily due to $30 million for our after-tax share of FX restructuring charges. condition. Capital Resources and Liquidity Cash Flow Analysis The following summarizes our cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008, as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements: (in millions) Net cash provided by operating activities Net cash used in investing activities Net cash used in financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period Change 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 $ 939 $ 1,871 $ 1,617 $ (932) $ 254 (441) (311) (57) 130 1,099 (1,612) (619) 60 (300) 1,399 (143) (1,428) 31 77 1,322 1,171 (1,469) 308 (117) 430 (300) 809 29 (377) 77 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $1,229 $ 1,099 $ 1,399 $ 130 $ (300) Cash Flows from Operating Activities Net cash provided by operating activities was $939 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The $932 million decrease in cash was primarily due to the following: • $330 million decrease in pre-tax income before litigation and restructuring. Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,871 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The $254 million increase in cash was primarily due to the following: • $348 million increase in pre-tax income before restructuring, depreciation, other provisions and net gains. • $108 million increase in other liabilities primarily reflecting the absence of the prior year payment of $106 million related to the • $615 million decrease due to net payments for the settlement MPI litigation. of the securities-related litigation. • $90 million decrease due to higher net income tax payments, primarily resulting from the absence of prior year tax refunds. • $74 million decrease primarily due to lower benefit and compensation accruals. • $71 million decrease due to higher inventory levels as a result of lower equipment and supplies sales in 2008. • $57 million increase reflecting lower pension contributions to our U.S. pension plans. • $30 million increase as a result of lower restructuring payments due to minimal activity in 2007. • $114 million decrease due to year-over-year inventory growth of $54 million primarily related to increased product launches in 2007, as well as a $60 million increase in equipment on operating leases reflecting higher operating lease install activity. • $136 million increase from accounts receivable due to strong • $73 million decrease due to a lower net run-off of finance collection effectiveness throughout 2008. receivables. • $107 million increase from derivatives, primarily due to the • $49 million decrease primarily due to higher accounts receivable termination of certain interest rate swaps in fourth quarter reflecting increased revenue, partially offset by $110 million 2008. year-over-year benefit from increased receivables sales. 38 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 39 Text.indd 38 3/18/09 5:58:57 PM Management’s Discussion quarter 2008 as a result of the significant and rapid weakening of Income Taxes the U.S. Dollar and Euro versus the Yen. The 2006 currency losses primarily reflected the mark-to-market of (in millions) derivative contracts which are economically hedging anticipated Pre-tax (loss) income foreign currency denominated payments. The mark-to-market Income tax (benefits) expenses losses were primarily due to the strengthening of the Euro against Effective tax rate Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 $(114) $1,438 (231) 400 $ 808 (288) 202.6% 27.8% (35.6)% partially offset by reduced amortization from prior years due to the full amortization of certain intangible assets from previous and tax law changes. acquisitions. other currencies, in particular the Canadian Dollar, U.S. Dollar and the Yen, as compared to the weakening Euro in 2005. Amortization of intangible assets: 2008 amortization of intangible assets expense of $54 million reflects amortization expense of $33 million for intangible assets acquired as part of our recent acquisitions. 2007 amortization of intangible assets expense of $42 million reflects amortization expense of $16 million associated with intangible assets acquired as part of our acquisition of GIS, Legal matters: In 2008 legal matters consisted of the following: • $721 million reflecting provisions for the $670 million court approved settlement of Carlson v. Xerox Corporation (“Carlson”) and other pending securities-related cases, net of expected insurance recoveries. On January 14, 2009, the United States Court for the District of Connecticut entered a Final Order and Judgment approving the settlement in the Carlson litigation. • $36 million for probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies. Following an assessment of the most recent trend in the outcomes of these matters, we reassessed the probable estimated loss and, as a result, recorded an additional reserve of $36 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. • $24 million associated with probable losses from various other legal matters. In 2006 legal matters consisted of the following: • $68 million for probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies. • $33 million associated with probable losses from various legal matters partially offset by $12 million of proceeds from the Palm litigation matter. Refer to Note 16 – Contingencies in the Consolidated Financial The 2008 effective tax rate of 202.6% reflected the tax benefits from certain discrete items including the net provision for litigation matters; the second, third and fourth quarter restructuring and asset impairment charges; the product line equipment write-off; and the settlement of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits. Excluding these items, the adjusted effective tax rate was 21.5%*. The adjusted 2008 effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily reflecting the benefit to taxes from the geographical mix of income before taxes and the related effective tax rates in those jurisdictions, the utilization of foreign tax credits The 2007 effective tax rate of 27.8% was lower than the U.S. statutory rate primarily reflecting tax benefits from the geographical mix of income before taxes and the related effective tax rates in those jurisdictions and the utilization of foreign tax credits as well as the resolution of other tax matters. These benefits were partially offset by changes in tax law. The 2006 effective tax rate of (35.6%) was lower than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the tax benefits of $518 million from the resolution of tax issues associated with the 1999-2003 IRS audits and other domestic and foreign tax audits; tax benefits of $19 million as a result of tax law changes and tax treaty changes; and $11 million from the reversal of a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets associated with foreign net operating loss carryforwards, as well as the geographical mix of income before taxes and related effective tax rates in those jurisdictions. These benefits were partially offset by losses in certain jurisdictions where we are not providing tax benefits and continue to maintain deferred tax valuation allowances. Our effective tax rate will change based on nonrecurring events as well as recurring factors including the geographical mix of income before taxes and the related effective tax rates in those jurisdictions and available foreign tax credits. In addition, our effective tax rate will change based on discrete or other nonrecurring events (such as audit settlements) that may not be predictable. We anticipate that our effective tax rate for 2009 will Statements for additional information regarding litigation against approximate 28%, excluding the effect of any discrete items. the Company. * See the “Non-GAAP Measures” section for additional information. Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Affiliates Recent Accounting Pronouncements 2008 equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates of $113 million is principally related to our 25% share of Fuji Xerox (“FX”) income. The $16 million increase from 2007 is primarily due to a $14 million reduction in our share of FX restructuring charges. 2007 equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates reflects a reduction from 2006 of $17 million, primarily due to $30 million for our after-tax share of FX restructuring charges. Refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective dates of adoption and the effects on results of operations and financial condition. Capital Resources and Liquidity Cash Flow Analysis The following summarizes our cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008, as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements: (in millions) Net cash provided by operating activities Net cash used in investing activities Net cash used in financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period Change 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 $ 939 (441) (311) (57) 130 1,099 $ 1,871 (1,612) (619) 60 (300) 1,399 $ 1,617 (143) (1,428) 31 77 1,322 $ (932) 1,171 308 (117) 430 (300) $ 254 (1,469) 809 29 (377) 77 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $1,229 $ 1,099 $ 1,399 $ 130 $ (300) Cash Flows from Operating Activities Net cash provided by operating activities was $939 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The $932 million decrease in cash was primarily due to the following: • $330 million decrease in pre-tax income before litigation and restructuring. • $615 million decrease due to net payments for the settlement of the securities-related litigation. • $90 million decrease due to higher net income tax payments, primarily resulting from the absence of prior year tax refunds. • $74 million decrease primarily due to lower benefit and compensation accruals. • $71 million decrease due to higher inventory levels as a result of lower equipment and supplies sales in 2008. Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,871 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The $254 million increase in cash was primarily due to the following: • $348 million increase in pre-tax income before restructuring, depreciation, other provisions and net gains. • $108 million increase in other liabilities primarily reflecting the absence of the prior year payment of $106 million related to the MPI litigation. • $57 million increase reflecting lower pension contributions to our U.S. pension plans. • $30 million increase as a result of lower restructuring payments due to minimal activity in 2007. • $114 million decrease due to year-over-year inventory growth of $54 million primarily related to increased product launches in 2007, as well as a $60 million increase in equipment on operating leases reflecting higher operating lease install activity. • $136 million increase from accounts receivable due to strong • $73 million decrease due to a lower net run-off of finance collection effectiveness throughout 2008. receivables. • $107 million increase from derivatives, primarily due to the termination of certain interest rate swaps in fourth quarter 2008. • $49 million decrease primarily due to higher accounts receivable reflecting increased revenue, partially offset by $110 million year-over-year benefit from increased receivables sales. 38 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 39 Text.indd 39 3/18/09 5:58:58 PM Management’s Discussion • $45 million decrease due to lower benefit accruals, partially offset by higher accounts payable due to the timing of payments to vendors and suppliers. Cash Flows from Investing Activities programs with GE in the United Kingdom and Canada of $634 million and Merrill Lynch in France for $469 million as well as the repayment of secured borrowings to DLL of $153 million. The remainder reflects lower payments associated with our GE U.S. secured borrowings. Net cash used in investing activities was $441 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The $1,171 million increase in cash was primarily due to the following: • $1,460 million increase due to less cash used for acquisitions. 2008 acquisitions included $138 million for Veenman B.V. and Saxon Business Systems as compared to $1,568 million for GIS and its additional acquisitions in the prior year. • $192 million decrease due to lower funds from escrow and other restricted investments in 2008. The prior year reflected funds received from the run-off of our secured borrowing programs. • $888 million decrease from lower net cash proceeds from unsecured debt. 2008 reflects the issuance of $1.4 billion in Senior Notes, $250 million from a private placement borrowing and net payments of $354 million on the Credit Facility and $370 million on other debt. 2007 reflects the issuance of $1.1 billion Senior Notes, $400 million from private placement borrowings and net proceeds of $600 million on the Credit Facility, offset by net payments of $286 million on other debt. • $180 million decrease due to additional purchases under our share repurchase program. • $134 million decrease in other investing cash flows due to the • $154 million decrease due to common stock dividend payments. absence of proceeds from liquidations of short-term investments. Net cash used in investing activities was $1,612 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The $1,469 million decrease in cash was primarily due to the following: • $1,386 million decrease due to $1,615 million in 2007 acquisitions primarily comprised of $1,568 for GIS and its additional acquisitions and $30 million for Advectis, Inc., as compared to $229 million in acquisitions in 2006 comprised of Amici, LLC and XMPie, Inc. • $123 million decrease in other investing cash flows reflecting the absence of the 2006 $122 million distribution related to the sale of investments held by Ridge Re. • $65 million decrease due to higher capital and internal use software investments in 2007. • $57 million decrease due to higher 2006 proceeds from sales of land, buildings and equipment, which included the sale of our corporate headquarters and a parcel of vacant land. • $162 million increase due to a reduction in escrow and other restricted investments in 2007, as we continue to run-off our secured borrowing programs. • $79 million decrease due to lower proceeds from the issuance of common stock, reflecting a decrease in stock option exercises as well as lower related tax benefits. • $33 million decrease due to share repurchases related to employee withholding taxes on stock-based compensation vesting. Net cash used in financing activities was $619 million in year ended December 31, 2007. The $809 million increase in cash was primarily due to the following: • $538 million increase due to higher net cash proceeds from unsecured debt. This reflects the May 2007 issuance of the $1.1 billion Senior Notes, the issuances of two zero coupon bonds in 2007 resulting in net proceeds of approximately $400 million, and the net drawdown of $600 million under the 2007 Credit Facility. These higher net proceeds were partially offset by the March 2006 issuance of the $700 million Senior Notes and the August 2006 issuance of an additional $650 million of Senior Notes, as well as, higher repayments on other unsecured debt in 2007 as compared to 2006. • $437 million increase due to lower purchases under our share repurchase program as cash was invested in acquisitions. Cash Flows from Financing Activities Net cash used in financing activities was $311 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The $308 million increase in cash was primarily due to the following: • $1,642 million increase from lower net repayments on secured debt. 2007 reflects termination of our secured financing • $100 million increase relating to the 2006 payment of our liability to Xerox Capital LLC in connection with their redemption of Canadian deferred preferred shares. • $278 million decrease due to higher net repayments of secured financing. Refer to Note 4-Receivables, net in the consolidated financial statements for further information. Financing Activities Customer Financing Activities We provide equipment financing to the majority of our customers. Because finance leases allow our customers to pay for equipment (in millions) over time rather than at the date of installation, we maintain a certain level of debt to support our investment in these customer finance leases. We currently fund our customer financing activity through cash generated from operations, cash on hand, borrowings under bank credit facilities and proceeds from capital markets offerings. We also have funding available through a secured borrowing arrangement with General Electric Capital Corporation (“GECC”) referred to as the Loan Agreement. We have arrangements in certain international countries and domestically through the acquisition of GIS, where third party financial institutions originate lease contracts directly with our customers. In these arrangements, we sell and transfer title of the equipment to these financial institutions. Generally, we have no continuing ownership rights in the equipment subsequent to its sale; therefore, the related receivable and debt are not included in our Consolidated Financial Statements. The following represents total finance assets associated with our lease or finance operations as of December 31, 2008 and 2007: At December 31, 2008, less than 1% of total debt was secured by finance receivables and other assets compared to 4% at December 31, 2007. Principal Debt Balance Less: Net unamortized discount Add: FAS 133 fair value adjustments Total Reported Debt Less: Current maturities and short-term debt Total long-term debt 2008 2007 $ 8,201 $7,465 (6) 189 (13) 12 8,384 (1,610) 7,464 (525) $ 6,774 $6,939 Principal debt balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007 includes short-term debt of $61 million and $99 million, respectively. Refer to Note 11 – Debt in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the above balances. Liquidity, Financial Flexibility and Other Financing Activity Liquidity We manage our worldwide liquidity using internal cash management practices, which are subject to (1) the statutes, regulations and practices of each of the local jurisdictions in which we operate, (2) the legal requirements of the agreements to which 2007 we are a party and (3) the policies and cooperation of the financial institutions we utilize to maintain and provide cash management (in millions) Total Finance receivables, net(1) Equipment on operating leases, net Total finance assets, net 2008 $7,278 594 $7,872 $ 8,048 587 $8,635 services. The reduction of $763 million in Total finance assets, net includes unfavorable currency of $473 million. (1) Includes (i) billed portion of finance receivables, net, (ii) finance receivables, net and (iii) finance receivables due after one year, net as included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The following tables summarize our debt as of December 31, 2008 Debt secured by finance receivables and 2007: (in millions) Capital leases Total Secured Debt Senior Notes Credit Facility Other Debt Total Unsecured Debt Total Debt 2008 $ 56 9 65 7,574 246 499 8,319 2007 $ 275 19 294 5,781 600 789 7,170 $8,384 $7,464 almost three years. Our liquidity is a function of our ability to successfully generate cash flows from a combination of efficient operations and improvement therein, access to capital markets, securitizations, funding from third parties and borrowings secured by our finance receivables portfolios. Our ability to maintain positive liquidity going forward depends on our ability to continue to generate cash from operations and access to financial markets, both of which are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other market factors that are beyond our control. The following is a discussion of our liquidity position as of December 31, 2008: • As of December 31, 2008, total cash and cash equivalents was $1.2 billion and our borrowing capacity under our Credit Facility was $1.7 billion, reflecting $246 million outstanding borrowings and no outstanding letters of credit. In addition we currently have approximately $1.0 billion available under the Loan Agreement through 2010, which has not been accessed in • We have consistently delivered strong cash flow from operations over the past three years driven by the strength of our annuity based revenue model. Cash flows from operations were $939 40 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 41 Text.indd 40 3/18/09 5:58:59 PM Management’s Discussion • $45 million decrease due to lower benefit accruals, partially programs with GE in the United Kingdom and Canada of $634 offset by higher accounts payable due to the timing of million and Merrill Lynch in France for $469 million as well as the payments to vendors and suppliers. repayment of secured borrowings to DLL of $153 million. The remainder reflects lower payments associated with our GE U.S. Cash Flows from Investing Activities secured borrowings. Net cash used in investing activities was $441 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The $1,171 million increase in cash was primarily due to the following: • $1,460 million increase due to less cash used for acquisitions. 2008 acquisitions included $138 million for Veenman B.V. and Saxon Business Systems as compared to $1,568 million for GIS and its additional acquisitions in the prior year. • $192 million decrease due to lower funds from escrow and other restricted investments in 2008. The prior year reflected funds received from the run-off of our secured borrowing programs. • $888 million decrease from lower net cash proceeds from unsecured debt. 2008 reflects the issuance of $1.4 billion in Senior Notes, $250 million from a private placement borrowing and net payments of $354 million on the Credit Facility and $370 million on other debt. 2007 reflects the issuance of $1.1 billion Senior Notes, $400 million from private placement borrowings and net proceeds of $600 million on the Credit Facility, offset by net payments of $286 million on other debt. • $180 million decrease due to additional purchases under our share repurchase program. • $134 million decrease in other investing cash flows due to the • $154 million decrease due to common stock dividend payments. absence of proceeds from liquidations of short-term investments. Net cash used in investing activities was $1,612 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The $1,469 million decrease in cash was primarily due to the following: • $1,386 million decrease due to $1,615 million in 2007 acquisitions primarily comprised of $1,568 for GIS and its additional acquisitions and $30 million for Advectis, Inc., as compared to $229 million in acquisitions in 2006 comprised of Amici, LLC and XMPie, Inc. • $123 million decrease in other investing cash flows reflecting the absence of the 2006 $122 million distribution related to the sale of investments held by Ridge Re. • $65 million decrease due to higher capital and internal use software investments in 2007. • $57 million decrease due to higher 2006 proceeds from sales of land, buildings and equipment, which included the sale of our corporate headquarters and a parcel of vacant land. • $162 million increase due to a reduction in escrow and other restricted investments in 2007, as we continue to run-off our secured borrowing programs. Cash Flows from Financing Activities Net cash used in financing activities was $311 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The $308 million increase in cash was primarily due to the following: • $79 million decrease due to lower proceeds from the issuance of common stock, reflecting a decrease in stock option exercises as well as lower related tax benefits. • $33 million decrease due to share repurchases related to employee withholding taxes on stock-based compensation vesting. Net cash used in financing activities was $619 million in year ended December 31, 2007. The $809 million increase in cash was primarily due to the following: • $538 million increase due to higher net cash proceeds from unsecured debt. This reflects the May 2007 issuance of the $1.1 billion Senior Notes, the issuances of two zero coupon bonds in 2007 resulting in net proceeds of approximately $400 million, and the net drawdown of $600 million under the 2007 Credit Facility. These higher net proceeds were partially offset by the March 2006 issuance of the $700 million Senior Notes and the August 2006 issuance of an additional $650 million of Senior Notes, as well as, higher repayments on other unsecured debt in 2007 as compared to 2006. • $437 million increase due to lower purchases under our share repurchase program as cash was invested in acquisitions. • $100 million increase relating to the 2006 payment of our liability to Xerox Capital LLC in connection with their redemption of Canadian deferred preferred shares. • $278 million decrease due to higher net repayments of secured • $1,642 million increase from lower net repayments on secured financing. Refer to Note 4-Receivables, net in the consolidated debt. 2007 reflects termination of our secured financing financial statements for further information. Financing Activities Customer Financing Activities We provide equipment financing to the majority of our customers. Because finance leases allow our customers to pay for equipment over time rather than at the date of installation, we maintain a certain level of debt to support our investment in these customer finance leases. We currently fund our customer financing activity through cash generated from operations, cash on hand, borrowings under bank credit facilities and proceeds from capital markets offerings. We also have funding available through a secured borrowing arrangement with General Electric Capital Corporation (“GECC”) referred to as the Loan Agreement. We have arrangements in certain international countries and domestically through the acquisition of GIS, where third party financial institutions originate lease contracts directly with our customers. In these arrangements, we sell and transfer title of the equipment to these financial institutions. Generally, we have no continuing ownership rights in the equipment subsequent to its sale; therefore, the related receivable and debt are not included in our Consolidated Financial Statements. The following represents total finance assets associated with our lease or finance operations as of December 31, 2008 and 2007: (in millions) Total Finance receivables, net(1) Equipment on operating leases, net Total finance assets, net 2008 $7,278 594 $7,872 2007 $ 8,048 587 $8,635 The reduction of $763 million in Total finance assets, net includes unfavorable currency of $473 million. (1) Includes (i) billed portion of finance receivables, net, (ii) finance receivables, net and (iii) finance receivables due after one year, net as included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The following tables summarize our debt as of December 31, 2008 and 2007: (in millions) Debt secured by finance receivables Capital leases Total Secured Debt Senior Notes Credit Facility Other Debt Total Unsecured Debt Total Debt 2008 $ 56 9 65 7,574 246 499 8,319 2007 $ 275 19 294 5,781 600 789 7,170 $8,384 $7,464 At December 31, 2008, less than 1% of total debt was secured by finance receivables and other assets compared to 4% at December 31, 2007. (in millions) Principal Debt Balance Less: Net unamortized discount Add: FAS 133 fair value adjustments 2008 2007 $ 8,201 (6) 189 $7,465 (13) 12 Total Reported Debt Less: Current maturities and short-term debt 8,384 (1,610) 7,464 (525) Total long-term debt $ 6,774 $6,939 Principal debt balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007 includes short-term debt of $61 million and $99 million, respectively. Refer to Note 11 – Debt in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the above balances. Liquidity, Financial Flexibility and Other Financing Activity Liquidity We manage our worldwide liquidity using internal cash management practices, which are subject to (1) the statutes, regulations and practices of each of the local jurisdictions in which we operate, (2) the legal requirements of the agreements to which we are a party and (3) the policies and cooperation of the financial institutions we utilize to maintain and provide cash management services. Our liquidity is a function of our ability to successfully generate cash flows from a combination of efficient operations and improvement therein, access to capital markets, securitizations, funding from third parties and borrowings secured by our finance receivables portfolios. Our ability to maintain positive liquidity going forward depends on our ability to continue to generate cash from operations and access to financial markets, both of which are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other market factors that are beyond our control. The following is a discussion of our liquidity position as of December 31, 2008: • As of December 31, 2008, total cash and cash equivalents was $1.2 billion and our borrowing capacity under our Credit Facility was $1.7 billion, reflecting $246 million outstanding borrowings and no outstanding letters of credit. In addition we currently have approximately $1.0 billion available under the Loan Agreement through 2010, which has not been accessed in almost three years. • We have consistently delivered strong cash flow from operations over the past three years driven by the strength of our annuity based revenue model. Cash flows from operations were $939 40 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 41 Text.indd 41 3/18/09 5:58:59 PM Management’s Discussion million, $1,871 million and $1,617 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Cash flows from operations in 2008 included $615 million in net payments for our securities litigation. • Our debt maturities are in line with historical and projected cash flows and are spread over the next ten years as follows (in millions): Year 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 and thereafter Total Amount $1,610 962 802 1,169 1,138 69 — 950 501 1,000 $8,201 On January 15, 2009, we repaid in-full at maturity, our outstanding U.S. Dollar and Euro-denominated 9.75% Senior Notes. The total repayment of approximately $900 million was made using cash on hand and the proceeds of a $400 million borrowing under our Credit Facility. Debt Activity Credit facility: In February 2008, we exercised our right under our $2.0 billion Credit Facility to request a one-year extension of the maturity date. Lenders representing approximately $1.4 billion (or approximately 70%) of the commitments under the Credit Facility agreed to the extension and the portion represented by these Lenders now has a maturity date of April 30, 2013, with the remaining portion of the Credit Facility to mature on April 30, 2012. In October 2008, we amended our Credit Facility to increase the permitted leverage ratio (debt/consolidated EBITDA) to a fixed ratio of 3.75x. The amendment also included a re-pricing of the Credit Facility such that borrowings will bear interest at LIBOR plus an all-in spread that will vary between 1.25% and 4.00% subject to our credit rating and percent of Credit Facility utilization at the time of borrowing. Based upon our current rating and utilization, the all-in spread is 1.75%. Capital markets offerings and other: In 2008, we raised net proceeds of $1.4 billion through the issuance of Senior Notes and $250 million from a private placement transaction. Loan covenants and compliance: At December 31, 2008, we were in full compliance with the covenants and other provisions of the Credit Facility, our Senior Notes and the Loan Agreement. We have the right to prepay any outstanding loans or to terminate the Credit Facility without penalty. Failure to be in compliance with any material provision or covenant of these agreements could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and operations and our ability to continue to fund our customers’ purchase of Xerox equipment. Refer to Note 11 – Debt and Note 4 – Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the above noted transactions and Loan Agreement, respectively. Share Repurchase Programs The Board of Directors has authorized share repurchase programs totaling $4.5 billion through December 31, 2008, which included additional authorizations of $1.0 billion in both January and July of 2008. Since launching this program in October 2005, we have repurchased 194.1 million shares, totaling approximately $2.9 billion. Refer to Note 17 – Shareholders’ Equity – “Treasury Stock” in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our share repurchase programs. Although we have $1.6 billion of remaining authorization, at the current time, we have no immediate plans for further share repurchases. Dividends The Board of Directors declared a 4.25 cent per share dividend on common stock in each quarter of 2008. Financial Instruments Refer to Note 13 – Financial Instruments in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our derivative financial instruments. Credit Ratings Moody’s Fitch Standard & Poors (“S&P”) We are currently rated investment grade by all major rating agencies. As of January 31, 2009 the ratings were as follows: Senior Unsecured Debt Baa2 BBB BBB Outlook Positive Stable Stable Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments and Contingencies At December 31, 2008, we had the following contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments and contingencies: (in millions) Long-term debt, including capital lease obligations(1) Minimum operating lease commitments(2) Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities(3) Retiree Health Payments Purchase Commitments Flextronics(4) EDS Contracts(5) Other(6) 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Thereafter $ 1,610 $ 962 $ 802 $ 1,169 $ 1,138 $ 2,520 223 188 151 100 ————— 99 99 98 ———— 137 12 77 11 77 — 105 700 239 17 84 97 77 — 123 648 445 — 16 — Total contractual cash obligations $2,894 $1,398 $1,140 $1,444 $1,396 $3,752 (1) Refer to Note 11– Debt in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information and interest payments related to long-term debt (amounts above include principal portion only). (2) Refer to Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to minimum operating lease commitments. (3) Refer to Note 12 – Liability to Subsidiary Trust Issuing Preferred Securities in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information and interest payments (amounts above include principal portion only). (4) Flextronics: We outsource certain manufacturing activities to Flextronics and are currently in the second year of the Master Supply Agreement. The term of this agreement is three years, with two additional one year extension periods at our option. The amounts discussed in the table reflect our estimate of purchases over the next year and are not contractual commitments. (5) EDS Contract: We have an information management contract with Electronic Data Systems Corp. (“EDS”) through June 30, 2009. Services to be provided under this contract include support for global mainframe system processing, application maintenance, workplace and service desk, voice and data network management and server management. In 2008, the contracts for global mainframe system processing and workplace and service desk were extended through December 2013 and March 2014, respectively. In January 2009, the contract for voice and data network management services was revised and extended through March 2014. There are no minimum payments required under this contract. The amounts disclosed in the table reflect our estimate of probable minimum payments for the periods shown. We can terminate the contract for convenience with six months notice, as defined in the contract, with no termination fee and with payment to EDS for costs incurred as of the termination date. Should we terminate the contract for convenience, we have an option to purchase the assets placed in service under the EDS contract. (6) Other Purchase Commitments: We enter into other purchase commitments with vendors in the ordinary course of business. Our policy with respect to all purchase commitments is to record losses, if any, when they are probable and reasonably estimable. We currently do not have, nor do we anticipate, material loss contracts. 42 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 43 Text.indd 42 3/18/09 5:59:00 PM Management’s Discussion million, $1,871 million and $1,617 million for the years ended have the right to prepay any outstanding loans or to terminate the December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Cash flows Credit Facility without penalty. Failure to be in compliance with any from operations in 2008 included $615 million in net payments material provision or covenant of these agreements could have a for our securities litigation. • Our debt maturities are in line with historical and projected cash flows and are spread over the next ten years as follows (in equipment. millions): material adverse effect on our liquidity and operations and our ability to continue to fund our customers’ purchase of Xerox Amount $1,610 962 802 1,169 1,138 69 — 950 501 1,000 $8,201 Refer to Note 11 – Debt and Note 4 – Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the above noted transactions and Loan Agreement, respectively. Share Repurchase Programs The Board of Directors has authorized share repurchase programs totaling $4.5 billion through December 31, 2008, which included additional authorizations of $1.0 billion in both January and July of 2008. Since launching this program in October 2005, we have repurchased 194.1 million shares, totaling approximately $2.9 billion. Refer to Note 17 – Shareholders’ Equity – “Treasury Stock” in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our share repurchase programs. Although we have $1.6 billion of remaining authorization, at the current time, we have no immediate plans for further share repurchases. Dividends The Board of Directors declared a 4.25 cent per share dividend on common stock in each quarter of 2008. Financial Instruments Refer to Note 13 – Financial Instruments in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our derivative financial instruments. Year 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 Total 2018 and thereafter Credit Facility. Debt Activity On January 15, 2009, we repaid in-full at maturity, our outstanding U.S. Dollar and Euro-denominated 9.75% Senior Notes. The total repayment of approximately $900 million was made using cash on hand and the proceeds of a $400 million borrowing under our Credit facility: In February 2008, we exercised our right under our $2.0 billion Credit Facility to request a one-year extension of the maturity date. Lenders representing approximately $1.4 billion (or approximately 70%) of the commitments under the Credit Facility agreed to the extension and the portion represented by these Lenders now has a maturity date of April 30, 2013, with the remaining portion of the Credit Facility to mature on April 30, 2012. In October 2008, we amended our Credit Facility to increase the permitted leverage ratio (debt/consolidated EBITDA) to a fixed ratio of 3.75x. The amendment also included a re-pricing of the Credit Facility such that borrowings will bear interest at LIBOR plus an all-in spread that will vary between 1.25% and 4.00% subject to our credit rating and percent of Credit Facility utilization at the time of borrowing. Based upon our current rating and utilization, the all-in spread is 1.75%. Capital markets offerings and other: In 2008, we raised net proceeds of $1.4 billion through the issuance of Senior Notes and $250 million from a private placement transaction. Loan covenants and compliance: At December 31, 2008, we were in full compliance with the covenants and other provisions of the Credit Facility, our Senior Notes and the Loan Agreement. We Credit Ratings We are currently rated investment grade by all major rating agencies. As of January 31, 2009 the ratings were as follows: Moody’s Standard & Poors (“S&P”) Fitch Senior Unsecured Debt Baa2 BBB BBB Outlook Positive Stable Stable Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments and Contingencies At December 31, 2008, we had the following contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments and contingencies: (in millions) 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Thereafter Long-term debt, including capital lease obligations(1) Minimum operating lease commitments(2) Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities(3) Retiree Health Payments Purchase Commitments Flextronics(4) EDS Contracts(5) Other(6) $ 1,610 223 $ 962 188 ————— 99 105 $ 802 151 $ 1,169 100 $ 1,138 84 99 98 97 700 239 17 ———— 137 12 77 11 77 — 77 — $ 2,520 123 648 445 — 16 — Total contractual cash obligations $2,894 $1,398 $1,140 $1,444 $1,396 $3,752 (1) Refer to Note 11– Debt in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information and interest payments related to long-term debt (amounts above include principal portion only). (2) Refer to Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to minimum operating lease commitments. (3) Refer to Note 12 – Liability to Subsidiary Trust Issuing Preferred Securities in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information and interest payments (amounts above include principal portion only). (4) Flextronics: We outsource certain manufacturing activities to Flextronics and are currently in the second year of the Master Supply Agreement. The term of this agreement is three years, with two additional one year extension periods at our option. The amounts discussed in the table reflect our estimate of purchases over the next year and are not contractual commitments. (5) EDS Contract: We have an information management contract with Electronic Data Systems Corp. (“EDS”) through June 30, 2009. Services to be provided under this contract include support for global mainframe system processing, application maintenance, workplace and service desk, voice and data network management and server management. In 2008, the contracts for global mainframe system processing and workplace and service desk were extended through December 2013 and March 2014, respectively. In January 2009, the contract for voice and data network management services was revised and extended through March 2014. There are no minimum payments required under this contract. The amounts disclosed in the table reflect our estimate of probable minimum payments for the periods shown. We can terminate the contract for convenience with six months notice, as defined in the contract, with no termination fee and with payment to EDS for costs incurred as of the termination date. Should we terminate the contract for convenience, we have an option to purchase the assets placed in service under the EDS contract. (6) Other Purchase Commitments: We enter into other purchase commitments with vendors in the ordinary course of business. Our policy with respect to all purchase commitments is to record losses, if any, when they are probable and reasonably estimable. We currently do not have, nor do we anticipate, material loss contracts. 42 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 43 Text.indd 43 3/18/09 5:59:01 PM Management’s Discussion Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans We sponsor pension and other post-retirement benefit plans that may require periodic cash contributions. Our 2008 cash fundings for these plans were $299 million for pensions and $105 million for our retiree health plans. Our required cash fundings for 2009 are approximately $108 million for pensions and approximately $105 million for our retiree health plans. Cash contribution requirements for our domestic tax qualified pension plans are governed by the Employment Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) and the Internal Revenue Code. Cash contribution requirements for our international plans are subject to the applicable regulations in each country. The expected 2009 pension contributions do not include contributions to the domestic tax-qualified plans because none are required due to the availability of a credit balance which resulted from funding prior to 2008 in excess of minimum requirements. This credit balance can be utilized in lieu of any 2009 pension contributions. However, once the January 1, 2009 actuarial valuations and projected results as of the end of the 2009 measurement year are available, the desirability of additional contributions will be assessed. Based on these results, we may voluntarily decide to contribute to these plans, even though no contribution is required. In prior years, after making this assessment, we decided to contribute $165 million and $158 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, to our domestic tax qualified plans in order to make them 100% funded on a current liability basis under the ERISA funding rules. Our retiree health benefit plans are non-funded and are almost entirely related to domestic operations. Cash contributions are made each year to cover medical claims costs incurred in that year. The amounts reported in the above table as retiree health payments represent our estimated future benefit payments. Fuji Xerox We purchased products, including parts and supplies, from Fuji Xerox totaling $2.1 billion, $1.9 billion and $1.7 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our purchase commitments with Fuji Xerox are in the normal course of business and typically have a lead time of three months. We do not anticipate 2009 purchases from Fuji Xerox to exceed 2008 levels. Related party transactions with Fuji Xerox are discussed in Note 7 – Investments in Affiliates, at Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Brazil Tax and Labor Contingencies As of December 31, 2008, our Brazilian operations are involved in various litigation matters and have been the subject of numerous governmental assessments related to indirect and other taxes as well as disputes associated with former employees and contract labor. The tax matters, which comprise a significant portion of the total contingencies, principally relate to claims for taxes on the internal transfer of inventory, municipal service taxes on rentals and gross revenue taxes. We are disputing these tax matters and intend to vigorously defend our position. Based on the opinion of legal counsel and current reserves for those matters deemed probable of loss, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will materially impact our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The labor matters principally relate to claims made by former employees and contract labor for the equivalent payment of all social security and other related labor benefits, as well as consequential tax claims, as if they were regular employees. Following our assessment of the most recent trends in the outcomes of these matters, we reassessed the probable estimated loss and, as a result, recorded an additional reserve of $36 million in 2008. As of December 31, 2008, the total amounts related to the unreserved portion of the tax and labor contingencies, inclusive of any related interest, amounted to approximately $839 million, with the decrease from the December 31, 2007 balance of $1.1 billion primarily related to currency partially offset by the additional reserve. In connection with the above proceedings, customary local regulations may require us to make escrow cash deposits or post other security of up to half of the total amount in dispute. As of December 31, 2008 we had $167 million of escrow cash deposits for matters we are disputing and there are liens on certain Brazilian assets with a net book value of $30 million and additional letters of credit of approximately $88 million. Generally, any escrowed amounts would be refundable and any liens would be removed to the extent the matters are resolved in our favor. We routinely assess all these matters as to probability of ultimately incurring a liability against our Brazilian operations and record our best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where we assess the likelihood of an ultimate loss as probable. Other Contingencies and Commitments As more fully discussed in Note 16 – Contingencies in the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning securities law, intellectual property law, environmental law, employment law and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. In addition, guarantees, indemnifications and claims may arise during the ordinary course of business from relationships with suppliers, customers and nonconsolidated affiliates. Nonperformance under a contract including a guarantee, indemnification or claim could trigger an obligation of the Company. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. Should developments in any of these areas cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these utilized to hedge economic exposures as well as reduce earnings matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. Refer significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on to Note 13 –Financial Instruments in the Consolidated Financial our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the Statements for further discussion on our financial risk period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment management. or settlement occurs. Assuming a 10% appreciation or depreciation in foreign currency exchange rates from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2008, the potential change in the fair value of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities in each entity would not be significant because all material currency asset and liability exposures were economically hedged as of December 31, 2008. A 10% appreciation or depreciation of the U.S. Dollar against all currencies from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2008 would have an $824 million impact on our cumulative translation adjustment portion of equity. The amount permanently invested in foreign subsidiaries and affiliates, primarily Xerox Limited, Fuji Xerox, Xerox Canada Inc. and Xerox do Brasil, and translated into Dollars using the year-end exchange rates, was $8.2 billion at December 31, 2008. Interest Rate Risk Management The consolidated weighted-average interest rates related to our debt and liabilities to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities for 2008, 2007 and 2006 approximated 6.6%, 7.1%, and 6.8%, respectively. Interest expense includes the impact of our interest rate derivatives. As of December 31, 2008, approximately $1.1 billion of our debt and liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities carried variable interest rates, including the effect of pay-variable interest rate swaps we are utilizing with the intent to reduce the effective interest rate on our high coupon debt. The fair market values of our fixed-rate financial instruments are sensitive to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2008, a 10% change in market interest rates would change the fair values of such financial instruments by approximately $317 million. The recent market events have not required us to materially modify or change our financial risk management strategies with respect to our exposures to interest rate and foreign currency risk. Unrecognized Tax Benefits As of December 31, 2008, we had $170 million of unrecognized tax benefits. This represents the tax benefits associated with various tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, on domestic and international tax returns that have not been recognized in our financial statements due to uncertainty regarding their resolution. The resolution or settlement of these tax positions with the taxing authorities is at various stages and therefore we are unable to make a reliable estimate of the eventual cash flows by period that may be required to settle these matters. In addition, certain of these matters may not require cash settlement due to the existence of credit and net operating loss carryforwards as well as other offsets, including the indirect benefit from other taxing jurisdictions that may be available. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements Although we rarely utilize off-balance sheet arrangements in our operations, we enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. The nature of these lease arrangements is discussed in Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net in the Consolidated consolidated in our financial statements. These transactions, which are discussed further in Note 4 – Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements, have been accounted for as secured borrowings with the debt and related assets remaining on our balance sheets. Although the obligations related to these transactions are included in our balance sheet, recourse is generally limited to the secured assets and no other assets of the Company. Refer to Note 16 – Contingencies in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our guarantees, indemnifications and warranty liabilities. Financial Risk Management We are exposed to market risk from foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are Financial Statements. Additionally, we have utilized special purpose Virtually all customer-financing assets earn fixed rates of interest. entities (“SPEs”) in conjunction with certain financing transactions. The interest rates on a significant portion of the Company’s term The SPEs utilized in conjunction with these transactions are debt are fixed. 44 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 45 Text.indd 44 3/18/09 5:59:02 PM Management’s Discussion Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans internal transfer of inventory, municipal service taxes on rentals We sponsor pension and other post-retirement benefit plans that and gross revenue taxes. We are disputing these tax matters and may require periodic cash contributions. Our 2008 cash fundings intend to vigorously defend our position. Based on the opinion of for these plans were $299 million for pensions and $105 million for legal counsel and current reserves for those matters deemed our retiree health plans. Our required cash fundings for 2009 are probable of loss, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of approximately $108 million for pensions and approximately $105 these matters will materially impact our results of operations, million for our retiree health plans. Cash contribution requirements financial position or cash flows. The labor matters principally relate for our domestic tax qualified pension plans are governed by the to claims made by former employees and contract labor for the Employment Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) and the equivalent payment of all social security and other related labor Internal Revenue Code. Cash contribution requirements for our benefits, as well as consequential tax claims, as if they were regular international plans are subject to the applicable regulations in each employees. Following our assessment of the most recent trends in country. The expected 2009 pension contributions do not include the outcomes of these matters, we reassessed the probable contributions to the domestic tax-qualified plans because none are estimated loss and, as a result, recorded an additional reserve of required due to the availability of a credit balance which resulted $36 million in 2008. As of December 31, 2008, the total amounts from funding prior to 2008 in excess of minimum requirements. related to the unreserved portion of the tax and labor This credit balance can be utilized in lieu of any 2009 pension contingencies, inclusive of any related interest, amounted to contributions. However, once the January 1, 2009 actuarial approximately $839 million, with the decrease from the valuations and projected results as of the end of the 2009 December 31, 2007 balance of $1.1 billion primarily related to measurement year are available, the desirability of additional currency partially offset by the additional reserve. In connection contributions will be assessed. Based on these results, we may with the above proceedings, customary local regulations may voluntarily decide to contribute to these plans, even though no require us to make escrow cash deposits or post other security of contribution is required. In prior years, after making this up to half of the total amount in dispute. As of December 31, 2008 assessment, we decided to contribute $165 million and $158 we had $167 million of escrow cash deposits for matters we are million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, to our domestic tax disputing and there are liens on certain Brazilian assets with a net qualified plans in order to make them 100% funded on a current book value of $30 million and additional letters of credit of liability basis under the ERISA funding rules. Our retiree health benefit plans are non-funded and are almost entirely related to domestic operations. Cash contributions are made each year to cover medical claims costs incurred in that year. The amounts reported in the above table as retiree health payments represent our estimated future benefit payments. Fuji Xerox We purchased products, including parts and supplies, from Fuji Xerox totaling $2.1 billion, $1.9 billion and $1.7 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our purchase commitments with Fuji Xerox are in the normal course of business and typically have a lead time of three months. We do not anticipate 2009 purchases from Fuji Xerox to exceed 2008 levels. Related party transactions with Fuji Xerox are discussed in Note 7 – Investments in Affiliates, at Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Brazil Tax and Labor Contingencies As of December 31, 2008, our Brazilian operations are involved in various litigation matters and have been the subject of numerous governmental assessments related to indirect and other taxes as well as disputes associated with former employees and contract labor. The tax matters, which comprise a significant portion of the total contingencies, principally relate to claims for taxes on the approximately $88 million. Generally, any escrowed amounts would be refundable and any liens would be removed to the extent the matters are resolved in our favor. We routinely assess all these matters as to probability of ultimately incurring a liability against our Brazilian operations and record our best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where we assess the likelihood of an ultimate loss as probable. Other Contingencies and Commitments As more fully discussed in Note 16 – Contingencies in the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning securities law, intellectual property law, environmental law, employment law and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. In addition, guarantees, indemnifications and claims may arise during the ordinary course of business from relationships with suppliers, customers and nonconsolidated affiliates. Nonperformance under a contract including a guarantee, indemnification or claim could trigger an obligation of the Company. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. Should developments in any of these areas cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs. Unrecognized Tax Benefits As of December 31, 2008, we had $170 million of unrecognized tax benefits. This represents the tax benefits associated with various tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, on domestic and international tax returns that have not been recognized in our financial statements due to uncertainty regarding their resolution. The resolution or settlement of these tax positions with the taxing authorities is at various stages and therefore we are unable to make a reliable estimate of the eventual cash flows by period that may be required to settle these matters. In addition, certain of these matters may not require cash settlement due to the existence of credit and net operating loss carryforwards as well as other offsets, including the indirect benefit from other taxing jurisdictions that may be available. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements Although we rarely utilize off-balance sheet arrangements in our operations, we enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. The nature of these lease arrangements is discussed in Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, we have utilized special purpose entities (“SPEs”) in conjunction with certain financing transactions. The SPEs utilized in conjunction with these transactions are consolidated in our financial statements. These transactions, which are discussed further in Note 4 – Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements, have been accounted for as secured borrowings with the debt and related assets remaining on our balance sheets. Although the obligations related to these transactions are included in our balance sheet, recourse is generally limited to the secured assets and no other assets of the Company. Refer to Note 16 – Contingencies in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our guarantees, indemnifications and warranty liabilities. Financial Risk Management We are exposed to market risk from foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are utilized to hedge economic exposures as well as reduce earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. Refer to Note 13 –Financial Instruments in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on our financial risk management. Assuming a 10% appreciation or depreciation in foreign currency exchange rates from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2008, the potential change in the fair value of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities in each entity would not be significant because all material currency asset and liability exposures were economically hedged as of December 31, 2008. A 10% appreciation or depreciation of the U.S. Dollar against all currencies from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2008 would have an $824 million impact on our cumulative translation adjustment portion of equity. The amount permanently invested in foreign subsidiaries and affiliates, primarily Xerox Limited, Fuji Xerox, Xerox Canada Inc. and Xerox do Brasil, and translated into Dollars using the year-end exchange rates, was $8.2 billion at December 31, 2008. Interest Rate Risk Management The consolidated weighted-average interest rates related to our debt and liabilities to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities for 2008, 2007 and 2006 approximated 6.6%, 7.1%, and 6.8%, respectively. Interest expense includes the impact of our interest rate derivatives. Virtually all customer-financing assets earn fixed rates of interest. The interest rates on a significant portion of the Company’s term debt are fixed. As of December 31, 2008, approximately $1.1 billion of our debt and liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities carried variable interest rates, including the effect of pay-variable interest rate swaps we are utilizing with the intent to reduce the effective interest rate on our high coupon debt. The fair market values of our fixed-rate financial instruments are sensitive to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2008, a 10% change in market interest rates would change the fair values of such financial instruments by approximately $317 million. The recent market events have not required us to materially modify or change our financial risk management strategies with respect to our exposures to interest rate and foreign currency risk. 44 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 45 Text.indd 45 3/18/09 5:59:03 PM Management’s Discussion Xerox Corporation Consolidated Statements of Income (in millions, except per-share data) Revenues Sales Service, outsourcing and rentals Finance income Total Revenues Costs and Expenses Cost of sales Cost of service, outsourcing and rentals Equipment financing interest Research, development and engineering expenses Selling, administrative and general expenses Restructuring and asset impairment charges Other expenses, net Total Costs and Expenses (Loss) Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income Income tax (benefits) expenses Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates Net Income Basic Earnings per Share Diluted Earnings per Share Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 $ 8,325 8,485 798 17,608 5,519 4,929 305 884 4,534 429 1,122 17,722 (114) (231) 113 230 $ $ 0.26 $ 0.26 $ 8,192 8,214 822 17,228 5,254 4,707 316 912 4,312 (6) 295 15,790 1,438 400 97 $ 1,135 $ 1.21 $ 1.19 $ 7,464 7,591 840 15,895 4,803 4,328 305 922 4,008 385 336 15,087 808 (288) 114 $ 1,210 $ 1.25 $ 1.22 Non-GAAP Financial Measures Adjusted Effective Tax Rate We have reported our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). A reconciliation of the following non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP are set forth below: Adjusted Revenue We discussed the revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2008 using non-GAAP financial measures. To understand trends in the business, we believe that it is helpful to adjust the revenue growth rates to illustrate the impact of the acquisition of GIS by including their estimated revenue for the comparable 2007 and 2006 periods. We refer to this adjusted revenue as “As Adjusted” in the following reconciliation table. Revenue “As Adjusted” adds GIS’s revenues from January 1, 2006 to May 8, 2007 to our 2006 and 2007 reported revenue. Management believes these measures give investors an additional perspective on revenue trends, as well as the impact to the Company of the acquisition of GIS that was completed in May 2007. (in millions) 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 Year Ended December 31 % Change Equipment Sales Revenue: As Reported As Adjusted Post Sale Revenue: As Reported As Adjusted Total Revenues: As Reported As Adjusted $ 4,679 $ 4,679 $ 4,753 $ 4,938 $ 4,457 $ 4,992 (2)% 7% (5)% (1)% $12,929 $12,929 $12,475 $12,681 $11,438 $12,000 4% 9% 2% 6% $17,608 $17,608 $17,228 $17,619 $15,895 $16,992 — 2% 8% 4% The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 is discussed using non-GAAP financial measures that exclude the effects of charges associated with an equipment write-off; second, third and fourth quarter 2008 restructuring and asset impairments; certain litigation matters and the settlement of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits. Management believes that it is helpful to exclude these effects to better understand and analyze the current period’s effective tax rate given the discrete nature of these items. (in millions) As Reported Restructuring and asset impairment charges Equipment write-off Litigation Tax settlements Year Ended December 31, 2008 Pre-Tax Income Income Taxes Effective Tax Rate $ (114) $(231) 202.6% 426 39 774 — 134 15 283 41 As Adjusted $1,125 $ 242 21.5% Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide an additional means of analyzing the current period results against the corresponding prior period results. However, these non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Forward Looking Statements This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “should” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect management’s current beliefs, assumptions and expectations and are subject to a number of factors that may cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these factors is included in our 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements, except as required by law. 46 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 47 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. Text.indd 46 3/18/09 5:59:03 PM Management’s Discussion Xerox Corporation Consolidated Statements of Income (in millions, except per-share data) Revenues Sales Service, outsourcing and rentals Finance income Total Revenues Costs and Expenses Cost of sales Cost of service, outsourcing and rentals Equipment financing interest Research, development and engineering expenses Selling, administrative and general expenses Restructuring and asset impairment charges Other expenses, net Total Costs and Expenses (Loss) Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income Income tax (benefits) expenses Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates Net Income Basic Earnings per Share Diluted Earnings per Share Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 $ 8,325 8,485 798 17,608 5,519 4,929 305 884 4,534 429 1,122 17,722 (114) (231) 113 $ 230 $ 0.26 $ 0.26 $ 8,192 8,214 822 17,228 5,254 4,707 316 912 4,312 (6) 295 15,790 1,438 400 97 $ 1,135 $ 1.21 $ 1.19 $ 7,464 7,591 840 15,895 4,803 4,328 305 922 4,008 385 336 15,087 808 (288) 114 $ 1,210 $ 1.25 $ 1.22 Non-GAAP Financial Measures Adjusted Effective Tax Rate We have reported our financial results in accordance with generally The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 is accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). A reconciliation of the discussed using non-GAAP financial measures that exclude the following non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly effects of charges associated with an equipment write-off; second, comparable financial measures calculated and presented in third and fourth quarter 2008 restructuring and asset impairments; accordance with GAAP are set forth below: Adjusted Revenue certain litigation matters and the settlement of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits. Management believes that it is helpful to exclude these effects to better understand and analyze the current period’s effective tax rate given the discrete nature of We discussed the revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2008 using non-GAAP financial measures. To understand trends in these items. the business, we believe that it is helpful to adjust the revenue growth rates to illustrate the impact of the acquisition of GIS by including their estimated revenue for the comparable 2007 and (in millions) 2006 periods. We refer to this adjusted revenue as “As Adjusted” in As Reported the following reconciliation table. Revenue “As Adjusted” adds Restructuring and asset GIS’s revenues from January 1, 2006 to May 8, 2007 to our 2006 impairment charges and 2007 reported revenue. Management believes these measures Equipment write-off give investors an additional perspective on revenue trends, as well Litigation as the impact to the Company of the acquisition of GIS that was Tax settlements Year Ended December 31, 2008 Pre-Tax Income Income Taxes Effective Tax Rate $ (114) $(231) 202.6% 426 39 774 — 134 15 283 41 completed in May 2007. As Adjusted $1,125 $ 242 21.5% (in millions) 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 Year Ended December 31 % Change Equipment Sales Revenue: As Reported As Adjusted Post Sale Revenue: As Reported As Adjusted Total Revenues: As Reported As Adjusted $ 4,679 $ 4,679 $ 4,753 $ 4,938 $ 4,457 $ 4,992 (2)% 7% (5)% (1)% $12,929 $12,929 $12,475 $12,681 $11,438 $12,000 4% 9% 2% 6% $17,608 $17,608 $17,228 $17,619 $15,895 2% 8% $16,992 — 4% Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide an additional means of analyzing the current period results against the corresponding prior period results. However, these non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Forward Looking Statements This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “should” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect management’s current beliefs, assumptions and expectations and are subject to a number of factors that may cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these factors is included in our 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements, except as required by law. 46 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 47 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. Text.indd 47 3/18/09 5:59:04 PM Xerox Corporation Consolidated Balance Sheets Xerox Corporation Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in millions, except share data in thousands) Assets Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable, net Billed portion of finance receivables, net Finance receivables, net Inventories Other current assets Total current assets Finance receivables due after one year, net Equipment on operating leases, net Land, buildings and equipment, net Investments in affiliates, at equity Intangible assets, net Goodwill Deferred tax assets, long-term Other long-term assets Total Assets Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt Accounts payable Accrued compensation and benefits costs Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term debt Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities Pension and other benefit liabilities Post-retirement medical benefits Other long-term liabilities Total Liabilities Common stock, including additional paid-in-capital Treasury stock, at cost Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive loss Total Shareholders’ Equity Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity Shares of common stock issued Treasury stock Shares of common stock outstanding December 31, 2008 2007 $ 1,229 2,184 254 2,461 1,232 790 8,150 4,563 594 1,419 1,080 610 3,182 1,692 1,157 $ 1,099 2,457 304 2,693 1,305 682 8,540 5,051 587 1,587 932 621 3,448 1,349 1,428 $ 22,447 $ 23,543 $ 1,610 1,446 625 1,769 5,450 6,774 648 1,747 896 694 16,209 3,313 — 5,341 (2,416) 6,238 $ 525 1,367 673 1,512 4,077 6,939 632 1,115 1,396 796 14,955 4,096 (31) 5,288 (765) 8,588 $ 22,447 $ 23,543 864,777 — 864,777 919,013 (1,836) 917,177 (in millions) Net income Cash Flows from Operating Activities: Adjustments required to reconcile net income to cash flows from operating activities: Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 $ 230 $ 1,135 $ 1,210 Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable and billed portion of finance receivables Undistributed equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates Depreciation and amortization Provisions for receivables and inventory Deferred tax (benefit) expense Net gain on sales of businesses and assets Stock-based compensation Provision for litigation, net Payments for securities litigation, net Restructuring and asset impairment charges Payments for restructurings Contributions to pension benefit plans (Increase) decrease in inventories Increase in equipment on operating leases Decrease in finance receivables (Increase) decrease in other current and long-term assets Increase in accounts payable and accrued compensation (Decrease) increase in other current and long-term liabilities Net change in income tax assets and liabilities Net change in derivative assets and liabilities Other, net Net cash provided by operating activities Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment Proceeds from sales of land, buildings and equipment Cost of additions to internal use software Acquisitions, net of cash acquired Net change in escrow and other restricted investments Other, net Net cash used in investing activities Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Net debt payments on secured financings Net proceeds on other debt Payment of liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities Common stock dividends Preferred stock dividends Proceeds from issuances of common stock Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation Payments to acquire treasury stock, including fees Repurchases related to stock-based compensation Other Net cash used in financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 669 314 (324) (21) (53) 85 781 (615) 429 (131) (299) 57 (114) (331) 164 (8) 211 (174) (92) 230 (69) 939 (206) 38 (129) (155) 8 3 (441) (227) 926 — (154) — 6 2 (812) (33) (19) (311) (57) 1,871 1,617 656 197 224 (7) (60) 89 —— —— (6) (235) (298) (79) (43) (331) 119 130 285 38 73 (10) (6) (236) 25 (123) (1,615) 200 137 (1,612) (1,869) 1,814 — —— — 65 22 (632) —— (19) (619) 60 636 145 99 (44) (70) 64 385 (265) (355) (30) 11 (271) 192 64 330 (70) (459) 9 36 (215) 82 (79) (229) 38 260 (143) (1,591) 1,276 (100) (43) 82 25 (1,069) (8) (1,428) 31 130 1,099 $1,229 (300) 1,399 $ 1,099 77 1,322 $ 1,399 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 48 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 49 Text.indd 48 3/18/09 5:59:05 PM Xerox Corporation Consolidated Balance Sheets Xerox Corporation Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in millions, except share data in thousands) Billed portion of finance receivables, net Assets Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable, net Finance receivables, net Inventories Other current assets Total current assets Finance receivables due after one year, net Equipment on operating leases, net Land, buildings and equipment, net Investments in affiliates, at equity Intangible assets, net Goodwill Deferred tax assets, long-term Other long-term assets Total Assets Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt Accounts payable Accrued compensation and benefits costs Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term debt Pension and other benefit liabilities Post-retirement medical benefits Other long-term liabilities Total Liabilities Common stock, including additional paid-in-capital Treasury stock, at cost Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive loss Total Shareholders’ Equity Shares of common stock issued Treasury stock Shares of common stock outstanding December 31, 2008 2007 $ 1,229 $ $ 22,447 $ 23,543 $ 1,610 $ 2,184 254 2,461 1,232 790 8,150 4,563 594 1,419 1,080 610 3,182 1,692 1,157 1,446 625 1,769 5,450 6,774 648 1,747 896 694 16,209 3,313 — 5,341 (2,416) 6,238 864,777 — 864,777 1,099 2,457 304 2,693 1,305 682 8,540 5,051 587 1,587 932 621 3,448 1,349 1,428 525 1,367 673 1,512 4,077 6,939 632 1,115 1,396 796 14,955 4,096 (31) 5,288 (765) 8,588 919,013 (1,836) 917,177 (in millions) Cash Flows from Operating Activities: Net income Adjustments required to reconcile net income to cash flows from operating activities: Depreciation and amortization Provisions for receivables and inventory Deferred tax (benefit) expense Net gain on sales of businesses and assets Undistributed equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates Stock-based compensation Provision for litigation, net Payments for securities litigation, net Restructuring and asset impairment charges Payments for restructurings Contributions to pension benefit plans Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable and billed portion of finance receivables (Increase) decrease in inventories Increase in equipment on operating leases Decrease in finance receivables (Increase) decrease in other current and long-term assets Increase in accounts payable and accrued compensation (Decrease) increase in other current and long-term liabilities Net change in income tax assets and liabilities Net change in derivative assets and liabilities Other, net Net cash provided by operating activities Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment Proceeds from sales of land, buildings and equipment Cost of additions to internal use software Acquisitions, net of cash acquired Net change in escrow and other restricted investments Other, net Net cash used in investing activities Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Net debt payments on secured financings Net proceeds on other debt Payment of liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities Common stock dividends Preferred stock dividends Proceeds from issuances of common stock Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation Payments to acquire treasury stock, including fees Repurchases related to stock-based compensation Other Net cash used in financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 $ 230 $ 1,135 $ 1,210 669 314 (324) (21) (53) 85 781 (615) 429 (131) (299) 57 (114) (331) 164 (8) 211 (174) (92) 230 (69) 939 (206) 38 (129) (155) 8 3 (441) (227) 926 — (154) — 6 2 (812) (33) (19) (311) (57) 656 197 224 (7) (60) 89 —— —— (6) (235) (298) (79) (43) (331) 119 130 285 38 73 (10) (6) 636 145 99 (44) (70) 64 385 (265) (355) (30) 11 (271) 192 64 330 (70) (459) 9 36 1,871 1,617 (236) 25 (123) (1,615) 200 137 (1,612) (1,869) 1,814 — —— — 65 22 (632) —— (19) (619) 60 (215) 82 (79) (229) 38 260 (143) (1,591) 1,276 (100) (43) 82 25 (1,069) (8) (1,428) 31 130 1,099 $1,229 (300) 1,399 $ 1,099 77 1,322 $ 1,399 Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $ 22,447 $ 23,543 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 48 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 49 Text.indd 49 3/18/09 5:59:06 PM Xerox Corporation Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) (in millions, except share data in thousands) Balance at December 31, 2005 Net income Translation adjustments Minimum pension liability Other unrealized gains Comprehensive income Adjustment to initially apply FAS 158, net Stock option and incentive plans, net Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock dividends ($6.25 per share) Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock conversion Payments to acquire treasury stock Cancellation of treasury stock Other Balance at December 31, 2006 Net income Translation adjustments Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principles Changes in defined benefit plans(2) Other unrealized losses Comprehensive income Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.0425 per share) Stock option and incentive plans, net Payments to acquire treasury stock Cancellation of treasury stock Other Balance at December 31, 2007 Net income Translation adjustments Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principles Changes in defined benefit plans(2) Other unrealized losses Comprehensive loss Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.17 per share) Stock option and incentive plans, net Payments to acquire treasury stock Cancellation of treasury stock Balance at December 31, 2008 Common Stock Shares 945,106 — — — — — 10,256 — 74,797 — (75,665) 74 954,568 — — — — — — 7,588 — (43,165) 22 919,013 — — — — — $945 — — — — — 11 — 75 — (75) — $956 — — — — — — 7 — (43) — $920 — — — — — Common Stock Amount Additional Paid-In- Capital Treasury Stock Shares Treasury Stock Amount Retained Earnings $ 3,796 — — — — (13,917) $ (203) $3,021 — 1,210 — — — — — — — — — — AOCL(1) Total $(1,240) $ 6,319 1,210 485 131 1 — 485 131 1 $ 1,827 — 156 — — — — — — — — (1,024) — — (1,024) 167 (29) — (29) 814 — — (70,111) 75,665 — — (1,069) 1,131 — — — — — (8,363) $ (141) $4,202 — 1,135 — — — — (1,056) — $ 3,710 — — — — — — — — — — — (9) — — 889 — — (1,069) — — — — $(1,647) $ 7,080 1,135 501 — 501 — 382 (1) (9) 382 (1) $ 2,008 — 165 — — — (36,638) 43,165 — (1,836) $ — — (699) — $ 3,176 — — (40) — — — — (632) — 742 — — (31) $5,288 230 — — — — — — — (40) 172 (632) — — $ (765) $ 8,588 230 (1,364) — — (1,364) — — — — — — — — — (25) — — — (286) (1) (25) (286) (1) $(1,446) — 4,442 — (58,678) 864,777 — 5 — (59) $866 — — — 55 — (56,842) 58,678 — (784) $ 2,447 — — (812) 843 (152) — — — — 5,341 — — — — (152) 60 (812) — $(2,416) $ 6,238 (1) Refer to Note 1 “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (AOCL)” section for additional information. (2) Refer to Note 1 “Benefit Plans Accounting” section for additional information. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 50 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 51 Text.indd 50 3/18/09 5:59:07 PM Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies References herein to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” and Xerox refer to Xerox Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries unless the context specifically requires otherwise. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation We are a technology and services enterprise and a leader in the global document market. We develop, manufacture, market, service and finance a complete range of document equipment, software, solutions and services. Basis of Consolidation The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Xerox Corporation and all of our controlled subsidiary companies. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Investments in business entities in which we do not have control, but we have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies (generally 20% to 50% ownership), are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Upon the sale of stock of a subsidiary, we recognize a gain or loss in our Consolidated Statements of Income equal to our proportionate share of the corresponding increase or decrease in that subsidiary’s equity. Operating results of acquired businesses are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of acquisition. We consolidate variable interest entities if we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the entity. Operating results for variable interest entities in which we are determined to be the primary (iii) economic lives of leased assets; (iv) allowance for doubtful accounts; (v) inventory valuation; (vi) restructuring and related charges; (vii) asset impairments; (viii) depreciable lives of assets; (ix) useful lives of intangible assets; (x) pension and post- retirement benefit plans; (xi) income tax reserves and valuation allowances and (xii) contingency and litigation reserves. Future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty; accordingly, our accounting estimates require the exercise of judgment. The accounting estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following table summarizes certain significant charges that require management estimates: Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 Restructuring provisions and asset impairments $429 $ (6) $385 Amortization of intangible assets ($4 for patents included in cost of sales) Provisions for receivables Provisions for obsolete and excess inventory Provisions for litigation and regulatory matters Depreciation and obsolescence of equipment on operating leases Depreciation of buildings and equipment Amortization of internal use and product Pension benefits – net periodic benefit cost Other post-retirement benefits – net 58 199 115 46 131 66 781 (6) 298 257 56 174 269 262 79 235 45 76 69 89 230 277 84 355 beneficiary are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income software from the date such determination is made. For convenience and ease of reference, we refer to the financial statement caption “(Loss) Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income” as “pre-tax loss” or “pre-tax income,” throughout the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. periodic benefit cost 77 102 117 Deferred tax asset valuation allowance provisions 17 14 12 Use of Estimates Changes in Estimates The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to: (i) allocation of revenues and fair values in leases and other multiple element arrangements; (ii) accounting for residual values; In the ordinary course of accounting for items discussed above, we make changes in estimates as appropriate, and as we become aware of circumstances surrounding those estimates. Such changes and refinements in estimation methodologies are reflected in reported results of operations in the period in which the changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Xerox Corporation Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) (in millions, except share data in thousands) Common Common Additional Treasury Treasury Stock Shares Stock Amount Paid-In- Capital Stock Shares Stock Amount Retained Earnings AOCL(1) Total Balance at December 31, 2005 945,106 $945 $ 3,796 (13,917) $ (203) $3,021 $(1,240) $ 6,319 — 1,210 Balance at December 31, 2006 954,568 $956 $ 3,710 (8,363) $ (141) $4,202 $(1,647) $ 7,080 — (70,111) (1,056) 75,665 (1,069) 1,131 — — 1,135 Net income Translation adjustments Minimum pension liability Other unrealized gains Comprehensive income Adjustment to initially apply FAS 158, net Stock option and incentive plans, net Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock dividends ($6.25 per share) Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock conversion Payments to acquire treasury stock Cancellation of treasury stock Other 10,256 74,797 (75,665) Net income Translation adjustments Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principles Changes in defined benefit plans(2) Other unrealized losses Comprehensive income Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.0425 per share) Stock option and incentive plans, net Payments to acquire treasury stock Cancellation of treasury stock Other Net income Translation adjustments Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principles Changes in defined benefit plans(2) Other unrealized losses Comprehensive loss Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.17 per share) Stock option and incentive plans, net Payments to acquire treasury stock Cancellation of treasury stock — — — — — — — 74 — — — — — — — 22 — — — — — — — — — — 11 — 75 — — — — — — (75) — — 7 — (43) — — — — — — — 5 — — — — — — 156 — 814 — — — — — — — 165 — — — — — — — 55 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (632) 742 — — — — — (29) — — — — — (9) — — (40) — — — — 230 (25) — — — (1,024) (1,024) — 485 131 1 1,210 485 131 1 $ 1,827 167 (29) 889 — — — (1,069) — 501 — 382 (1) 1,135 501 (9) 382 (1) $ 2,008 — (1,364) (1,364) — (286) (1) $(1,446) (40) 172 (632) — — 230 (25) (286) (1) (152) 60 (812) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7,588 (43,165) — (36,638) (699) 43,165 4,442 — — (58,678) (59) — (56,842) (784) 58,678 — — (812) 843 (152) — — — Balance at December 31, 2008 864,777 $866 $ 2,447 — 5,341 $(2,416) $ 6,238 (1) Refer to Note 1 “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (AOCL)” section for additional information. (2) Refer to Note 1 “Benefit Plans Accounting” section for additional information. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. Balance at December 31, 2007 919,013 $920 $ 3,176 (1,836) $ (31) $5,288 $ (765) $ 8,588 Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies References herein to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” and Xerox refer to Xerox Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries unless the context specifically requires otherwise. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation We are a technology and services enterprise and a leader in the global document market. We develop, manufacture, market, service and finance a complete range of document equipment, software, solutions and services. Basis of Consolidation The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Xerox Corporation and all of our controlled subsidiary companies. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Investments in business entities in which we do not have control, but we have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies (generally 20% to 50% ownership), are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Upon the sale of stock of a subsidiary, we recognize a gain or loss in our Consolidated Statements of Income equal to our proportionate share of the corresponding increase or decrease in that subsidiary’s equity. Operating results of acquired businesses are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of acquisition. We consolidate variable interest entities if we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the entity. Operating results for variable interest entities in which we are determined to be the primary beneficiary are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date such determination is made. For convenience and ease of reference, we refer to the financial statement caption “(Loss) Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income” as “pre-tax loss” or “pre-tax income,” throughout the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. (iii) economic lives of leased assets; (iv) allowance for doubtful accounts; (v) inventory valuation; (vi) restructuring and related charges; (vii) asset impairments; (viii) depreciable lives of assets; (ix) useful lives of intangible assets; (x) pension and post- retirement benefit plans; (xi) income tax reserves and valuation allowances and (xii) contingency and litigation reserves. Future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty; accordingly, our accounting estimates require the exercise of judgment. The accounting estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following table summarizes certain significant charges that require management estimates: Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 Restructuring provisions and asset impairments $429 $ (6) $385 Amortization of intangible assets ($4 for patents included in cost of sales) Provisions for receivables Provisions for obsolete and excess inventory Provisions for litigation and regulatory matters Depreciation and obsolescence of equipment on operating leases Depreciation of buildings and equipment Amortization of internal use and product software Pension benefits – net periodic benefit cost Other post-retirement benefits – net 58 199 115 46 131 66 781 (6) 298 257 56 174 269 262 79 235 45 76 69 89 230 277 84 355 periodic benefit cost 77 102 117 Deferred tax asset valuation allowance provisions 17 14 12 Use of Estimates Changes in Estimates The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to: (i) allocation of revenues and fair values in leases and other multiple element arrangements; (ii) accounting for residual values; In the ordinary course of accounting for items discussed above, we make changes in estimates as appropriate, and as we become aware of circumstances surrounding those estimates. Such changes and refinements in estimation methodologies are reflected in reported results of operations in the period in which the changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 50 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 51 Text.indd 51 3/18/09 5:59:08 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161 “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133”. The new standard requires additional disclosures regarding a company’s derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring disclosure of the fair values of derivative instruments and their gains and losses in a tabular format. It also requires disclosure of derivative features that are credit risk – related as well as cross-referencing within the notes to the financial statements to enable financial statement users to locate important information about derivative instruments, financial performance and cash flows. We adopted this standard effective as of December 31, 2008. The only impact from this standard was to require us to expand our disclosures regarding our derivative instruments. Refer to Note 13 – Financial Instruments for additional information. Fair Value Accounting In 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“FAS 157”). We adopted the provisions of FAS 157 on January 1, 2008. FAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a market-based framework or hierarchy for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FAS 157 is applicable whenever another accounting pronouncement requires or permits assets and liabilities to be measured at fair value. FAS 157 does not expand or require any new fair value measures; however, the application of this statement may change current practice. FAS 157 does not apply to fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases”. In February 2008, the FASB decided that an entity need not apply this standard to nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis until 2009. Accordingly, our adoption of this standard in 2008 was limited to financial assets and liabilities, which primarily affects the valuation of our derivative contracts. The adoption of FAS 157 did not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. We do not believe the full adoption of FAS 157 with respect to our nonfinancial assets and liabilities will have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. Nonfinancial assets and liabilities for which we have not applied the provisions of FAS 157 primarily include those measured at fair value in impairment testing and those initially measured at fair value in a business combination. In 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“FAS 159”). FAS 159 became effective for us on January 1, 2008. FAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Entities that elect the fair value option will report unrealized gains and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option may be elected on an instrument-by-instrument basis, with few exceptions. FAS 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar assets and liabilities. FAS 159 did not have an effect on our financial condition or results of operations as we did not elect this fair value option, nor is it expected to have a material impact on future periods as the election of this option for our financial instruments is expected to be at most, limited. Business Combinations and Noncontrolling Interests In 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“FAS 141(R)”). FAS 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction (whether a full or partial acquisition); establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; requires expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs; and requires the acquirer to disclose the information needed to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. FAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2009. The impact of FAS No. 141(R) on our consolidated financial statements will depend upon the nature, terms and size of the acquisitions we consummate after the effective date. In 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“FAS 160”). FAS 160 requires reporting entities to present noncontrolling (minority) interests as equity (as opposed to as a liability) and provides guidance on the accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests. As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately $120 in noncontrolling interests classified in other long-term liabilities. FAS 160 applies prospectively as of January 1, 2009, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. Benefit Plans Accounting 158 for a total equity charge in 2007 related to the funded status In 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” of FX’s benefit plans of $49. Other Accounting Changes (“FAS 158”) which requires the recognition of an asset or liability In December 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 140-4 for the funded status of defined pension and other postretirement and FIN 46(R)-8, “Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about benefit plans in the statement of financial position of the Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest sponsoring entity. The funded status of a benefit plan is measured Entities” (“FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8”). This FSP required as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets and about obligation. The initial incremental recognition of the funded status an entity’s involvement with variable interest entities. The FSP is under FAS 158 of our defined pension and other post retirement effective for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. Adoption of benefit plans, as well as subsequent changes in our funded status this FSP affects disclosures only and therefore has no impact on that are not included in net periodic benefit cost will be reflected in the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash shareholders’ equity and other comprehensive loss, respectively. As flows. Since our transfers of financial assets and involvement with of December 31, 2006, the net unfunded status of our benefit variable interest entities are not material, we do not expect a plans was $2,842 and recognition of this net unfunded status upon material disclosure requirement from this standard. The funded status recognition and certain disclosure provisions of a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. the adoption of FAS 158 resulted in an after-tax charge to equity of $1,024. Prior to the adoption of FAS 158, we recorded an after-tax credit to our minimum pension liability of $131, for a total equity charge in 2006 related to the funded status of our benefit plans of $893. Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss are adjusted as they are subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. The method of calculating net periodic benefit cost did not change from existing guidance. Refer to Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans for additional information. FAS 158 were effective as of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2006. FAS 158 also requires the consistent measurement of plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of our fiscal year-end statement of financial position effective for the year ending December 31, 2008. Since several of our international plans had a September 30th measurement date, this standard required us to change that measurement date to December 31st in 2008. The adoption of this requirement by our international plans did not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. The effect of adoption by our international plans resulted in a January 1, 2008 opening retained earnings charge of $16, deferred tax asset increase of $4, pension asset reduction of $9, a pension liability increase of $6 and a credit to accumulated other comprehensive loss of $5. FAS 158 was not effective for our equity investment in Fuji Xerox (“FX”) until their annual year-end of March 31, 2007. Upon FX’s adoption of FAS 158, we recorded a $5 charge to equity representing our share of their after-tax charge to equity for the unfunded status of their benefit plans. We also recorded a $44 after-tax charge to equity for our portion of a minimum pension liability adjustment recorded by FX prior to their adoption of FAS In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” FSP FAS 142-3 also requires expanded disclosures related to the determination of intangible asset useful lives. This standard applies prospectively to intangible assets acquired and/or recognized on or after January 1, 2009. We do not believe that the adoption of this standard will have In 2007, the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF Issue No. 06-10, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Collateral Assignment Split- Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements” (“EITF 06-10”). EITF 06-10 provides that an employer should recognize a liability for the postretirement benefit related to collateral assignment split-dollar life insurance arrangements in accordance with either SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” or Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, “Omnibus Opinion.” We recorded a $11 after-tax charge to retained earnings in 2008 reflecting the cumulative effect upon adoption of EITF 06-10. The standard is not expected to have a material impact on results of operations in the future. In 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus reached on EITF Issue No. 06-2, “Accounting for Sabbatical Leave and Other Similar Benefits Pursuant to FASB Statement No. 43” (“EITF 06-2”). EITF 06-2 clarifies recognition guidance on the accrual of employees’ rights to compensated absences under a sabbatical or other similar benefit arrangement. We recorded a $7 after-tax charge to Retained earnings in 2007 reflecting our share of the cumulative effect recorded by Fuji Xerox upon adoption of EITF 06-2. This was 52 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 53 Text.indd 52 3/18/09 5:59:08 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes In 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Benefit Plans Accounting Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161 “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133”. The new standard requires additional disclosures regarding a company’s derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring disclosure of the fair values of derivative instruments and their gains and losses in a tabular format. It also requires disclosure of derivative features that are credit risk – related as well as cross-referencing within the notes to the financial statements to enable financial statement users to locate important information about derivative instruments, financial performance and cash flows. We adopted this standard effective as of December 31, 2008. The only impact from this standard was to require us to expand our disclosures regarding our derivative instruments. Refer to Note 13 – Financial Instruments for additional information. Fair Value Accounting In 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“FAS 157”). We adopted the provisions of FAS 157 on January 1, 2008. FAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a market-based framework or hierarchy for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FAS 157 is applicable whenever another accounting pronouncement requires or permits assets and liabilities to be measured at fair value. FAS 157 does not expand or require any new fair value measures; however, the application of this statement may change current practice. FAS 157 does not apply to fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases”. In February 2008, the FASB decided that an entity need not apply this standard to nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis until 2009. Accordingly, our adoption of this standard in 2008 was limited to financial assets and liabilities, which primarily affects the valuation of our derivative contracts. The adoption of FAS 157 did not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. We do not believe the full adoption of FAS 157 with respect to our nonfinancial assets and liabilities will have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. Nonfinancial assets and liabilities for which we have not applied the provisions of FAS 157 primarily include those measured at fair value in impairment testing and those initially measured at fair value in a business combination. Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“FAS 159”). FAS 159 became effective for us on January 1, 2008. FAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Entities that elect the fair value option will report unrealized gains and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option may be elected on an instrument-by-instrument basis, with few exceptions. FAS 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar assets and liabilities. FAS 159 did not have an effect on our financial condition or results of operations as we did not elect this fair value option, nor is it expected to have a material impact on future periods as the election of this option for our financial instruments is expected to be at most, limited. Business Combinations and Noncontrolling Interests In 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“FAS 141(R)”). FAS 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction (whether a full or partial acquisition); establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; requires expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs; and requires the acquirer to disclose the information needed to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. FAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2009. The impact of FAS No. 141(R) on our consolidated financial statements will depend upon the nature, terms and size of the acquisitions we consummate after the effective date. In 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“FAS 160”). FAS 160 requires reporting entities to present noncontrolling (minority) interests as equity (as opposed to as a liability) and provides guidance on the accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests. As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately $120 in noncontrolling interests classified in other long-term liabilities. FAS 160 applies prospectively as of January 1, 2009, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. In 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” (“FAS 158”) which requires the recognition of an asset or liability for the funded status of defined pension and other postretirement benefit plans in the statement of financial position of the sponsoring entity. The funded status of a benefit plan is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation. The initial incremental recognition of the funded status under FAS 158 of our defined pension and other post retirement benefit plans, as well as subsequent changes in our funded status that are not included in net periodic benefit cost will be reflected in shareholders’ equity and other comprehensive loss, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, the net unfunded status of our benefit plans was $2,842 and recognition of this net unfunded status upon the adoption of FAS 158 resulted in an after-tax charge to equity of $1,024. Prior to the adoption of FAS 158, we recorded an after-tax credit to our minimum pension liability of $131, for a total equity charge in 2006 related to the funded status of our benefit plans of $893. Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss are adjusted as they are subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. The method of calculating net periodic benefit cost did not change from existing guidance. Refer to Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans for additional information. The funded status recognition and certain disclosure provisions of FAS 158 were effective as of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2006. FAS 158 also requires the consistent measurement of plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of our fiscal year-end statement of financial position effective for the year ending December 31, 2008. Since several of our international plans had a September 30th measurement date, this standard required us to change that measurement date to December 31st in 2008. The adoption of this requirement by our international plans did not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. The effect of adoption by our international plans resulted in a January 1, 2008 opening retained earnings charge of $16, deferred tax asset increase of $4, pension asset reduction of $9, a pension liability increase of $6 and a credit to accumulated other comprehensive loss of $5. FAS 158 was not effective for our equity investment in Fuji Xerox (“FX”) until their annual year-end of March 31, 2007. Upon FX’s adoption of FAS 158, we recorded a $5 charge to equity representing our share of their after-tax charge to equity for the unfunded status of their benefit plans. We also recorded a $44 after-tax charge to equity for our portion of a minimum pension liability adjustment recorded by FX prior to their adoption of FAS 158 for a total equity charge in 2007 related to the funded status of FX’s benefit plans of $49. Other Accounting Changes In December 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, “Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities” (“FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8”). This FSP required additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets and about an entity’s involvement with variable interest entities. The FSP is effective for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. Adoption of this FSP affects disclosures only and therefore has no impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Since our transfers of financial assets and involvement with variable interest entities are not material, we do not expect a material disclosure requirement from this standard. In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” FSP FAS 142-3 also requires expanded disclosures related to the determination of intangible asset useful lives. This standard applies prospectively to intangible assets acquired and/or recognized on or after January 1, 2009. We do not believe that the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. In 2007, the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF Issue No. 06-10, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Collateral Assignment Split- Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements” (“EITF 06-10”). EITF 06-10 provides that an employer should recognize a liability for the postretirement benefit related to collateral assignment split-dollar life insurance arrangements in accordance with either SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” or Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, “Omnibus Opinion.” We recorded a $11 after-tax charge to retained earnings in 2008 reflecting the cumulative effect upon adoption of EITF 06-10. The standard is not expected to have a material impact on results of operations in the future. In 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus reached on EITF Issue No. 06-2, “Accounting for Sabbatical Leave and Other Similar Benefits Pursuant to FASB Statement No. 43” (“EITF 06-2”). EITF 06-2 clarifies recognition guidance on the accrual of employees’ rights to compensated absences under a sabbatical or other similar benefit arrangement. We recorded a $7 after-tax charge to Retained earnings in 2007 reflecting our share of the cumulative effect recorded by Fuji Xerox upon adoption of EITF 06-2. This was 52 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 53 Text.indd 53 3/18/09 5:59:09 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) adjusted by a $2 credit in 2008. With the exception of this charge, the adoption of EITF 06-2 did not impact the Company as we do not have a similar benefit arrangement. Summary of Accounting Policies Revenue Recognition We generate revenue through the sale and rental of equipment, service and supplies and income associated with the financing of our equipment sales. Revenue is recognized when earned. More specifically, revenue related to sales of our products and services is recognized as follows: Equipment: Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from sales-type leases, are recognized at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require us to install the product at the customer location, revenue is recognized when the equipment has been delivered to and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer installable products are recognized upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer’s shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the operating lease method and are recognized as earned over the lease term, which is generally on a straight-line basis. Service: Service revenues are derived primarily from maintenance contracts on our equipment sold to customers and are recognized over the term of the contracts. A substantial portion of our products are sold with full service maintenance agreements for which the customer typically pays a base service fee plus a variable amount based on usage. As a consequence, other than the product warranty obligations associated with certain of our low end products in the Office segment, we do not have any significant product warranty obligations, including any obligations under customer satisfaction programs. Revenues associated with outsourcing services as well as professional and value-added services are generally recognized as such services are performed. In those service arrangements where final acceptance of a system or solution by the customer is required, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. Costs associated with service arrangements are generally recognized as incurred. Initial direct costs of an arrangement are capitalized and amortized over the contractual service period. Long-lived assets used in the fulfillment of the arrangements are capitalized and depreciated over the shorter of their useful life or the term of the contract. Losses on service arrangements are recognized in the period that the contractual loss becomes probable and estimable. Sales to distributors and resellers: We utilize distributors and resellers to sell certain of our products to end-users. We refer to our distributor and reseller network as our two-tier distribution model. Sales to distributors and resellers are generally recognized as revenue when products are sold to such distributors and resellers. Distributors and resellers participate in various cooperative marketing and other programs, and we record provisions for these programs as a reduction to revenue when the sales occur. We also similarly account for our estimates of sales returns and other allowances when the sales occur based on our historical experience. Supplies: Supplies revenue generally is recognized upon shipment or utilization by customers in accordance with the sales terms. Software: Software included within our equipment and services is generally considered incidental and is therefore accounted for as part of the equipment sales or services revenues. Software accessories sold in connection with our equipment sales as well as free-standing software revenues are accounted for in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position No. 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (“SOP 97-2”). In most cases, these software products are sold as part of multiple element arrangements and include software maintenance agreements for the delivery of technical service as well as unspecified upgrades or enhancements on a when-and-if-available basis. In those software accessory and free- standing software arrangements that include more than one element, we allocate the revenue among the elements based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value. VSOE of fair value is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately by us on a regular basis and not as part of the multiple- element arrangement. Revenue allocated to software is normally recognized upon delivery while revenue allocated to the software maintenance element is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement. Revenue Recognition for Leases: Our accounting for leases involves specific determinations under FAS 13, which often involve complex provisions and significant judgments. The two primary criteria of FAS 13 which we use to classify transactions as sales- type or operating leases are 1) a review of the lease term to determine if it is equal to or greater than 75% of the economic life of the equipment and 2) a review of the present value of the minimum lease payments to determine if they are equal to or greater than 90% of the fair market value of the equipment at the inception of the lease. Our leases in our Latin America operations have historically been recorded as operating leases given the cancellability of the contract or because the recoverability of the lease investment is deemed not to be predictable at lease inception. The critical elements that we consider with respect to our lease payments are multiplied by the number of months in the contract accounting are the determination of the economic life and the fair term to arrive at the total fixed minimum payments that the value of equipment, including the residual value. For purposes of customer is obligated to make (“fixed payments”) over the lease determining the economic life, we consider the most objective term. The payments associated with page volumes in excess of the measure to be the original contract term, since most equipment is minimums are contingent on whether or not such minimums are returned by lessees at or near the end of the contracted term. The exceeded (“contingent payments”). The minimum contractual economic life of most of our products is five years since this committed page volumes are typically negotiated to equal the represents the most frequent contractual lease term for our customer’s estimated page volume at lease inception. In applying principal products and only a small percentage of our leases have our lease accounting methodology, we only consider the fixed original terms longer than five years. We continually evaluate the payments for purposes of allocating to the relative fair value economic life of both existing and newly introduced products for elements of the contract. Contingent payments, if any, are purposes of this determination. Residual values, if any, are inherently uncertain and therefore are recognized as revenue in established at lease inception using estimates of fair value at the the period when the customer exceeds the minimum copy volumes end of the lease term. The vast majority of our leases that qualify as sales-type are non-cancelable and include cancellation penalties approximately equal to the full value of the lease receivables. A portion of our business involves sales to governmental units. Governmental units are those entities that have statutorily defined funding or annual budgets that are determined by their legislative bodies. Certain of our governmental contracts may have cancellation provisions or renewal clauses that are required by law, such as 1) those dependant on fiscal funding outside of a governmental unit’s control, 2) those that can be cancelled if deemed in the best interest of the governmental unit’s taxpayers or 3) those that must be renewed each fiscal year, given limitations that may exist on entering into multi-year contracts that are imposed by statute. In these circumstances, we carefully evaluate these contracts to assess whether cancellation is remote. The evaluation of a lease agreement with a renewal option includes an assessment as to whether the renewal is reasonably assured based on the apparent intent and our experience of such governmental unit. We further ensure that the contract provisions described above are offered only in instances where required by law. Where such contract terms are not legally required, we consider the arrangement to be cancelable and account for the lease as an operating lease. After the initial lease of equipment to our customers, we may enter subsequent transactions with the same customer whereby we extend the term. Revenue from such lease extensions is typically recognized over the extension period. Revenue Recognition Under Bundled Arrangements: We sell the majority of our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, which typically include equipment, service, supplies and financing components for which the customer pays a single negotiated fixed minimum monthly payment for all elements over the contractual lease term. These arrangements typically also include an incremental, variable component for page volumes in excess of contractual page volume minimums, which are often expressed in terms of price per page. The fixed minimum monthly specified in the contract. Revenues under bundled arrangements are allocated considering the relative fair values of the lease and non-lease deliverables included in the bundled arrangement based upon the estimated relative fair values of each element. Lease deliverables include maintenance and executory costs, equipment and financing, while non-lease deliverables generally consist of the supplies and non-maintenance services. Our revenue allocation for the lease deliverables begins by allocating revenues to the maintenance and executory costs plus profit thereon. The remaining amounts are allocated to the equipment and financing elements. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, including money-market funds, and investments with original maturities of three months or less. Restricted Cash and Investments Several of our secured financing arrangements and other contracts, require us to post cash collateral or maintain minimum cash balances in escrow. In addition, as more fully discussed in Note 16 – Contingencies, various litigation matters in Brazil require us to make cash deposits as a condition of continuing the litigation. These cash amounts are reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on when the cash will be contractually released. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, such restricted cash amounts were as follows: Escrow and cash collections related to secured borrowing arrangements Tax and other litigation deposits in Brazil Other restricted cash Total December 31, 2008 2007 $ 16 $ 41 167 20 200 23 $203 $264 54 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 55 Text.indd 54 3/18/09 5:59:10 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) adjusted by a $2 credit in 2008. With the exception of this charge, Sales to distributors and resellers: We utilize distributors and the adoption of EITF 06-2 did not impact the Company as we do resellers to sell certain of our products to end-users. We refer to our not have a similar benefit arrangement. Summary of Accounting Policies Revenue Recognition We generate revenue through the sale and rental of equipment, service and supplies and income associated with the financing of our equipment sales. Revenue is recognized when earned. More specifically, revenue related to sales of our products and services is recognized as follows: Equipment: Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from sales-type leases, are recognized at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require us to install the product at the customer location, revenue is recognized when the equipment has been delivered to and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer installable products are recognized upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer’s shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the operating lease method and are recognized as earned over the lease term, which is generally on a straight-line basis. Service: Service revenues are derived primarily from maintenance contracts on our equipment sold to customers and are recognized over the term of the contracts. A substantial portion of our products are sold with full service maintenance agreements for which the customer typically pays a base service fee plus a variable amount based on usage. As a consequence, other than the product warranty obligations associated with certain of our low end products in the Office segment, we do not have any significant product warranty obligations, including any obligations under customer satisfaction programs. Revenues associated with outsourcing services as well as professional and value-added services are generally recognized as such services are performed. In those service arrangements where final acceptance of a system or solution by the customer is required, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. Costs associated with service arrangements are generally recognized as incurred. Initial direct costs of an arrangement are capitalized and amortized over the contractual service period. Long-lived assets used in the fulfillment of the arrangements are capitalized and depreciated over the shorter of their useful life or the term of the contract. Losses on service arrangements are recognized in the period that the contractual loss becomes probable and estimable. distributor and reseller network as our two-tier distribution model. Sales to distributors and resellers are generally recognized as revenue when products are sold to such distributors and resellers. Distributors and resellers participate in various cooperative marketing and other programs, and we record provisions for these programs as a reduction to revenue when the sales occur. We also similarly account for our estimates of sales returns and other allowances when the sales occur based on our historical experience. Supplies: Supplies revenue generally is recognized upon shipment or utilization by customers in accordance with the sales terms. Software: Software included within our equipment and services is generally considered incidental and is therefore accounted for as part of the equipment sales or services revenues. Software accessories sold in connection with our equipment sales as well as free-standing software revenues are accounted for in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position No. 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (“SOP 97-2”). In most cases, these software products are sold as part of multiple element arrangements and include software maintenance agreements for the delivery of technical service as well as unspecified upgrades or enhancements on a when-and-if-available basis. In those software accessory and free- standing software arrangements that include more than one element, we allocate the revenue among the elements based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value. VSOE of fair value is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately by us on a regular basis and not as part of the multiple- element arrangement. Revenue allocated to software is normally recognized upon delivery while revenue allocated to the software maintenance element is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement. Revenue Recognition for Leases: Our accounting for leases involves specific determinations under FAS 13, which often involve complex provisions and significant judgments. The two primary criteria of FAS 13 which we use to classify transactions as sales- type or operating leases are 1) a review of the lease term to determine if it is equal to or greater than 75% of the economic life of the equipment and 2) a review of the present value of the minimum lease payments to determine if they are equal to or greater than 90% of the fair market value of the equipment at the inception of the lease. Our leases in our Latin America operations have historically been recorded as operating leases given the cancellability of the contract or because the recoverability of the lease investment is deemed not to be predictable at lease inception. The critical elements that we consider with respect to our lease accounting are the determination of the economic life and the fair value of equipment, including the residual value. For purposes of determining the economic life, we consider the most objective measure to be the original contract term, since most equipment is returned by lessees at or near the end of the contracted term. The economic life of most of our products is five years since this represents the most frequent contractual lease term for our principal products and only a small percentage of our leases have original terms longer than five years. We continually evaluate the economic life of both existing and newly introduced products for purposes of this determination. Residual values, if any, are established at lease inception using estimates of fair value at the end of the lease term. The vast majority of our leases that qualify as sales-type are non-cancelable and include cancellation penalties approximately equal to the full value of the lease receivables. A portion of our business involves sales to governmental units. Governmental units are those entities that have statutorily defined funding or annual budgets that are determined by their legislative bodies. Certain of our governmental contracts may have cancellation provisions or renewal clauses that are required by law, such as 1) those dependant on fiscal funding outside of a governmental unit’s control, 2) those that can be cancelled if deemed in the best interest of the governmental unit’s taxpayers or 3) those that must be renewed each fiscal year, given limitations that may exist on entering into multi-year contracts that are imposed by statute. In these circumstances, we carefully evaluate these contracts to assess whether cancellation is remote. The evaluation of a lease agreement with a renewal option includes an assessment as to whether the renewal is reasonably assured based on the apparent intent and our experience of such governmental unit. We further ensure that the contract provisions described above are offered only in instances where required by law. Where such contract terms are not legally required, we consider the arrangement to be cancelable and account for the lease as an operating lease. After the initial lease of equipment to our customers, we may enter subsequent transactions with the same customer whereby we extend the term. Revenue from such lease extensions is typically recognized over the extension period. Revenue Recognition Under Bundled Arrangements: We sell the majority of our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, which typically include equipment, service, supplies and financing components for which the customer pays a single negotiated fixed minimum monthly payment for all elements over the contractual lease term. These arrangements typically also include an incremental, variable component for page volumes in excess of contractual page volume minimums, which are often expressed in terms of price per page. The fixed minimum monthly payments are multiplied by the number of months in the contract term to arrive at the total fixed minimum payments that the customer is obligated to make (“fixed payments”) over the lease term. The payments associated with page volumes in excess of the minimums are contingent on whether or not such minimums are exceeded (“contingent payments”). The minimum contractual committed page volumes are typically negotiated to equal the customer’s estimated page volume at lease inception. In applying our lease accounting methodology, we only consider the fixed payments for purposes of allocating to the relative fair value elements of the contract. Contingent payments, if any, are inherently uncertain and therefore are recognized as revenue in the period when the customer exceeds the minimum copy volumes specified in the contract. Revenues under bundled arrangements are allocated considering the relative fair values of the lease and non-lease deliverables included in the bundled arrangement based upon the estimated relative fair values of each element. Lease deliverables include maintenance and executory costs, equipment and financing, while non-lease deliverables generally consist of the supplies and non-maintenance services. Our revenue allocation for the lease deliverables begins by allocating revenues to the maintenance and executory costs plus profit thereon. The remaining amounts are allocated to the equipment and financing elements. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, including money-market funds, and investments with original maturities of three months or less. Restricted Cash and Investments Several of our secured financing arrangements and other contracts, require us to post cash collateral or maintain minimum cash balances in escrow. In addition, as more fully discussed in Note 16 – Contingencies, various litigation matters in Brazil require us to make cash deposits as a condition of continuing the litigation. These cash amounts are reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on when the cash will be contractually released. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, such restricted cash amounts were as follows: Escrow and cash collections related to secured borrowing arrangements Tax and other litigation deposits in Brazil Other restricted cash Total December 31, 2008 2007 $ 16 167 20 $203 $ 41 200 23 $264 54 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 55 Text.indd 55 3/18/09 5:59:11 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Of these amounts, $20 and $45 were included in Other current assets and $183 and $219 were included in Other long-term assets, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Provisions for Losses on Uncollectible Receivables The provisions for losses on uncollectible trade and finance receivables are determined principally on the basis of past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of our receivables and evaluations of the default risks of repayment. Allowances for doubtful accounts receivable were $131 and $128, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Allowances for doubtful accounts on finance receivables were $198 and $203 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Inventories Inventories are carried at the lower of average cost or market. Inventories also include equipment that is returned at the end of the lease term. Returned equipment is recorded at the lower of remaining net book value or salvage value. Salvage value consists of the estimated market value (generally determined based on replacement cost) of the salvageable component parts, which are expected to be used in the remanufacturing process. We regularly review inventory quantities and record a provision for excess and/ or obsolete inventory based primarily on our estimated forecast of product demand, production requirements and servicing commitments. Several factors may influence the realizability of our inventories, including our decision to exit a product line, technological changes and new product development. The provision for excess and/or obsolete raw materials and equipment inventories is based primarily on near term forecasts of product demand and include consideration of new product introductions as well as changes in remanufacturing strategies. The provision for excess and/or obsolete service parts inventory is based primarily on projected servicing requirements over the life of the related equipment populations. Cost of sales in 2008 included a charge of $39 associated with an Office segment product line equipment and residual value write- off. The write-off was the result of a late 2008 change in strategy reflecting our decision to discontinue the remanufacture of end-of-lease returned inventory from a certain Office segment product line following an assessment of the current and expected market for these products. Land, Buildings and Equipment and Equipment on Operating Leases lease term or the estimated useful life. Equipment on operating leases is depreciated to estimated salvage value over the lease term. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Significant improvements are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are expensed. Refer to Note 5 – Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net and Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net for further discussion. Internal Use Software We capitalize direct costs associated with developing, purchasing or otherwise acquiring software for internal use and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the software, beginning when the software is implemented. Useful lives of the software generally vary from 3 to 5 years. Amortization expense was $50, $76, and $73 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Capitalized costs were $288 and $270 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of goodwill to reporting units, and determination of the fair value of each reporting unit. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow methodology. This requires us to use significant judgment including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long- term rate of growth for our business, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, determination of our weighted average cost of capital, and relevant market data. Other intangible assets primarily consist of assets obtained in connection with business acquisitions, including installed customer base and distribution network relationships, patents on existing technology and trademarks. We apply an impairment evaluation whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of our intangible assets may not be recoverable. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight- line basis over their estimated economic lives. We believe that the straight-line method of amortization reflects an appropriate allocation of the cost of the intangible assets to earnings in proportion to the amount of economic benefits obtained annually by the Company. Refer to Note 8 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net for further information. Land, buildings and equipment are recorded at cost. Buildings and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets We review the recoverability of our long-lived assets, including buildings, equipment, internal-use software and other intangible assets, when events or changes in circumstances occur that those obligations to be recognized not as they occur, but indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be systematically and gradually over subsequent periods. All changes recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on are ultimately recognized as components of net periodic benefit our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset from the cost, except to the extent they may be offset by subsequent expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without changes. At any point, changes that have been identified and interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are quantified but not recognized as components of net periodic less than the carrying value of such asset, an impairment loss is benefit cost, are recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and loss, net of tax. carrying value. Our primary measure of fair value is based on discounted cash flows. Treasury Stock We account for repurchased common stock under the cost method and include such treasury stock as a component of our Common shareholders’ equity. Retirement of Treasury stock is recorded as a reduction of Common stock and Additional paid-in-capital at the time such retirement is approved by our Board of Directors. Research, Development and Engineering (“R,D&E”) Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset values related to our pension and post-retirement benefit plans. These factors include assumptions we make about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase in healthcare costs, the rate of future compensation increases, and mortality, among others. Actual returns on plan assets are not immediately recognized in our income statement, due to the delayed recognition requirement. In calculating the expected return on the plan asset component of our net periodic pension cost, we apply our estimate of the long-term rate of return to the plan assets that support our pension obligations, after deducting assets that are Research, development and engineering costs are expensed as specifically allocated to Transitional Retirement Accounts (which incurred. R,D&E was $884, $912 and $922, for the three years are accounted for based on specific plan terms). ended December 31, 2008, respectively. Research and development (“R&D”) costs were $750 in 2008, $764 in 2007 and $761 in 2006. Sustaining engineering costs are incurred with respect to on-going product improvements or environmental compliance after initial product launch. Our sustaining engineering costs were $134, $148, and $161, for the three years ended December 31, 2008, respectively. Restructuring Charges Costs associated with exit or disposal activities, including lease termination costs and certain employee severance costs associated with restructuring, plant closing or other activity, are recognized when they are incurred. In those geographies where we have either a formal severance plan or a history of consistently providing severance benefits representing a substantive plan, we recognize severance costs when they are both probable and reasonably estimable. Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Obligations We sponsor pension plans in various forms in several countries covering substantially all employees who meet eligibility requirements. Post-retirement benefit plans cover U.S. and Canadian employees for retirement medical costs. We employ a delayed recognition feature in measuring the costs of pension and post-retirement benefit plans. This requires changes in the benefit obligations and changes in the value of assets set aside to meet For purposes of determining the expected return on plan assets, we utilize a calculated value approach in determining the value of the pension plan assets, as opposed to a fair market value approach. The primary difference between the two methods relates to systematic recognition of changes in fair value over time (generally two years) versus immediate recognition of changes in fair value. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is then applied to the calculated asset value to determine the amount of the expected return on plan assets to be used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost. The calculated value approach reduces the volatility in net periodic pension cost that results from using the fair market value approach. The discount rate is used to present value our future anticipated benefit obligations. In estimating our discount rate, we consider rates of return on high quality fixed-income investments included in various published bond indexes, adjusted to eliminate the effects of call provisions and differences in the timing and amounts of cash outflows related to the bonds, as well as, the expected timing of pension and other benefit payments. In the U.S. and the U.K., which comprise approximately 80% of our projected benefit obligation, we consider the Moody’s Aa Corporate Bond Index and the International Index Company’s iBoxx Sterling Corporate AA Cash Bond Index, respectively, in the determination of the appropriate discount rate assumptions. Refer to Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans for further information. 56 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 57 Text.indd 56 3/18/09 5:59:12 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Of these amounts, $20 and $45 were included in Other current lease term or the estimated useful life. Equipment on operating assets and $183 and $219 were included in Other long-term assets, leases is depreciated to estimated salvage value over the lease as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Provisions for Losses on Uncollectible Receivables The provisions for losses on uncollectible trade and finance receivables are determined principally on the basis of past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of our receivables and evaluations of the default risks of repayment. Allowances for doubtful accounts receivable were $131 and $128, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Allowances for doubtful accounts on finance receivables were $198 and $203 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Inventories Inventories are carried at the lower of average cost or market. Inventories also include equipment that is returned at the end of the lease term. Returned equipment is recorded at the lower of term. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Significant improvements are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are expensed. Refer to Note 5 – Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net and Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net for further discussion. Internal Use Software We capitalize direct costs associated with developing, purchasing or otherwise acquiring software for internal use and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the software, beginning when the software is implemented. Useful lives of the software generally vary from 3 to 5 years. Amortization expense was $50, $76, and $73 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Capitalized costs were $288 and $270 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets remaining net book value or salvage value. Salvage value consists Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an of the estimated market value (generally determined based on event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have replacement cost) of the salvageable component parts, which are been incurred. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires expected to be used in the remanufacturing process. We regularly judgment, including the identification of reporting units, review inventory quantities and record a provision for excess and/ assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment or obsolete inventory based primarily on our estimated forecast of of goodwill to reporting units, and determination of the fair value product demand, production requirements and servicing of each reporting unit. We estimate the fair value of each reporting commitments. Several factors may influence the realizability of our unit using a discounted cash flow methodology. This requires us to inventories, including our decision to exit a product line, use significant judgment including estimation of future cash flows, technological changes and new product development. The which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long- provision for excess and/or obsolete raw materials and equipment term rate of growth for our business, the useful life over which cash inventories is based primarily on near term forecasts of product flows will occur, determination of our weighted average cost of demand and include consideration of new product introductions as capital, and relevant market data. well as changes in remanufacturing strategies. The provision for excess and/or obsolete service parts inventory is based primarily on projected servicing requirements over the life of the related equipment populations. Cost of sales in 2008 included a charge of $39 associated with an Office segment product line equipment and residual value write- off. The write-off was the result of a late 2008 change in strategy reflecting our decision to discontinue the remanufacture of end-of-lease returned inventory from a certain Office segment product line following an assessment of the current and expected market for these products. Other intangible assets primarily consist of assets obtained in connection with business acquisitions, including installed customer base and distribution network relationships, patents on existing technology and trademarks. We apply an impairment evaluation whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of our intangible assets may not be recoverable. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight- line basis over their estimated economic lives. We believe that the straight-line method of amortization reflects an appropriate allocation of the cost of the intangible assets to earnings in proportion to the amount of economic benefits obtained annually by the Company. Refer to Note 8 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Land, Buildings and Equipment and Equipment on Operating Leases Land, buildings and equipment are recorded at cost. Buildings and Net for further information. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. We review the recoverability of our long-lived assets, including Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the buildings, equipment, internal-use software and other intangible assets, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. Our primary measure of fair value is based on discounted cash flows. Treasury Stock We account for repurchased common stock under the cost method and include such treasury stock as a component of our Common shareholders’ equity. Retirement of Treasury stock is recorded as a reduction of Common stock and Additional paid-in-capital at the time such retirement is approved by our Board of Directors. Research, Development and Engineering (“R,D&E”) Research, development and engineering costs are expensed as incurred. R,D&E was $884, $912 and $922, for the three years ended December 31, 2008, respectively. Research and development (“R&D”) costs were $750 in 2008, $764 in 2007 and $761 in 2006. Sustaining engineering costs are incurred with respect to on-going product improvements or environmental compliance after initial product launch. Our sustaining engineering costs were $134, $148, and $161, for the three years ended December 31, 2008, respectively. Restructuring Charges Costs associated with exit or disposal activities, including lease termination costs and certain employee severance costs associated with restructuring, plant closing or other activity, are recognized when they are incurred. In those geographies where we have either a formal severance plan or a history of consistently providing severance benefits representing a substantive plan, we recognize severance costs when they are both probable and reasonably estimable. Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Obligations We sponsor pension plans in various forms in several countries covering substantially all employees who meet eligibility requirements. Post-retirement benefit plans cover U.S. and Canadian employees for retirement medical costs. We employ a delayed recognition feature in measuring the costs of pension and post-retirement benefit plans. This requires changes in the benefit obligations and changes in the value of assets set aside to meet those obligations to be recognized not as they occur, but systematically and gradually over subsequent periods. All changes are ultimately recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, except to the extent they may be offset by subsequent changes. At any point, changes that have been identified and quantified but not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, are recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset values related to our pension and post-retirement benefit plans. These factors include assumptions we make about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase in healthcare costs, the rate of future compensation increases, and mortality, among others. Actual returns on plan assets are not immediately recognized in our income statement, due to the delayed recognition requirement. In calculating the expected return on the plan asset component of our net periodic pension cost, we apply our estimate of the long-term rate of return to the plan assets that support our pension obligations, after deducting assets that are specifically allocated to Transitional Retirement Accounts (which are accounted for based on specific plan terms). For purposes of determining the expected return on plan assets, we utilize a calculated value approach in determining the value of the pension plan assets, as opposed to a fair market value approach. The primary difference between the two methods relates to systematic recognition of changes in fair value over time (generally two years) versus immediate recognition of changes in fair value. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is then applied to the calculated asset value to determine the amount of the expected return on plan assets to be used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost. The calculated value approach reduces the volatility in net periodic pension cost that results from using the fair market value approach. The discount rate is used to present value our future anticipated benefit obligations. In estimating our discount rate, we consider rates of return on high quality fixed-income investments included in various published bond indexes, adjusted to eliminate the effects of call provisions and differences in the timing and amounts of cash outflows related to the bonds, as well as, the expected timing of pension and other benefit payments. In the U.S. and the U.K., which comprise approximately 80% of our projected benefit obligation, we consider the Moody’s Aa Corporate Bond Index and the International Index Company’s iBoxx Sterling Corporate AA Cash Bond Index, respectively, in the determination of the appropriate discount rate assumptions. Refer to Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans for further information. 56 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 57 Text.indd 57 3/18/09 5:59:13 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Each year, the difference between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return on plan assets as well as increases or decreases in the benefit obligation as a result of changes in the discount rate are added to, or subtracted from, any cumulative actuarial gain or loss that arose in prior years. This resultant amount is the net actuarial gain or loss recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss and is subject to subsequent amortization to net periodic pension cost in future periods over the remaining service lives of the employees participating in the pension plan. Foreign Currency Translation The functional currency for most foreign operations is the local currency. Net assets are translated at current rates of exchange, and income, expense and cash flow items are translated at average exchange rates for the applicable period. The translation adjustments are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss. The U.S. Dollar is used as the functional currency for certain subsidiaries that conduct their business in U.S. Dollars or operate in hyperinflationary economies. A combination of current and historical exchange rates is used in remeasuring the local currency transactions of these subsidiaries and the resulting exchange adjustments are included in income. Aggregate foreign currency losses were $34, $8 and $39 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and are included in Other expenses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”) AOCL is composed of the following for the three years ending December 31, 2008: Income (loss): Cumulative translation adjustments Benefit plans net actuarial losses and prior service credits (includes our share of Fuji Xerox) Minimum pension liabilities Other unrealized gains Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss December 31, 2008 2007 2006 $(1,395) $ (31) $ (532) (1,021) — — (735) — 12 (1,097) (20) $(2,416) $(765) $(1,647) Note 2 – Segment Reporting Our reportable segments are consistent with how we manage the business and view the markets we serve. Our reportable segments are Production, Office and Other. The Production and Office segments are centered around strategic product groups which share common technology, manufacturing and product platforms, as well as classes of customers. The Production segment includes black-and-white products which operate at speeds over 90 pages per minute (“ppm”) excluding 95 ppm with an embedded controller and color products which operate at speeds over 40 ppm excluding 50, 60 and 70 ppm products with an embedded controller. Products include the Xerox iGen3 and iGen4 digital color production press, Xerox Nuvera®, DocuTech®, DocuPrint® and DocuColor families, as well as older technology light-lens products. These products are sold predominantly through direct sales channels to Fortune 1000, graphic arts, government, education and other public sector customers. The Office segment includes black-and-white products which operate at speeds up to 90 ppm as well as 95 ppm with an embedded controller and color products up to 40 ppm as well as 50, 60 and 70 ppm products with an embedded controller. Products include the suite of CopyCentre®, WorkCentre®, WorkCentre Pro and Phaser® digital multifunction systems, DocuColor color multifunction products, color laser, solid ink color printers and multifunction devices, monochrome laser desktop printers, digital and light-lens copiers and facsimile products and non-Xerox branded products with similar specifications. These products are sold through direct and indirect sales channels to global, national and mid-size commercial customers as well as government, education and other public sector customers. Approximately 75% of Global Imaging Systems’ (“GIS”) revenue is included in our Office segment representing those sales and services that align to our Office segment. The segment classified as Other includes several units, none of which met the thresholds for separate segment reporting. This group primarily includes Xerox Supplies Business Group (predominantly paper sales), value-added services, Wide Format Systems, Xerox Technology Enterprises, royalty and licensing revenues, GIS network integration solutions and electronic presentation systems, equity net income and non-allocated Corporate items. Other segment profit (loss) includes the operating results from these entities, other less significant businesses, our equity income from Fuji Xerox, and certain costs which have not been allocated to the Production and Office segments, including non-financing interest as well as other items included in Other expenses, net. Selected financial information for our Operating segments for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) was as follows: 2008(1) Revenues Finance income Total Segment Revenues Interest expense Segment profit (loss)(2) 2007(1) Revenues Finance income Total Segment Revenues Interest expense Segment profit (loss)(2) 2006(1) Revenues Finance income Total Segment Revenues Interest expense Segment profit (loss)(2) Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates Production Office Other Total $4,937 300 $5,237 $ 117 394 $ — $5,001 314 $5,315 $ 123 562 $ — $4,735 320 $5,055 $ 119 504 $ — $9,347 481 $9,828 $ 181 1,062 $ — $ 8,980 493 $9,473 $ 186 1,115 $ — $ 8,207 505 $8,712 $ 181 1,010 $ — $2,526 17 $2,543 $ 269 (165) $ 113 $ 2,425 15 $2,440 $ 270 (89) 97 $ $ 2,113 15 $2,128 $ 244 (124) $ 114 $16,810 798 $17,608 $ $ 567 1,291 113 $ 16,406 822 $17,228 $ $ 579 1,588 97 $ 15,055 840 $15,895 $ $ 544 1,390 114 Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates (1) Asset information on a segment basis is not disclosed as this information is not separately identified and internally reported to our chief executive officer. (2) Depreciation and amortization expense is recorded in cost of sales, research, development and engineering expenses and selling, administrative and general expenses and is included in the segment profit above. This information is neither identified nor internally reported to our chief executive officer. The separate identification of this information for purposes of segment disclosure is impracticable, as it is not readily available and the cost to develop it would be excessive. 58 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 59 Text.indd 58 3/18/09 5:59:14 PM Each year, the difference between the actual return on plan assets Note 2 – Segment Reporting Selected financial information for our Operating segments for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, was as follows: Production Office Other Total Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) 2008(1) Revenues Finance income Total Segment Revenues Interest expense Segment profit (loss)(2) Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates 2007(1) Revenues Finance income Total Segment Revenues Interest expense Segment profit (loss)(2) Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates 2006(1) Revenues Finance income Total Segment Revenues Interest expense Segment profit (loss)(2) Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates $4,937 300 $5,237 $ 117 394 $ — $5,001 314 $5,315 $ 123 562 $ — $4,735 320 $5,055 $ 119 504 $ — $9,347 481 $9,828 $ 181 1,062 $ — $ 8,980 493 $9,473 $ 186 1,115 $ — $ 8,207 505 $8,712 $ 181 1,010 $ — $2,526 17 $2,543 $ 269 (165) $ 113 $ 2,425 15 $2,440 $ 270 (89) 97 $ $ 2,113 15 $2,128 $ 244 (124) $ 114 $16,810 798 $17,608 $ $ 567 1,291 113 $ 16,406 822 $17,228 $ $ 579 1,588 97 $ 15,055 840 $15,895 $ $ 544 1,390 114 AOCL is composed of the following for the three years ending products are sold through direct and indirect sales channels to (1) Asset information on a segment basis is not disclosed as this information is not separately identified and internally reported to our chief executive officer. (2) Depreciation and amortization expense is recorded in cost of sales, research, development and engineering expenses and selling, administrative and general expenses and is included in the segment profit above. This information is neither identified nor internally reported to our chief executive officer. The separate identification of this information for purposes of segment disclosure is impracticable, as it is not readily available and the cost to develop it would be excessive. Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) and the expected return on plan assets as well as increases or decreases in the benefit obligation as a result of changes in the discount rate are added to, or subtracted from, any cumulative actuarial gain or loss that arose in prior years. This resultant amount is the net actuarial gain or loss recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss and is subject to subsequent amortization to net periodic pension cost in future periods over the remaining service lives of the employees participating in the pension plan. Foreign Currency Translation The functional currency for most foreign operations is the local currency. Net assets are translated at current rates of exchange, and income, expense and cash flow items are translated at average exchange rates for the applicable period. The translation adjustments are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss. The U.S. Dollar is used as the functional currency for certain subsidiaries that conduct their business in U.S. Dollars or operate in hyperinflationary economies. A combination of current and historical exchange rates is used in remeasuring the local currency transactions of these subsidiaries and the resulting exchange adjustments are included in income. Aggregate foreign currency losses were $34, $8 and $39 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and are included in Other expenses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”) December 31, 2008: Income (loss): Cumulative translation adjustments Benefit plans net actuarial losses and prior service credits Minimum pension liabilities Other unrealized gains Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss December 31, 2008 2007 2006 $(1,395) $ (31) $ (532) — — — 12 $(2,416) $(765) $(1,647) Our reportable segments are consistent with how we manage the business and view the markets we serve. Our reportable segments are Production, Office and Other. The Production and Office segments are centered around strategic product groups which share common technology, manufacturing and product platforms, as well as classes of customers. The Production segment includes black-and-white products which operate at speeds over 90 pages per minute (“ppm”) excluding 95 ppm with an embedded controller and color products which operate at speeds over 40 ppm excluding 50, 60 and 70 ppm products with an embedded controller. Products include the Xerox iGen3 and iGen4 digital color production press, Xerox Nuvera®, DocuTech®, DocuPrint® and DocuColor families, as well as older technology light-lens products. These products are sold predominantly through direct sales channels to Fortune 1000, graphic arts, government, education and other public sector customers. The Office segment includes black-and-white products which operate at speeds up to 90 ppm as well as 95 ppm with an embedded controller and color products up to 40 ppm as well as 50, 60 and 70 ppm products with an embedded controller. Products include the suite of CopyCentre®, WorkCentre®, WorkCentre Pro and Phaser® digital multifunction systems, DocuColor color multifunction products, color laser, solid ink color printers and multifunction devices, monochrome laser desktop printers, digital and light-lens copiers and facsimile products and non-Xerox branded products with similar specifications. These global, national and mid-size commercial customers as well as government, education and other public sector customers. Approximately 75% of Global Imaging Systems’ (“GIS”) revenue is included in our Office segment representing those sales and services that align to our Office segment. The segment classified as Other includes several units, none of which met the thresholds for separate segment reporting. This group primarily includes Xerox Supplies Business Group revenues, GIS network integration solutions and electronic presentation systems, equity net income and non-allocated Corporate items. Other segment profit (loss) includes the operating results from these entities, other less significant businesses, our equity income from Fuji Xerox, and certain costs which have not been allocated to the Production and Office segments, including non-financing interest as well as other items included in Other expenses, net. (includes our share of Fuji Xerox) (1,021) (735) (1,097) (predominantly paper sales), value-added services, Wide Format (20) Systems, Xerox Technology Enterprises, royalty and licensing 58 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 59 Text.indd 59 3/18/09 5:59:15 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) The following is a reconciliation of segment profit to pre-tax income: Total Segment profit Reconciling items: Restructuring and asset impairment charges Restructuring charges of Fuji Xerox Litigation matters(1) Equipment write-off Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates Other Year Ended December 31, 2008 $1,291 2007 $ 1,588 2006 $1,390 (429) (16) (774) (39) (113) (34) 6 (30) — — (97) (29) (385) — (68) — (114) (15) Pre-tax (loss) income $ (114) $1,438 $ 808 (1) The 2008 provision for litigation represents $670 for the Carlson v. Xerox Corporation court approved settlement, as well as provisions for other litigation matters including $36 for the probable loss related to the Brazil labor related contingencies. The 2006 provision for litigation represents $68 related to probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies. Refer to Note 16 – Contingencies for further discussion. Geographic area data is based upon the location of the subsidiary reporting the revenue or long-lived assets and is as follows: United States Europe Other Areas Total 2008 $ 9,122 6,011 2,475 $17,608 Revenues 2007 $ 9,078 5,888 2,262 $17,228 2006 $ 8,406 5,378 2,111 $15,895 2008 $1,386 680 248 $2,314 Long-Lived Assets(1) 2007 $ 1,375 746 341 $2,462 2006 $ 1,309 572 356 $2,237 (1) Long-lived assets are comprised of (i) land, buildings and equipment, net, (ii) equipment on operating leases, net, (iii) internal use software, net and (iv) capitalized software costs, net. Note 3 – Acquisitions Veenman B.V. In June 2008, we acquired Veenman B.V. (“Veenman”), expanding our reach into the small and mid-sized business market in Europe, for approximately $69 (€44 million) in cash, including transaction costs. Veenman is the Netherlands’ leading independent distributor of office printers, copiers and multifunction devices serving small and mid-size businesses. The operating results of Veenman are not material to our financial statements, and are included within our Office segment from the date of acquisition. The purchase price was primarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill based on third-party valuations and management’s estimates. Global Imaging Systems, Inc. Income as of May 9, 2007. Refer to Note 2 – Segment Reporting for a discussion of the segment classification of GIS. The total cost of the acquisition has been allocated to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their respective estimated fair values. Goodwill of $1,335 and intangible assets of $363 were recorded in connection with the acquisition based on third-party valuations and management’s estimates for those acquired intangible assets. The majority of the goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes and the primary elements that generated goodwill are the value of the acquired assembled workforce, specialized processes and procedures and operating synergies, none of which qualify as a separate intangible asset. Intangible assets included customer relationships of $189 with a 12 year weighted average useful life and tradenames of $174 with a 20 year weighted average useful life. In 2007, we acquired GIS, a provider of office technology for small and mid-size businesses in the United States. The acquisition of GIS expanded our access to the U.S. small and mid-size business market. The aggregate purchase price was approximately $1.5 billion. In addition, in connection with the closing, we also repaid $200 of GIS’s then outstanding bank debt. The results of operations for GIS are included in our Consolidated Statements of The unaudited pro forma results presented below include the effects of the GIS acquisition as if it had been consummated as of January 1, 2006. The pro forma results include the amortization associated with the estimated value of acquired intangible assets and interest expense associated with debt used to fund the acquisition. However, pro forma results do not include any anticipated synergies or other expected benefits of the acquisition. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma financial information below the date of acquisition. The purchase price was primarily allocated is not necessarily indicative of either future results of operations or to intangible assets and goodwill based on third-party valuations results that might have been achieved had the acquisition been and management’s estimates. consummated as of January 1, 2006. Year Ended December 31, Amici LLC 2007 $17,619 1,139 1.22 1.20 2006 1,222 1.26 1.23 In 2006, we acquired all of the net assets of Amici LLC (“Amici”), a $16,992 provider of electronic-discovery (e-discovery) services, for $175 in Revenue Net income Basic earnings per share Diluted earnings per share GIS Acquisitions In May 2008, GIS acquired Saxon Business Systems, an office equipment supplier in Florida, for approximately $69 in cash, including transaction costs. GIS acquired three other similar businesses in 2008 for a total of $17 in cash. In 2007, GIS acquired four businesses that provide office-imaging solutions and related services for $39 in cash. These acquisitions continue GIS’s development of a national network of office technology suppliers to serve its expanding base of small and mid-size businesses. The operating results of these acquired entities are not material to our financial statements and are included within our Office segment from the date of acquisition. The purchase prices were primarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill based on third-party valuations and management’s estimates. Advectis, Inc. In 2007, we acquired Advectis, Inc. (“Advectis”), a privately-owned provider of a web-based solution to electronically manage the process needed to underwrite, audit, collaborate, deliver and archive mortgage loan documents, for $30 in cash. The operating results of Advectis are not material to our financial statements, and are included within our Other segment from the date of acquisition. The purchase price was primarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill based on management’s estimates. XMPie, Inc. cash, including transaction costs. Amici provides comprehensive litigation discovery management services, including the conversion, hosting and production of electronic and hardcopy documents. Amici also provides consulting and professional services to assist attorneys in the discovery process. The operating results of Amici were not material to our financial statements and are included within our Other segment from the date of acquisition. The purchase price was allocated to Net assets $2, Intangible assets $37 (consisting of customer relationships of $29 and software of $8), and Goodwill of $136. The primary elements that generated the Goodwill are the value of synergies and the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualify as a separate intangible asset. The allocations were based on third-party valuations and management’s estimates. Note 4 – Receivables, Net Finance Receivables Finance receivables result from installment arrangements and sales-type leases arising from the marketing of our equipment. These receivables are typically collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets. Finance receivables, net at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Gross receivables Unearned income Residual values Allowance for doubtful accounts Finance receivables, net Less: Billed portion of finance receivables, Current portion of finance receivables not 2008 2007 $ 8,718 $ 9,643 (1,273) (1,461) 31 (198) 69 (203) 7,278 8,048 (254) (304) (2,461) (2,693) $ 4,563 $ 5,051 In 2006, we acquired the stock of XMPie, Inc. (“XMPie”), a provider net of variable information software, for $54 in cash, including transaction costs. XMPie’s software enables printers and marketers billed, net to create and print personalized and customized marketing materials to help improve response rates. We had an existing Amounts due after one year, net relationship with XMPie, as its largest reseller, and its software is Contractual maturities of our gross finance receivables as of primarily sold together with our Production systems including the December 31, 2008 were as follows (including those already billed iGen3. of $254: The operating results of XMPie are not material to our financial 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Thereafter Total statements, and are included within our Production segment from $3,288 $2,414 $1,690 $953 $335 $38 $8,718 60 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 61 Text.indd 60 3/18/09 5:59:16 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) The following is a reconciliation of segment profit to pre-tax income: Total Segment profit Reconciling items: Litigation matters(1) Equipment write-off Other Pre-tax (loss) income Restructuring and asset impairment charges Restructuring charges of Fuji Xerox Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates Year Ended December 31, 2008 $1,291 2007 $ 1,588 2006 $1,390 (429) (16) (774) (39) (113) (34) 6 (30) — — (97) (29) (385) — (68) — (114) (15) $ (114) $1,438 $ 808 (1) The 2008 provision for litigation represents $670 for the Carlson v. Xerox Corporation court approved settlement, as well as provisions for other litigation matters including $36 for the probable loss related to the Brazil labor related contingencies. The 2006 provision for litigation represents $68 related to probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies. Refer to Note 16 – Contingencies for further discussion. Geographic area data is based upon the location of the subsidiary reporting the revenue or long-lived assets and is as follows: United States Europe Other Areas Total 2008 $ 9,122 6,011 2,475 $17,608 Revenues 2007 $ 9,078 5,888 2,262 $17,228 2006 $ 8,406 5,378 2,111 $15,895 2008 $1,386 680 248 $2,314 Long-Lived Assets(1) 2007 $ 1,375 746 341 $2,462 2006 $ 1,309 572 356 $2,237 (1) Long-lived assets are comprised of (i) land, buildings and equipment, net, (ii) equipment on operating leases, net, (iii) internal use software, net and (iv) capitalized software costs, net. Note 3 – Acquisitions Veenman B.V. In June 2008, we acquired Veenman B.V. (“Veenman”), expanding our reach into the small and mid-sized business market in Europe, for approximately $69 (€44 million) in cash, including transaction costs. Veenman is the Netherlands’ leading independent distributor of office printers, copiers and multifunction devices serving small and mid-size businesses. The operating results of Veenman are not material to our financial statements, and are included within our Office segment from the date of acquisition. The purchase price was primarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill based on third-party valuations and management’s estimates. Global Imaging Systems, Inc. Income as of May 9, 2007. Refer to Note 2 – Segment Reporting for a discussion of the segment classification of GIS. The total cost of the acquisition has been allocated to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their respective estimated fair values. Goodwill of $1,335 and intangible assets of $363 were recorded in connection with the acquisition based on third-party valuations and management’s estimates for those acquired intangible assets. The majority of the goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes and the primary elements that generated goodwill are the value of the acquired assembled workforce, specialized processes and procedures and operating synergies, none of which qualify as a separate intangible asset. Intangible assets included customer relationships of $189 with a 12 year weighted average useful life and tradenames of $174 with a 20 year weighted average useful life. In 2007, we acquired GIS, a provider of office technology for small The unaudited pro forma results presented below include the and mid-size businesses in the United States. The acquisition of effects of the GIS acquisition as if it had been consummated as of GIS expanded our access to the U.S. small and mid-size business January 1, 2006. The pro forma results include the amortization market. The aggregate purchase price was approximately $1.5 associated with the estimated value of acquired intangible assets billion. In addition, in connection with the closing, we also repaid and interest expense associated with debt used to fund the $200 of GIS’s then outstanding bank debt. The results of acquisition. However, pro forma results do not include any operations for GIS are included in our Consolidated Statements of anticipated synergies or other expected benefits of the acquisition. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma financial information below is not necessarily indicative of either future results of operations or results that might have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of January 1, 2006. the date of acquisition. The purchase price was primarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill based on third-party valuations and management’s estimates. Year Ended December 31, Amici LLC Revenue Net income Basic earnings per share Diluted earnings per share GIS Acquisitions 2007 $17,619 1,139 1.22 1.20 2006 $16,992 1,222 1.26 1.23 In May 2008, GIS acquired Saxon Business Systems, an office equipment supplier in Florida, for approximately $69 in cash, including transaction costs. GIS acquired three other similar businesses in 2008 for a total of $17 in cash. In 2007, GIS acquired four businesses that provide office-imaging solutions and related services for $39 in cash. These acquisitions continue GIS’s development of a national network of office technology suppliers to serve its expanding base of small and mid-size businesses. The operating results of these acquired entities are not material to our financial statements and are included within our Office segment from the date of acquisition. The purchase prices were primarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill based on third-party valuations and management’s estimates. Advectis, Inc. In 2007, we acquired Advectis, Inc. (“Advectis”), a privately-owned provider of a web-based solution to electronically manage the process needed to underwrite, audit, collaborate, deliver and archive mortgage loan documents, for $30 in cash. The operating results of Advectis are not material to our financial statements, and are included within our Other segment from the date of acquisition. The purchase price was primarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill based on management’s estimates. XMPie, Inc. In 2006, we acquired the stock of XMPie, Inc. (“XMPie”), a provider of variable information software, for $54 in cash, including transaction costs. XMPie’s software enables printers and marketers to create and print personalized and customized marketing materials to help improve response rates. We had an existing relationship with XMPie, as its largest reseller, and its software is primarily sold together with our Production systems including the iGen3. In 2006, we acquired all of the net assets of Amici LLC (“Amici”), a provider of electronic-discovery (e-discovery) services, for $175 in cash, including transaction costs. Amici provides comprehensive litigation discovery management services, including the conversion, hosting and production of electronic and hardcopy documents. Amici also provides consulting and professional services to assist attorneys in the discovery process. The operating results of Amici were not material to our financial statements and are included within our Other segment from the date of acquisition. The purchase price was allocated to Net assets $2, Intangible assets $37 (consisting of customer relationships of $29 and software of $8), and Goodwill of $136. The primary elements that generated the Goodwill are the value of synergies and the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualify as a separate intangible asset. The allocations were based on third-party valuations and management’s estimates. Note 4 – Receivables, Net Finance Receivables Finance receivables result from installment arrangements and sales-type leases arising from the marketing of our equipment. These receivables are typically collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets. Finance receivables, net at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Gross receivables Unearned income Residual values Allowance for doubtful accounts Finance receivables, net Less: Billed portion of finance receivables, net Current portion of finance receivables not billed, net Amounts due after one year, net 2008 2007 $ 8,718 (1,273) 31 (198) $ 9,643 (1,461) 69 (203) 7,278 8,048 (254) (304) (2,461) (2,693) $ 4,563 $ 5,051 Contractual maturities of our gross finance receivables as of December 31, 2008 were as follows (including those already billed of $254: The operating results of XMPie are not material to our financial statements, and are included within our Production segment from 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Thereafter Total $3,288 $2,414 $1,690 $953 $335 $38 $8,718 60 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 61 Text.indd 61 3/18/09 5:59:17 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Secured Borrowings We have an agreement in the U.S. (the “Loan Agreement”) under which General Electric Capital Corporation, a subsidiary of GE, provides secured funding for our customer leasing activities in the U.S. The maximum potential level of borrowing under this agreement is a function of the size of the portfolio of finance receivables generated by us that meet GE’s funding requirements and cannot exceed $5 billion. Under this agreement, lease originations to be funded by GE are transferred to a wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary. The funds received under this agreement are recorded as secured borrowings and together with the associated lease receivables are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We and GE intended for the transfers of the lease contracts to be “true sales at law” and that the wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary be bankruptcy remote and have received opinions to that effect from outside legal counsel. As a result, the transferred receivables are not available to satisfy any of our other obligations. The final funding date for the U.S. facility is December 2010. There have been no new borrowings under the Loan Agreement since December 2005. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, net encumbered finance receivables were $104 and $377, respectively, and secured debt associated with those receivables was $56 and $275, respectively. Accounts Receivable Sales Arrangements We have a facility in Europe that enables us to sell, on an on-going basis, certain accounts receivables without recourse to a third- party. During 2008 and 2007, we sold approximately $717 and $326, respectively, of accounts receivables under this facility. Fees associated with these sales were $4 and $2, respectively. Of the amounts sold, $178 and $170 remained uncollected by the third- party as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we also sold an additional $43 of accounts receivable in Europe without recourse under a separate one-time factoring arrangement. Note 5 – Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net Inventories at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Finished goods Work-in-process Raw materials Total Inventories 2008 $1,044 80 108 $1,232 2007 $ 1,099 70 136 $1,305 The transfer of equipment from our inventories to equipment subject to an operating lease is presented in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the operating activities section as a non-cash adjustment. Equipment on operating leases and similar arrangements consists of our equipment rented to customers and depreciated to estimated salvage value at the end of the lease term. We recorded $115, $66 and $69 in inventory write-down charges for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Equipment on operating leases and the related accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Equipment on operating leases Less: Accumulated depreciation Equipment on operating leases, net 2008 2007 $1,507 (913) $ 594 $1,435 (848) $ 587 Depreciable lives generally vary from three to four years consistent with our planned and historical usage of the equipment subject to operating leases. Depreciation and obsolescence expense for equipment on operating leases was $298, $269 and $230 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our equipment operating lease terms vary, generally from 12 to 36 months. Scheduled minimum future rental revenues on operating leases with original terms of one year or longer are: 2009 $380 2010 $282 2011 $183 2012 $86 2013 $38 Thereafter $21 Total contingent rentals on operating leases, consisting principally of usage charges in excess of minimum contracted amounts, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 amounted to $117, $117 and $112, respectively. Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net Land, buildings and equipment, net at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Land Buildings and building equipment Leasehold improvements Plant machinery Office furniture and equipment Other Construction in progress Subtotal Less: Accumulated depreciation Land, buildings and equipment, net Estimated Useful Lives (Years) 25 to 50 Varies 5 to 12 3 to 15 4 to 20 — 2008 2007 $ 45 $ 1,156 372 1,597 973 100 95 48 1,208 371 1,710 998 86 88 4,338 (2,919) 4,509 (2,922) $ 1,419 $ 1,587 Depreciation expense and operating lease rent expense for the Note 7 – Investments in Affiliates, at Equity three years ended December 31, 2008 were as follows: Depreciation expense Operating lease rent expense(1) 2008 $257 $252 2007 $262 $286 2006 $277 $269 Investments in corporate joint ventures and other companies in which we generally have a 20% to 50% ownership interest at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: 2008 $1,028 52 $1,080 2007 $887 45 $932 (1) We lease certain land, buildings and equipment, substantially all Fuji Xerox of which are accounted for as operating leases. All other equity investments Future minimum operating lease commitments that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2008 were as follows: 2009 $223 2010 $188 2011 $151 2012 $100 2013 $84 Thereafter $123 EDS Contract: We have an information management contract with Electronic Data Systems Corp. (“EDS”) through June 30, 2009. Services to be provided under this contract include support for global mainframe system processing, application maintenance, Investments in affiliates, at equity Fuji Xerox is headquartered in Tokyo and operates in Japan, China, Australia, New Zealand and other areas of the Pacific Rim. Our investment in Fuji Xerox of $1,028 at December 31, 2008, differs from our implied 25% interest in the underlying net assets, or $1,139, due primarily to our deferral of gains resulting from sales of assets by us to Fuji Xerox, partially offset by goodwill related to the Fuji Xerox investment established at the time we acquired our remaining 20% of Xerox Limited from The Rank Group plc. workplace and service desk, voice and data network management Our equity in net income of our unconsolidated affiliates for the and server management. In 2008, the contracts for global three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: mainframe system processing and workplace and service desk were extended through December 2013 and March 2014, respectively. In January 2009, the contract for voice and data network management services was revised and extended through March Fuji Xerox Other investments 2014. There are no minimum payments required under this Total 2008 $101 12 $113 2007 $89 87 $97 2006 $107 $114 contract. The amounts disclosed in the table reflect our estimate of probable minimum payments for the periods shown. We can terminate the contract for convenience with six months notice, as defined in the contract, with no termination fee and with payment to EDS for costs incurred as of the termination date. Should we terminate the contract for convenience, we have an option to purchase the assets placed in service under the EDS contract. Payments to EDS, which are primarily recorded in selling, Equity in net income of Fuji Xerox is affected by certain adjustments to reflect the deferral of profit associated with intercompany sales. These adjustments may result in recorded equity income that is different than that implied by our 25% ownership interest. Equity income for 2008 and 2007 includes after-tax restructuring charges of $16 and $30, respectively, primarily reflecting employee related costs as part of Fuji Xerox’s administrative and general expenses, were $279, $294 and $288 continued cost-reduction actions to improve its competitive for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, position. respectively. In January 2009, we entered into a three year contract with Verizon Business to provide data network transport services. There are annual volume commitments included in the contract of $5, $7 and $8 for the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. We expect to meet the minimum volume commitments throughout the course of the contract. 62 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 63 Text.indd 62 3/18/09 5:59:18 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Secured Borrowings We have an agreement in the U.S. (the “Loan Agreement”) under which General Electric Capital Corporation, a subsidiary of GE, provides secured funding for our customer leasing activities in the U.S. The maximum potential level of borrowing under this agreement is a function of the size of the portfolio of finance Statements of Cash Flows in the operating activities section as a non-cash adjustment. Equipment on operating leases and similar arrangements consists of our equipment rented to customers and depreciated to estimated salvage value at the end of the lease term. We recorded $115, $66 and $69 in inventory write-down charges for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Depreciation expense and operating lease rent expense for the three years ended December 31, 2008 were as follows: Depreciation expense Operating lease rent expense(1) 2008 $257 $252 2007 $262 $286 2006 $277 $269 receivables generated by us that meet GE’s funding requirements Equipment on operating leases and the related accumulated and cannot exceed $5 billion. depreciation at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: (1) We lease certain land, buildings and equipment, substantially all of which are accounted for as operating leases. Fuji Xerox All other equity investments Under this agreement, lease originations to be funded by GE are transferred to a wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary. The funds received under this agreement are recorded as secured borrowings and together with the associated lease receivables are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We and GE intended for the transfers of the lease contracts to be “true sales at law” and that the wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary be bankruptcy remote and have received opinions to that effect from outside legal counsel. As a result, the transferred receivables are not available to satisfy any of our other obligations. The final funding date for the U.S. facility is December 2010. There have been no new borrowings under the Loan Agreement since December 2005. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, net encumbered finance receivables were $104 and $377, respectively, and secured debt associated with those receivables was $56 and $275, respectively. Accounts Receivable Sales Arrangements We have a facility in Europe that enables us to sell, on an on-going basis, certain accounts receivables without recourse to a third- party. During 2008 and 2007, we sold approximately $717 and $326, respectively, of accounts receivables under this facility. Fees associated with these sales were $4 and $2, respectively. Of the amounts sold, $178 and $170 remained uncollected by the third- party as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we also sold an additional $43 of accounts receivable in Europe without recourse under a separate one-time factoring arrangement. Equipment on operating leases Less: Accumulated depreciation Equipment on operating leases, net 2008 2007 $1,507 (913) $ 594 $1,435 (848) $ 587 Depreciable lives generally vary from three to four years consistent with our planned and historical usage of the equipment subject to operating leases. Depreciation and obsolescence expense for equipment on operating leases was $298, $269 and $230 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our equipment operating lease terms vary, generally from 12 to 36 months. Scheduled minimum future rental revenues on operating leases with original terms of one year or longer are: 2009 $380 2010 $282 2011 $183 2012 $86 2013 $38 Thereafter $21 Total contingent rentals on operating leases, consisting principally of usage charges in excess of minimum contracted amounts, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 amounted to $117, $117 and $112, respectively. Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net Land, buildings and equipment, net at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Estimated Useful Lives (Years) 2008 2007 Note 5 – Inventories and Equipment on Operating Land Inventories at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Buildings and building equipment 25 to 50 Leasehold improvements Plant machinery Office furniture and equipment Construction in progress Varies 5 to 12 3 to 15 4 to 20 — 2008 $1,044 80 108 2007 $ 1,099 70 136 Other Subtotal net $1,232 $1,305 Land, buildings and equipment, Less: Accumulated depreciation $ 45 $ 48 1,156 372 1,597 973 100 95 1,208 371 1,710 998 86 88 4,338 4,509 (2,919) (2,922) $ 1,419 $ 1,587 Leases, Net Finished goods Work-in-process Raw materials Total Inventories The transfer of equipment from our inventories to equipment subject to an operating lease is presented in our Consolidated Future minimum operating lease commitments that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2008 were as follows: 2009 $223 2010 $188 2011 $151 2012 $100 2013 $84 Thereafter $123 EDS Contract: We have an information management contract with Electronic Data Systems Corp. (“EDS”) through June 30, 2009. Services to be provided under this contract include support for global mainframe system processing, application maintenance, workplace and service desk, voice and data network management and server management. In 2008, the contracts for global mainframe system processing and workplace and service desk were extended through December 2013 and March 2014, respectively. In January 2009, the contract for voice and data network management services was revised and extended through March 2014. There are no minimum payments required under this contract. The amounts disclosed in the table reflect our estimate of probable minimum payments for the periods shown. We can terminate the contract for convenience with six months notice, as defined in the contract, with no termination fee and with payment to EDS for costs incurred as of the termination date. Should we terminate the contract for convenience, we have an option to purchase the assets placed in service under the EDS contract. Payments to EDS, which are primarily recorded in selling, administrative and general expenses, were $279, $294 and $288 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In January 2009, we entered into a three year contract with Verizon Business to provide data network transport services. There are annual volume commitments included in the contract of $5, $7 and $8 for the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. We expect to meet the minimum volume commitments throughout the course of the contract. Note 7 – Investments in Affiliates, at Equity Investments in corporate joint ventures and other companies in which we generally have a 20% to 50% ownership interest at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: 2008 $1,028 52 $1,080 2007 $887 45 $932 Investments in affiliates, at equity Fuji Xerox is headquartered in Tokyo and operates in Japan, China, Australia, New Zealand and other areas of the Pacific Rim. Our investment in Fuji Xerox of $1,028 at December 31, 2008, differs from our implied 25% interest in the underlying net assets, or $1,139, due primarily to our deferral of gains resulting from sales of assets by us to Fuji Xerox, partially offset by goodwill related to the Fuji Xerox investment established at the time we acquired our remaining 20% of Xerox Limited from The Rank Group plc. Our equity in net income of our unconsolidated affiliates for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: Fuji Xerox Other investments Total 2008 $101 12 $113 2007 $89 87 $97 2006 $107 $114 Equity in net income of Fuji Xerox is affected by certain adjustments to reflect the deferral of profit associated with intercompany sales. These adjustments may result in recorded equity income that is different than that implied by our 25% ownership interest. Equity income for 2008 and 2007 includes after-tax restructuring charges of $16 and $30, respectively, primarily reflecting employee related costs as part of Fuji Xerox’s continued cost-reduction actions to improve its competitive position. 62 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 63 Text.indd 63 3/18/09 5:59:19 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Condensed financial data of Fuji Xerox for the three calendar years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: Yen/U.S. Dollar exchange rates used to translate above are as follows: Note 8 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net Summary of Operations Revenues Costs and expenses Income before income taxes Income taxes Minorities’ interests Net income Balance Sheet Assets: Current assets Long-term assets Total Assets Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity: Current liabilities Long-term debt Other long-term liabilities Minorities’ interests in equity of subsidiaries Shareholders’ equity Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ 2008 2007 2006 $11,190 $10,218 $ 9,859 9,119 10,451 9,565 739 287 7 740 281 653 252 65 $ 445 $ 395 $ 454 $ 4,734 $ 4,242 $ 3,731 4,184 5,470 4,639 $10,204 $ 8,881 $7,915 $ 3,534 $ 3,322 $ 2,954 685 590 996 1,095 900 746 23 4,556 25 3,888 21 3,665 Equity $10,204 $ 8,881 $7,915 Summary of Operations Balance Sheet Exchange Basis Weighted 2008 2007 2006 Average Rate 103.31 117.53 116.36 90.28 112.55 118.89 Year-End Rate In 2008, 2007 and 2006, we received dividends of $56, $37 and $41, respectively, which were reflected as a reduction in our investment. Additionally, we have a technology agreement with Fuji Xerox whereby we receive royalty payments for their use of our Xerox brand trademark, as well as rights to access their patent portfolio in exchange for access to our patent portfolio. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, we earned royalty revenues under our Technology Agreement of $112, $108 and $117, respectively, which are included in Service, outsourcing and rental revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Income. We also have arrangements with Fuji Xerox whereby we purchase inventory from and sell inventory to Fuji Xerox. Pricing of the transactions under these arrangements is based upon negotiations conducted at arm’s length. Our purchase commitments with Fuji Xerox are in the normal course of business and typically have a lead time of three months. Purchases from and sales to Fuji Xerox for the three years ended December 31, 2008 were as follows: Sales Purchases 2008 2007 2006 $ 162 $2,150 $ 186 $1,946 $ 168 $1,677 In addition to the amounts described above, in 2008, 2007 and 2006, we paid Fuji Xerox $34, $30 and $28, respectively, and Fuji Xerox paid us $5, $3 and $3, in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for unique research and development. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, amounts due to Fuji Xerox were $194 and $205, respectively. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reportable segment, for the three years ended Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Goodwill December 31, 2008: Balance at December 31, 2005 Foreign currency translation adjustment Acquisition of Amici LLC Acquisition of XMPie, Inc. Balance at December 31, 2006 Foreign currency translation adjustment Acquisition of GIS Acquisition of Advectis, Inc. GIS Acquisitions Other Balance at December 31, 2007 Foreign currency translation adjustment Acquisition of Veenman B.V. GIS acquisitions Purchase Price allocation adjustment – GIS Balance at December 31, 2008 Intangible Assets, Net 2008 and 2007: Customer base Distribution network Trademarks Total Technology, patents and non-compete $ 892 $ 876 $ 256 $2,024 1,218 1,323 Production $ 745 Office $ 807 Other $ 119 99 — 48 21 — — — — — — — $ 913 (233) 69 — — 17 — 30 —4 $2,141 (161) 44 73 120 1 136 — — 105 26 3 $ 394 (1) — — (108) $ 285 Total $1,671 169 136 48 38 26 33 4 44 73 12 $3,448 (395) $ 680 $2,217 $3,182 In 2008, we finalized the GIS purchase price allocation. As a result, the $108 of Goodwill reflected in our Other segment in 2007 was reallocated to our Office segment. This adjustment aligned goodwill to the reporting unit benefiting from the synergies of the purchase. Intangible assets primarily relate to the Office operating segment. Intangible assets were comprised of the following as of December 31, Weighted Average Amortization Period 14 years 25 years 20 years 6 years Gross Carrying Amount $492 123 191 40 $846 December 31, 2008 December 31, 2007 Accumulated Net Amortization Amount Accumulated Net Amortization Amount Gross Carrying Amount $155 $337 $462 $118 $344 44 15 22 79 176 18 123 175 39 39 6 15 84 169 24 $236 $610 $799 $178 $621 Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $58, $46, and $45 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and, excluding the impact of additional acquisitions, is expected to approximate $58 annually from 2009 through 2013. Amortization expense is primarily recorded in Other expenses, net, with the exception of amortization expense associated with licensed technology, which is recorded in Cost of sales and Cost of service, outsourcing and rentals, as appropriate. 64 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 65 Text.indd 64 3/18/09 5:59:20 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: follows: Summary of Operations Revenues Costs and expenses Income before income taxes Income taxes Minorities’ interests Net income Balance Sheet Assets: Current assets Long-term assets Total Assets Current liabilities Long-term debt Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity: Other long-term liabilities Minorities’ interests in equity of subsidiaries Shareholders’ equity Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ $ 4,734 $ 4,242 $ 3,731 5,470 4,639 4,184 $10,204 $ 8,881 $7,915 $ 3,534 $ 3,322 $ 2,954 996 1,095 900 746 685 590 23 25 21 4,556 3,888 3,665 Equity $10,204 $ 8,881 $7,915 2008 2007 2006 Exchange Basis 2008 2007 2006 $11,190 $10,218 $ 9,859 10,451 9,565 9,119 Balance Sheet Average Rate 103.31 117.53 116.36 Year-End Rate 90.28 112.55 118.89 Summary of Operations Weighted 739 287 7 740 281 653 252 65 In 2008, 2007 and 2006, we received dividends of $56, $37 and $41, respectively, which were reflected as a reduction in our investment. Additionally, we have a technology agreement with $ 445 $ 395 $ 454 Fuji Xerox whereby we receive royalty payments for their use of our Xerox brand trademark, as well as rights to access their patent portfolio in exchange for access to our patent portfolio. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, we earned royalty revenues under our Technology Agreement of $112, $108 and $117, respectively, which are included in Service, outsourcing and rental revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Income. We also have arrangements with Fuji Xerox whereby we purchase inventory from and sell inventory to Fuji Xerox. Pricing of the transactions under these arrangements is based upon negotiations conducted at arm’s length. Our purchase commitments with Fuji Xerox are in the normal course of business and typically have a lead time of three months. Purchases from and sales to Fuji Xerox for the three years ended December 31, 2008 were as follows: Sales Purchases 2008 2007 2006 $ 162 $2,150 $ 186 $1,946 $ 168 $1,677 In addition to the amounts described above, in 2008, 2007 and 2006, we paid Fuji Xerox $34, $30 and $28, respectively, and Fuji Xerox paid us $5, $3 and $3, in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for unique research and development. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, amounts due to Fuji Xerox were $194 and $205, respectively. Condensed financial data of Fuji Xerox for the three calendar years Yen/U.S. Dollar exchange rates used to translate above are as Note 8 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Goodwill The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reportable segment, for the three years ended December 31, 2008: Balance at December 31, 2005 Foreign currency translation adjustment Acquisition of Amici LLC Acquisition of XMPie, Inc. Balance at December 31, 2006 Foreign currency translation adjustment Acquisition of GIS Acquisition of Advectis, Inc. GIS Acquisitions Other Balance at December 31, 2007 Foreign currency translation adjustment Acquisition of Veenman B.V. GIS acquisitions Purchase Price allocation adjustment – GIS Balance at December 31, 2008 Production $ 745 99 — 48 $ 892 21 — — — — $ 913 (233) — — — $ 680 Office $ 807 69 — — $ 876 17 1,218 — 30 —4 $2,141 (161) 44 73 120 $2,217 Other $ 119 1 136 — $ 256 — 105 26 3 $ 394 (1) — — (108) $ 285 Total $1,671 169 136 48 $2,024 38 1,323 26 33 4 $3,448 (395) 44 73 12 $3,182 In 2008, we finalized the GIS purchase price allocation. As a result, the $108 of Goodwill reflected in our Other segment in 2007 was reallocated to our Office segment. This adjustment aligned goodwill to the reporting unit benefiting from the synergies of the purchase. Intangible Assets, Net Intangible assets primarily relate to the Office operating segment. Intangible assets were comprised of the following as of December 31, 2008 and 2007: Customer base Distribution network Trademarks Technology, patents and non-compete Total Weighted Average Amortization Period 14 years 25 years 20 years 6 years December 31, 2008 December 31, 2007 Gross Carrying Amount $492 123 191 40 $846 Accumulated Amortization Net Amount $155 44 15 22 $236 $337 79 176 18 $610 Gross Carrying Amount $462 123 175 39 $799 Accumulated Amortization Net Amount $118 39 6 15 $178 $344 84 169 24 $621 Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $58, $46, and $45 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and, excluding the impact of additional acquisitions, is expected to approximate $58 annually from 2009 through 2013. Amortization expense is primarily recorded in Other expenses, net, with the exception of amortization expense associated with licensed technology, which is recorded in Cost of sales and Cost of service, outsourcing and rentals, as appropriate. 64 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 65 Text.indd 65 3/18/09 5:59:21 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Note 9 – Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges Reconciliation to Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows primarily related to: (i) the relocation of certain manufacturing The net restructuring and asset impairment charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income totaled $429, $(6) and $385 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Detailed information related to restructuring program activity during the three years ended December 31, 2008 is outlined below: Restructuring Activity Balance December 31, 2005 Restructuring provision Reversals of prior accruals Net current year charges(2) Charges against reserve and currency Balance December 31, 2006 Restructuring provision Reversals of prior accruals Net current year charges(2) Charges against reserve and currency Balance December 31, 2007 Restructuring provision Reversals of prior accruals Net current year charges(2) Charges against reserve and currency Balance December 31, 2008(3) Severance and Related Costs Lease Cancellation and Other Costs Asset Impairments(1) $ 217 351 (33) 318 (242) $ 293 27 (38) (11) (211) $ 71 363 (6) 357 (108) $ 320 $ 19 39 (2) 37 (12) $ 44 7 (3) 4 (10) $ 38 20 (1) 19 (25) $ 32 $ — 30 — 30 (30) $ — 1 — 1 (1) $ — 53 — 53 (53) $ — Total $ 236 420 (35) 385 (284) $ 337 35 (41) (6) (222) $ 109 436 (7) 429 (186) $ 352 (1) (2) Charges associated with asset impairments represent the write-down of the related assets to their new cost basis and are recorded concurrently with the recognition of the provision. Represents amount recognized within the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years shown. (3) We expect to utilize the majority of the December 31, 2008 restructuring balance in 2009. Charges to reserve Asset impairments Effects of foreign currency and other non-cash items 2 (14) (11) Cash payments for restructurings $(131) $(235) $(265) Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 $(186) $(222) $(284) 53 1 30 operations including the closing of our toner plant in Oklahoma City and the consolidation of our manufacturing operations in Ireland; and (ii) the exit from certain leased and owned facilities as a result of the actions noted above. 2007 Activity Restructuring activity was minimal in 2007 and the related charges primarily reflected changes in estimates in severance costs from previously recorded actions. The following table summarizes the total amount of costs incurred in connection with these restructuring programs by segment for the three years ended December 31, 2008: 2006 Activity Production Office Other Total net charges 2008 2007 2006 $190 200 39 $429 $(6) 3 (3) $(6) $147 138 100 The 2006 charges primarily relate to the elimination of approximately 3,400 positions primarily in North America and Europe. The actions associated with these charges primarily include the following: technical and professional services infrastructure and global back-office optimization; continued R&D efficiencies and $385 productivity improvements; supply chain optimization to ensure, Over the past several years we have engaged in a series of restructuring programs related to downsizing our employee base, exiting certain activities, outsourcing certain internal functions and engaging in other actions designed to reduce our cost structure and improve productivity. These initiatives primarily include severance actions and impact all major geographies and segments. Management continues to evaluate our business and, therefore, there may be additional provisions for new plan initiatives as well as changes in estimates to amounts previously recorded, as payments are made or actions are completed. Asset impairment charges were also incurred in connection with these restructuring actions for those assets made obsolete as a result of these programs. 2008 Activity During 2008, we recorded $357 of net restructuring charges predominantly consisting of severance and costs related to the elimination of approximately 4,900 positions primarily in both North America and Europe. Focus areas for the actions include the following: • Improving efficiency and effectiveness of infrastructure including: marketing, finance, human resources & training. • Capturing efficiencies in technical services, managed services and supply chain & manufacturing infrastructure. • Optimizing product development and engineering resources. In addition, related to these activities, we also recorded lease cancellation and other costs of $19 and asset impairment charges of $53. The lease termination and asset impairment charges for example, alignment to our global two-tier model implementation; and selected off-shoring opportunities. The lease termination and asset impairment charges primarily related to the relocation of certain manufacturing operations as well as an exit from certain leased and owned facilities. These charges were offset by reversals of $35 primarily related to changes in estimates in severance costs from previously recorded actions. Note 10 – Supplementary Financial Information The components of other current assets and other current liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Total Other current assets $ 790 $ 682 Other current assets Deferred taxes Restricted cash Prepaid expenses Financial derivative instruments Other Other current liabilities Income taxes payable Other taxes payable Interest payable Restructuring reserves Unearned income Financial derivative instruments Product warranties Dividends payable Other 2008 2007 $ 305 $ 200 $ $ 20 119 39 307 47 173 141 325 203 134 25 38 683 45 120 27 290 84 179 137 81 242 30 25 40 694 Total Other current liabilities $1,769 $1,512 66 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 67 Text.indd 66 3/18/09 5:59:22 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) 2008 is outlined below: Restructuring Activity Balance December 31, 2005 Restructuring provision Reversals of prior accruals Net current year charges(2) Charges against reserve and currency Balance December 31, 2006 Restructuring provision Reversals of prior accruals Net current year charges(2) Charges against reserve and currency Balance December 31, 2007 Restructuring provision Reversals of prior accruals Net current year charges(2) Charges against reserve and currency Balance December 31, 2008(3) Severance and Related Costs Lease Cancellation and Other Costs Impairments(1) Total $ 217 351 (33) 318 (242) $ 293 27 (38) (11) (211) $ 71 363 (6) 357 (108) $ 320 $ 19 39 (2) 37 (12) $ 44 7 (3) 4 (10) $ 38 20 (1) 19 (25) $ 32 Asset $ — 30 — 30 (30) $ — 1 — 1 (1) $ — 53 — 53 (53) $ — $ 236 420 (35) 385 (284) $ 337 35 (41) (6) (222) $ 109 436 (7) 429 (186) $ 352 Charges associated with asset impairments represent the write-down of the related assets to their new cost basis and are recorded concurrently with the recognition of the provision. (1) (2) Represents amount recognized within the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years shown. (3) We expect to utilize the majority of the December 31, 2008 restructuring balance in 2009. Note 9 – Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges Reconciliation to Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows The net restructuring and asset impairment charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income totaled $429, $(6) and $385 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Detailed information related to restructuring program activity during the three years ended December 31, Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Charges to reserve Asset impairments Effects of foreign currency and other $(186) $(222) $(284) 30 53 1 non-cash items 2 (14) (11) Cash payments for restructurings $(131) $(235) $(265) The following table summarizes the total amount of costs incurred in connection with these restructuring programs by segment for the three years ended December 31, 2008: Production Office Other Total net charges 2008 2007 2006 $190 200 39 $429 $(6) 3 (3) $(6) $147 138 100 $385 Over the past several years we have engaged in a series of restructuring programs related to downsizing our employee base, exiting certain activities, outsourcing certain internal functions and engaging in other actions designed to reduce our cost structure and improve productivity. These initiatives primarily include severance actions and impact all major geographies and segments. Management continues to evaluate our business and, therefore, there may be additional provisions for new plan initiatives as well as changes in estimates to amounts previously recorded, as payments are made or actions are completed. Asset impairment charges were also incurred in connection with these restructuring actions for those assets made obsolete as a result of these programs. 2008 Activity During 2008, we recorded $357 of net restructuring charges predominantly consisting of severance and costs related to the elimination of approximately 4,900 positions primarily in both North America and Europe. Focus areas for the actions include the following: • Improving efficiency and effectiveness of infrastructure including: marketing, finance, human resources & training. • Capturing efficiencies in technical services, managed services and supply chain & manufacturing infrastructure. • Optimizing product development and engineering resources. In addition, related to these activities, we also recorded lease cancellation and other costs of $19 and asset impairment charges of $53. The lease termination and asset impairment charges primarily related to: (i) the relocation of certain manufacturing operations including the closing of our toner plant in Oklahoma City and the consolidation of our manufacturing operations in Ireland; and (ii) the exit from certain leased and owned facilities as a result of the actions noted above. 2007 Activity Restructuring activity was minimal in 2007 and the related charges primarily reflected changes in estimates in severance costs from previously recorded actions. 2006 Activity The 2006 charges primarily relate to the elimination of approximately 3,400 positions primarily in North America and Europe. The actions associated with these charges primarily include the following: technical and professional services infrastructure and global back-office optimization; continued R&D efficiencies and productivity improvements; supply chain optimization to ensure, for example, alignment to our global two-tier model implementation; and selected off-shoring opportunities. The lease termination and asset impairment charges primarily related to the relocation of certain manufacturing operations as well as an exit from certain leased and owned facilities. These charges were offset by reversals of $35 primarily related to changes in estimates in severance costs from previously recorded actions. Note 10 – Supplementary Financial Information The components of other current assets and other current liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: 2008 2007 Other current assets Deferred taxes Restricted cash Prepaid expenses Financial derivative instruments Other Total Other current assets Other current liabilities Income taxes payable Other taxes payable Interest payable Restructuring reserves Unearned income Financial derivative instruments Product warranties Dividends payable Other $ 305 20 119 39 307 $ 790 $ 47 173 141 325 203 134 25 38 683 $ 200 45 120 27 290 $ 682 $ 84 179 137 81 242 30 25 40 694 Total Other current liabilities $1,769 $1,512 66 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 67 Text.indd 67 3/18/09 5:59:23 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) The components of other long-term assets and other long-term liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Other long-term assets Prepaid pension costs Net investment in discontinued operations(1) Internal use software, net Restricted cash Debt issuance costs, net Other 2008 2007 $ 61 259 288 183 48 318 $ 322 277 270 219 47 293 Total Other long-term assets $1,157 $1,428 Other long-term liabilities Deferred and other tax liabilities Minorities’ interests in equity of subsidiaries Financial derivative instruments Other $ 182 120 — 392 $ 250 103 14 429 Total Other long-term liabilities $ 694 $ 796 (1) At December 31, 2008, our net investment in discontinued operations primarily consists of a $285 performance-based instrument relating to the 1997 sale of The Resolution Group (“TRG”) net of remaining net liabilities associated with our discontinued operations of $26. The recovery of the performance-based instrument is dependent on the sufficiency of TRG’s available cash flows, as guaranteed by TRG’s ultimate parent, which are expected to be recovered in annual cash distributions through 2017. Note 11 – Debt Long-term debt at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was as follows: Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Current maturities of long-term debt Notes payable France Bridge Facility due 2008 Italy Credit Facility due 2009 Total 2008 2007 $1,549 7 — 54 $426 18 81 — $1,610 $525 We classify our debt based on the contractual maturity dates of the underlying debt instruments or as of the earliest put date available to the debt holders. We defer costs associated with debt issuance over the applicable term or to the first put date, in the case of convertible debt or debt with a put feature. These costs are amortized as interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income. 68 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 69 Text.indd 68 3/18/09 5:59:24 PM Refer to Note 4 – Receivables, Net for further discussion of borrowings secured by finance receivables, net. (1) (2) SFAS No. 133 fair value adjustments represent changes in the fair value of hedged debt obligations attributable to movements in benchmark interest rates. SFAS No. 133 requires hedged debt instruments to be reported at an amount equal to the sum of their carrying value (principal value plus/minus premiums/discounts) and any fair value adjustment. $ 6,774 $6,939 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) U.S. Operations Xerox Corporation Notes due 2008 Notes due 2011 Senior Notes due 2009 Euro Senior Notes due 2009 Floating Senior Notes due 2009 Senior Notes due 2010 Notes due 2011 Senior Notes due 2011 Credit Facility due 2012 Senior Notes due 2012 Senior Notes due 2013 Senior Notes due 2013 Convertible Notes due 2014 Notes due 2016 Senior Notes due 2016 Senior Notes due 2017 Senior Notes due 2018 Zero Coupon Notes due 2022 Zero Coupon Notes due 2023 Subtotal Xerox Credit Corporation Notes due 2012 Notes due 2013 Notes due 2014 Notes due 2018 Subtotal Other U.S. Operations Borrowings secured by finance receivables(1) Borrowings secured by other assets Subtotal Total U.S. Operations International Operations Euro Bank Facility due 2008 Other debt due 2009-2010 Total International Operations Principal debt balance Less: Unamortized discount Add: SFAS No. 133 fair value adjustments(2) Total Debt Less current maturities Total Long-term debt Weighted Average Interest Rates at December 31, 2008 2008 2007 $— $2 — 2.83% 10.75% 10.62% 2.60% 7.13% 7.01% 6.59% 2.21% 5.59% 5.65% 7.63% 9.00% 7.20% 6.48% 6.83% 6.37% 5.77% 5.41% — 6.42% 6.06% — 5.59% 10.34% — 4.12% 1,100 1,100 $ 8,002 $ 6,710 1 583 317 150 700 50 750 246 400 550 19 250 700 500 433 253 1,000 — 10 50 — 60 56 6 62 — 16 16 $ $ $ $ 8,124 8,140 (6) 189 8,323 (1,549) — 600 330 150 700 50 750 600 — 550 19 250 700 500 — 409 — 25 60 50 25 $ 160 275 8 $ 283 $ 7,153 177 36 $ 213 7,366 (13) 12 7,365 (426) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) The components of other long-term assets and other long-term liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Note 11 – Debt Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as 2008 2007 follows: $ $ 322 Net investment in discontinued operations(1) Other long-term assets Prepaid pension costs Internal use software, net Restricted cash Debt issuance costs, net Other Other long-term liabilities Deferred and other tax liabilities Minorities’ interests in equity of subsidiaries Financial derivative instruments Other 61 259 288 183 48 318 120 — 392 277 270 219 47 293 103 14 429 $ 182 $ 250 Total Other long-term assets $1,157 $1,428 Current maturities of long-term debt Notes payable France Bridge Facility due 2008 Italy Credit Facility due 2009 Total 2008 2007 $1,549 $426 7 — 54 18 81 — $1,610 $525 We classify our debt based on the contractual maturity dates of the underlying debt instruments or as of the earliest put date available to the debt holders. We defer costs associated with debt issuance over the applicable term or to the first put date, in the case of convertible debt or debt with a put feature. These costs are amortized as interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Total Other long-term liabilities $ 694 $ 796 Income. (1) At December 31, 2008, our net investment in discontinued operations primarily consists of a $285 performance-based instrument relating to the 1997 sale of The Resolution Group (“TRG”) net of remaining net liabilities associated with our discontinued operations of $26. The recovery of the performance-based instrument is dependent on the sufficiency of TRG’s available cash flows, as guaranteed by TRG’s ultimate parent, which are expected to be recovered in annual cash distributions through 2017. Long-term debt at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was as follows: Weighted Average Interest Rates at December 31, 2008 2008 2007 U.S. Operations Xerox Corporation Notes due 2008 Notes due 2011 Senior Notes due 2009 Euro Senior Notes due 2009 Floating Senior Notes due 2009 Senior Notes due 2010 Notes due 2011 Senior Notes due 2011 Credit Facility due 2012 Senior Notes due 2012 Senior Notes due 2013 Senior Notes due 2013 Convertible Notes due 2014 Notes due 2016 Senior Notes due 2016 Senior Notes due 2017 Senior Notes due 2018 Zero Coupon Notes due 2022 Zero Coupon Notes due 2023 Subtotal Xerox Credit Corporation Notes due 2012 Notes due 2013 Notes due 2014 Notes due 2018 Subtotal Other U.S. Operations Borrowings secured by finance receivables(1) Borrowings secured by other assets Subtotal Total U.S. Operations International Operations Euro Bank Facility due 2008 Other debt due 2009-2010 Total International Operations Principal debt balance Less: Unamortized discount Add: SFAS No. 133 fair value adjustments(2) Total Debt Less current maturities Total Long-term debt — 2.83% 10.75% 10.62% 2.60% 7.13% 7.01% 6.59% 2.21% 5.59% 5.65% 7.63% 9.00% 7.20% 6.48% 6.83% 6.37% 5.77% 5.41% — 6.42% 6.06% — 5.59% 10.34% — 4.12% $— $2 1 583 317 150 700 50 750 246 1,100 400 550 19 250 700 500 1,000 433 253 — 600 330 150 700 50 750 600 1,100 — 550 19 250 700 500 — 409 — $ 8,002 $ 6,710 — 10 50 — 60 56 6 62 $ $ $ 8,124 — 16 16 $ 8,140 (6) 189 8,323 (1,549) 25 60 50 25 $ 160 275 8 $ 283 $ 7,153 177 36 $ 213 7,366 (13) 12 7,365 (426) $ 6,774 $6,939 68 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 69 (1) (2) Refer to Note 4 – Receivables, Net for further discussion of borrowings secured by finance receivables, net. SFAS No. 133 fair value adjustments represent changes in the fair value of hedged debt obligations attributable to movements in benchmark interest rates. SFAS No. 133 requires hedged debt instruments to be reported at an amount equal to the sum of their carrying value (principal value plus/minus premiums/discounts) and any fair value adjustment. Text.indd 69 3/18/09 5:59:25 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Scheduled payments due on long-term debt for the next five years and thereafter are as follows: 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Thereafter Total The Credit Facility contains various conditions to borrowing, and affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants. Certain of the more significant covenants are summarized below: indebtedness and rank equally with our other existing senior unsecured indebtedness. Proceeds from the offering were used to repay borrowings under the Credit Facility and for general Note 12 – Liability to Subsidiary Trust Issuing Preferred Securities $1,549(1) $962 $802 $1,169 $1,138 $2,520 $8,140 (1) Quarterly total debt maturities for 2009 are $937, $12, $442 and $158 for the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively. The zero coupon notes of $433 due 2022 and $253 due 2023 are included in the above maturity schedule based on the year of their first potential put date of 2009 and 2010, respectively. Credit Facility The borrowing capacity under our $2 billion Credit Facility was $1.7 billion at December 31, 2008, reflecting $246 outstanding borrowings and no outstanding letters of credit. In February 2008, we exercised our right to request a one-year extension of the maturity date of the Credit Facility. Lenders representing approximately $1.4 billion (or approximately 70%) agreed to the extension and the portion represented by these Lenders now has a maturity date of April 30, 2013, with the remaining portion of the Credit Facility to mature on April 30, 2012. The Credit Facility is available, without sublimit, to certain of our qualifying subsidiaries and includes provisions that would allow us to increase the overall size of the Credit Facility up to an aggregate amount of $2.5 billion. Our obligations under the Credit Facility are unsecured and are not currently guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries. In the event that any of our subsidiaries borrows under the Credit Facility, its borrowings thereunder would be guaranteed by us. In October 2008, we amended our Credit Facility to increase the permitted leverage ratio (debt/consolidated EBITDA) and modify the pricing on borrowings. The following description of the key terms and conditions of the Credit Facility reflect the changes from the amendment. Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus an all-in spread that will vary between 1.25% and 4.00% subject to our credit rating and our percentage utilization of the facility, in each case, at the time of borrowing. Based upon our current credit rating and utilization, the all-in spread was 1.75% as of December 31, 2008. (a) Maximum leverage ratio (debt divided by consolidated EBITDA) calculated quarterly and at the date of each borrowing of 3.75. (b) Minimum interest coverage ratio (a quarterly test that is calculated as consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense) may not be less than 3.00:1. (c) Limitations on (i) liens securing debt of Xerox and certain of our subsidiaries, (ii) certain fundamental changes to corporate structure, (iii) changes in nature of business and (iv) limitations on debt incurred by certain subsidiaries. The Credit Facility also contains various events of default, the occurrence of which could result in a termination by the lenders and the acceleration of all our obligations under the Credit Facility. These events of default include, without limitation: (i) payment defaults, (ii) breaches of covenants under the Credit Facility (certain of which breaches do not have any grace period), (iii) cross-defaults and acceleration to certain of our other obligations and (iv) a change of control of Xerox. Private Placement Transaction In September 2008, we issued $250 of zero coupon notes in a private placement transaction. The bonds mature in 2023 and the final amount due at maturity is $709. The bonds are putable annually at the option of the bond holder beginning in September 2010. Senior Notes Offerings In April 2008, we issued $400 of 5.65% senior notes due 2013 (the “2013 Senior Notes”) at 99.996 percent of par and $1.0 billion of 6.35% senior notes due 2018 (the “2018 Senior Notes”) at 99.856 percent of par, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $1,390. The 2013 Senior Notes accrue interest at the rate of 5.65% per annum, payable semiannually, and as a result of the discount, have a weighted average effective interest rate of 5.65%. The 2018 Senior Notes accrue interest at the rate of 6.35% per annum, payable semiannually, and as a result of the discount, have a weighted average effective interest rate of 6.37%. Debt issuance costs of approximately $10 were deferred. The 2013 Senior Notes and 2018 Senior Notes are subordinated to our secured corporate purposes. Guarantees At December 31, 2008, we have issued guarantees of $139 to our foreign subsidiaries. Of this amount, $67 is related to indebtedness of our foreign subsidiaries and is included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2008 with the remainder primarily representing letters of credit. In addition, as of December 31, 2008, $55 of letters of credit have been issued in connection with insurance guarantees. Interest Interest paid on our short-term debt, long-term debt and liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities amounted to $527, $552 and $512 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Interest expense and interest income for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: Interest expense(1) Interest income(2) 2008 $567 $833 2007 $579 $877 2006 $544 $909 (1) Includes Equipment financing interest expense, as well as, non-financing interest expense included in Other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income. (2) Includes Finance income, as well as, other interest income that is included in Other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Equipment financing interest is determined based on an estimated cost of funds, applied against the estimated level of debt required to support our net finance receivables. The estimated cost of funds is based on a blended rate for term and duration comparable to available borrowing rates for a BBB rated company, which are The Liability to Subsidiary Trust Issuing Preferred Securities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets of $648 and $632 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, reflects our obligations to Xerox Capital Trust I (“Trust I”) as a result of their loans to us from proceeds related to their issuance of preferred securities. This subsidiary is not consolidated in our financial statements because we are not the primary beneficiary of the trust. In 1997, Trust I issued 650 thousand of 8.0% preferred securities (the “Preferred Securities”) to investors for $644 ($650 liquidation value) and 20,103 shares of common securities to us for $20. With the proceeds from these securities, Trust I purchased $670 principal amount of 8.0% Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2027 of the Company (“the Debentures”). The Debentures represent all of the assets of Trust I. On a consolidated basis, we received net proceeds of $637 which was net of fees and discounts of $13. Interest expense, together with the amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts, was $54 in 2008, 2007 and 2006. We have guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, distributions and other payments due on the Preferred Securities. The guarantee, our obligations under the Debentures, the indenture pursuant to which the Debentures were issued and our obligations under the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust governing the trust, taken together, provide a full and unconditional guarantee of amounts due on the Preferred Securities. The Preferred Securities accrue and pay cash distributions semiannually at a rate of 8% per year of the stated liquidation amount of one thousand dollars per Preferred Security. The Preferred Securities are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturity of the Debentures on February 1, 2027, or earlier to the extent of any redemption by us of any Debentures. The redemption price in either such case will be one reviewed at the end of each period. The estimated level of debt is thousand dollars per share plus accrued and unpaid distributions to based on an assumed 7 to 1 leverage ratio of debt/equity as compared to our average finance receivable balance during the the date fixed for redemption. applicable period. Note 13 – Financial Instruments Net cash proceeds on debt other than secured borrowings as shown on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: 2008 2007 2006 Cash payments on notes payable, net $ (238) $ (143) $ (19) Net cash proceeds from issuance of long-term debt Cash payments on long-term debt 1,883 (719) 2,254 (297) 1,502 (207) Net cash proceeds on other debt $ 926 $1,814 $1,276 We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are utilized to hedge economic exposures as well as to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. We enter into limited types of derivative contracts, including interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency spot, forward and swap contracts and net purchased foreign currency options to manage interest rate and foreign currency exposures. Our primary foreign 70 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 71 Text.indd 70 3/18/09 5:59:26 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Scheduled payments due on long-term debt for the next five years The Credit Facility contains various conditions to borrowing, and and thereafter are as follows: 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Thereafter Total affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants. Certain of the more significant covenants are summarized below: $1,549(1) $962 $802 $1,169 $1,138 $2,520 $8,140 (a) Maximum leverage ratio (debt divided by consolidated (1) Quarterly total debt maturities for 2009 are $937, $12, $442 and $158 for the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively. 3.75. The zero coupon notes of $433 due 2022 and $253 due 2023 are included in the above maturity schedule based on the year of their first potential put date of 2009 and 2010, respectively. Credit Facility (b) Minimum interest coverage ratio (a quarterly test that is calculated as consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense) may not be less than 3.00:1. (c) Limitations on (i) liens securing debt of Xerox and certain of our subsidiaries, (ii) certain fundamental changes to corporate borrowings and no outstanding letters of credit. In February 2008, we exercised our right to request a one-year extension of the maturity date of the Credit Facility. Lenders representing approximately $1.4 billion (or approximately 70%) agreed to the extension and the portion represented by these Lenders now has a maturity date of April 30, 2013, with the remaining portion of the Credit Facility to mature on April 30, 2012. The Credit Facility is available, without sublimit, to certain of our qualifying subsidiaries and includes provisions that would allow us to increase the overall size of the Credit Facility up to an aggregate amount of $2.5 billion. Our obligations under the Credit Facility are unsecured and are not currently guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries. In the event that any of our subsidiaries borrows under the Credit Facility, its borrowings thereunder would be guaranteed by us. In October 2008, we amended our Credit Facility to increase the permitted leverage ratio (debt/consolidated EBITDA) and modify the pricing on borrowings. The following description of the key terms and conditions of the Credit Facility reflect the changes from the amendment. Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus an all-in spread that will vary between 1.25% and 4.00% subject to our credit rating and our percentage utilization of the facility, in rating and utilization, the all-in spread was 1.75% as of December 31, 2008. The Credit Facility also contains various events of default, the occurrence of which could result in a termination by the lenders and the acceleration of all our obligations under the Credit Facility. These events of default include, without limitation: (i) payment defaults, (ii) breaches of covenants under the Credit Facility (certain of which breaches do not have any grace period), (iii) cross-defaults and acceleration to certain of our other obligations and (iv) a change of control of Xerox. Private Placement Transaction In September 2008, we issued $250 of zero coupon notes in a private placement transaction. The bonds mature in 2023 and the final amount due at maturity is $709. The bonds are putable annually at the option of the bond holder beginning in September 2010. Senior Notes Offerings In April 2008, we issued $400 of 5.65% senior notes due 2013 (the “2013 Senior Notes”) at 99.996 percent of par and $1.0 billion of 6.35% senior notes due 2018 (the “2018 Senior Notes”) at 99.856 percent of par, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $1,390. The 2013 Senior Notes accrue interest at the rate of 5.65% per annum, payable semiannually, and as a result of the discount, have Senior Notes accrue interest at the rate of 6.35% per annum, payable semiannually, and as a result of the discount, have a weighted average effective interest rate of 6.37%. Debt issuance costs of approximately $10 were deferred. The 2013 Senior Notes and 2018 Senior Notes are subordinated to our secured each case, at the time of borrowing. Based upon our current credit a weighted average effective interest rate of 5.65%. The 2018 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) indebtedness and rank equally with our other existing senior unsecured indebtedness. Proceeds from the offering were used to repay borrowings under the Credit Facility and for general corporate purposes. EBITDA) calculated quarterly and at the date of each borrowing of Guarantees At December 31, 2008, we have issued guarantees of $139 to our foreign subsidiaries. Of this amount, $67 is related to indebtedness of our foreign subsidiaries and is included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2008 with the remainder primarily representing letters of credit. In addition, as of December 31, 2008, $55 of letters of credit have been issued in connection with insurance guarantees. The borrowing capacity under our $2 billion Credit Facility was $1.7 structure, (iii) changes in nature of business and (iv) limitations on billion at December 31, 2008, reflecting $246 outstanding debt incurred by certain subsidiaries. Interest Interest paid on our short-term debt, long-term debt and liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities amounted to $527, $552 and $512 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Interest expense and interest income for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: Interest expense(1) Interest income(2) 2008 $567 $833 2007 $579 $877 2006 $544 $909 (1) (2) Includes Equipment financing interest expense, as well as, non-financing interest expense included in Other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Includes Finance income, as well as, other interest income that is included in Other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Equipment financing interest is determined based on an estimated cost of funds, applied against the estimated level of debt required to support our net finance receivables. The estimated cost of funds is based on a blended rate for term and duration comparable to available borrowing rates for a BBB rated company, which are reviewed at the end of each period. The estimated level of debt is based on an assumed 7 to 1 leverage ratio of debt/equity as compared to our average finance receivable balance during the applicable period. Net cash proceeds on debt other than secured borrowings as shown on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: 2008 2007 2006 Cash payments on notes payable, net $ (238) $ (143) $ (19) Net cash proceeds from issuance of long-term debt Cash payments on long-term debt 1,883 (719) 2,254 (297) 1,502 (207) Net cash proceeds on other debt $ 926 $1,814 $1,276 Note 12 – Liability to Subsidiary Trust Issuing Preferred Securities The Liability to Subsidiary Trust Issuing Preferred Securities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets of $648 and $632 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, reflects our obligations to Xerox Capital Trust I (“Trust I”) as a result of their loans to us from proceeds related to their issuance of preferred securities. This subsidiary is not consolidated in our financial statements because we are not the primary beneficiary of the trust. In 1997, Trust I issued 650 thousand of 8.0% preferred securities (the “Preferred Securities”) to investors for $644 ($650 liquidation value) and 20,103 shares of common securities to us for $20. With the proceeds from these securities, Trust I purchased $670 principal amount of 8.0% Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2027 of the Company (“the Debentures”). The Debentures represent all of the assets of Trust I. On a consolidated basis, we received net proceeds of $637 which was net of fees and discounts of $13. Interest expense, together with the amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts, was $54 in 2008, 2007 and 2006. We have guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, distributions and other payments due on the Preferred Securities. The guarantee, our obligations under the Debentures, the indenture pursuant to which the Debentures were issued and our obligations under the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust governing the trust, taken together, provide a full and unconditional guarantee of amounts due on the Preferred Securities. The Preferred Securities accrue and pay cash distributions semiannually at a rate of 8% per year of the stated liquidation amount of one thousand dollars per Preferred Security. The Preferred Securities are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturity of the Debentures on February 1, 2027, or earlier to the extent of any redemption by us of any Debentures. The redemption price in either such case will be one thousand dollars per share plus accrued and unpaid distributions to the date fixed for redemption. Note 13 – Financial Instruments We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are utilized to hedge economic exposures as well as to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. We enter into limited types of derivative contracts, including interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency spot, forward and swap contracts and net purchased foreign currency options to manage interest rate and foreign currency exposures. Our primary foreign 70 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 71 Text.indd 71 3/18/09 5:59:27 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) currency market exposures include the Yen, Euro, and Pound Sterling. The fair market values of all our derivative contracts change with fluctuations in interest rates and/or currency rates and are designed so that any changes in their values are offset by changes in the values of the underlying exposures. Derivative financial instruments are held solely as risk management tools and not for trading or speculative purposes. We are required to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the balance sheet. As permitted, certain of these derivative contracts have been designated for hedge accounting treatment. Certain of our derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are effective as economic hedges. These derivative contracts are likewise required to be recognized each period at fair value and therefore do result in some level of volatility. The level of volatility will vary with the type and amount of derivative hedges outstanding, as well as fluctuations in the currency and interest rate market during the period. The related cash flow impacts of all of our derivative activities are reflected as cash flows from operating activities. By their nature, all derivative instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of market and credit risk. The market risk associated with these instruments resulting from currency exchange and interest rate movements is expected to offset the market risk of the underlying transactions, assets and liabilities being hedged. We do not believe there is significant risk of loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties associated with these instruments because these transactions are executed with a diversified group of major financial institutions. Further, our policy is to deal with counterparties having a minimum investment grade or better credit rating. Credit risk is managed through the continuous monitoring of exposures to such counterparties. Interest Rate Risk Management We use interest rate swap agreements to manage our interest rate exposure and to achieve a desired proportion of variable and fixed rate debt. These derivatives may be designated as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges depending on the nature of the risk being hedged. Fair Value Hedges For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, pay variable/receive fixed interest rate swaps with notional amounts of $675 and $1.1 billion with a net asset (liability) fair value of $53 and $(6), respectively, were designated and accounted for as fair value hedges. The swaps were structured to hedge the fair value of related debt by converting them from fixed rate instruments to variable rate instruments. No ineffective portion was recorded to earnings during 2008, 2007, or 2006. The following is a summary of our fair value hedges at December 31, 2008: Debt Instrument Year First Designated Notional Amount Notes due 2016 Senior Notes due 2011 Liability to Capital Trust I Total 2004 2004 2005 $250 125 300 $675 Weighted Average Interest Rate Paid 5.43% 5.28% 5.64% Net Fair Value $39 8 6 $53 Interest Rate Received 7.20% 6.88% 8.00% Basis Libor Libor Libor Maturity 2016 2011 2027 Cash Flow Hedges During 2008, pay fixed/receive variable interest rate swaps with notional amounts of $150 and a net liability fair value of $2 were designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The swaps were structured to hedge the LIBOR interest rate of the floating Senior Notes due 2009 by converting it from a variable rate instrument to a fixed rate instrument. No ineffective portion was At December 31, 2008, we had outstanding forward exchange and purchased option contracts with gross notional values of $2.6 billion which is reflective of the amounts that are normally outstanding at any point during the year. The following is a summary of the primary hedging positions and corresponding fair values held as of December 31, 2008: recorded to earnings during 2008 and all components of the Currency Hedged (Buy/Sell) derivative gain or loss was included in the assessment of hedged effectiveness. Terminated Swaps During the period from 2004 to 2008, we terminated several interest rate swaps which had been designated as fair value hedges of certain debt instruments. These terminated interest rate swaps had an aggregate notional value of $4.2 billion including $1.6 billion terminated in 2008. The associated net fair value adjustments to the debt instruments are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the related notes. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, the amortization of these fair value adjustments reduced interest expense by $12, $9 and $9, U.K. Pound Sterling/Euro Euro/U.S. Dollar U.S. Dollar/Euro Swedish Kronor/Euro Swiss Franc/Euro Japanese Yen/U.S. Dollar Japanese Yen/Euro Euro/U.K. Pound Sterling U.S. Dollar/Canadian Dollar Canadian Dollar/Euro Canadian Dollar/U.S. Dollar All Other Total Gross Notional Value $ 628 Fair Value Asset (Liability)(1) $(85) 555 308 112 184 110 243 42 16 149 73 180 3 (6) (9) 4 6 (8) 1 — 2 1 (2) $2,600 $(93) respectively, and we expect to record a net decrease in interest (1) Represents the net receivable (payable) amount included in the Consolidated Balance expense of $116 in future years through 2027. Sheet at December 31, 2008. Foreign Exchange Risk Management Cash Flow Hedges We may use certain derivative instruments to manage the exposures associated with the foreign currency exchange risks discussed below. Foreign Currency Denominated Assets and Liabilities We designate a portion of our foreign currency derivative contracts as cash flow hedges of our foreign currency denominated inventory purchases and sales. The changes in fair value for these contracts were reported in Accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified to Cost of sales and revenue in the period or periods during which the related inventory was sold to a third party. We generally utilize forward foreign exchange contracts and No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in the Consolidated purchased option contracts to hedge these exposures. Changes in Statements of Income for these designated cash flow hedges and the value of these currency derivatives are recorded in earnings all components of each derivative’s gain or loss was included in the together with the offsetting foreign exchange gains and losses on assessment of hedge effectiveness. As of December 31, 2008, the the underlying assets and liabilities. net liability fair value of these contracts was $1. Forecasted Purchases and Sales in Foreign Currency We generally utilize forward foreign exchange contracts and purchased option contracts to hedge these anticipated transactions. These contracts generally mature in six months or less. A portion of these contracts are designated as cash-flow hedges. 72 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 73 Text.indd 72 3/18/09 5:59:27 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) currency market exposures include the Yen, Euro, and Pound By their nature, all derivative instruments involve, to varying Sterling. The fair market values of all our derivative contracts degrees, elements of market and credit risk. The market risk change with fluctuations in interest rates and/or currency rates and associated with these instruments resulting from currency are designed so that any changes in their values are offset by exchange and interest rate movements is expected to offset the changes in the values of the underlying exposures. Derivative market risk of the underlying transactions, assets and liabilities financial instruments are held solely as risk management tools and being hedged. We do not believe there is significant risk of loss in not for trading or speculative purposes. We are required to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the balance sheet. As permitted, certain of these derivative contracts have been designated for hedge accounting treatment. Certain of our derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are effective as economic hedges. These derivative contracts are likewise required to be recognized each period at fair value and therefore do result in some level of volatility. The level of volatility will vary with the type and amount of derivative hedges outstanding, as well as fluctuations in the currency and interest rate market during the period. The related cash flow impacts of all of our derivative activities are reflected as cash flows from operating activities. the event of non-performance by the counterparties associated with these instruments because these transactions are executed with a diversified group of major financial institutions. Further, our policy is to deal with counterparties having a minimum investment grade or better credit rating. Credit risk is managed through the continuous monitoring of exposures to such counterparties. Interest Rate Risk Management We use interest rate swap agreements to manage our interest rate exposure and to achieve a desired proportion of variable and fixed rate debt. These derivatives may be designated as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges depending on the nature of the risk being hedged. Fair Value Hedges For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, pay variable/receive fixed interest rate swaps with notional amounts of $675 and $1.1 billion with a net asset (liability) fair value of $53 and $(6), respectively, were designated and accounted for as fair value hedges. The swaps were structured to hedge the fair value of related debt by converting them from fixed rate instruments to variable rate instruments. No ineffective portion was recorded to earnings during 2008, 2007, or 2006. The following is a summary of our fair value hedges at December 31, 2008: Debt Instrument Year First Designated Notional Amount Notes due 2016 Senior Notes due 2011 Liability to Capital Trust I Total 2004 2004 2005 $250 125 300 $675 Weighted Average Interest Rate Paid 5.43% 5.28% 5.64% Net Fair Value $39 8 6 $53 Interest Rate Received 7.20% 6.88% 8.00% Basis Libor Libor Libor Maturity 2016 2011 2027 Cash Flow Hedges During 2008, pay fixed/receive variable interest rate swaps with notional amounts of $150 and a net liability fair value of $2 were designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The swaps were structured to hedge the LIBOR interest rate of the floating Senior Notes due 2009 by converting it from a variable rate instrument to a fixed rate instrument. No ineffective portion was recorded to earnings during 2008 and all components of the derivative gain or loss was included in the assessment of hedged effectiveness. Terminated Swaps During the period from 2004 to 2008, we terminated several interest rate swaps which had been designated as fair value hedges of certain debt instruments. These terminated interest rate swaps had an aggregate notional value of $4.2 billion including $1.6 billion terminated in 2008. The associated net fair value adjustments to the debt instruments are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the related notes. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, the amortization of these fair value adjustments reduced interest expense by $12, $9 and $9, respectively, and we expect to record a net decrease in interest expense of $116 in future years through 2027. At December 31, 2008, we had outstanding forward exchange and purchased option contracts with gross notional values of $2.6 billion which is reflective of the amounts that are normally outstanding at any point during the year. The following is a summary of the primary hedging positions and corresponding fair values held as of December 31, 2008: Currency Hedged (Buy/Sell) U.K. Pound Sterling/Euro Euro/U.S. Dollar U.S. Dollar/Euro Swedish Kronor/Euro Swiss Franc/Euro Japanese Yen/U.S. Dollar Japanese Yen/Euro Euro/U.K. Pound Sterling U.S. Dollar/Canadian Dollar Canadian Dollar/Euro Canadian Dollar/U.S. Dollar All Other Total Gross Notional Value $ 628 555 308 112 184 110 243 42 16 149 73 180 $2,600 Fair Value Asset (Liability)(1) $(85) 3 (6) (9) 4 6 (8) 1 — 2 1 (2) $(93) (1) Represents the net receivable (payable) amount included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2008. Foreign Exchange Risk Management Cash Flow Hedges We may use certain derivative instruments to manage the exposures associated with the foreign currency exchange risks discussed below. Foreign Currency Denominated Assets and Liabilities We generally utilize forward foreign exchange contracts and purchased option contracts to hedge these exposures. Changes in the value of these currency derivatives are recorded in earnings together with the offsetting foreign exchange gains and losses on the underlying assets and liabilities. We designate a portion of our foreign currency derivative contracts as cash flow hedges of our foreign currency denominated inventory purchases and sales. The changes in fair value for these contracts were reported in Accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified to Cost of sales and revenue in the period or periods during which the related inventory was sold to a third party. No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income for these designated cash flow hedges and all components of each derivative’s gain or loss was included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. As of December 31, 2008, the net liability fair value of these contracts was $1. Forecasted Purchases and Sales in Foreign Currency We generally utilize forward foreign exchange contracts and purchased option contracts to hedge these anticipated transactions. These contracts generally mature in six months or less. A portion of these contracts are designated as cash-flow hedges. 72 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 73 Text.indd 73 3/18/09 5:59:28 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) The following tables provide a summary of the fair value amounts of derivative instruments and gains and losses on derivative instruments at and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Non Designated Derivatives for the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 Fair Values of Derivative Instruments at December 31, 2008 and 2007 Designation of Derivatives Derivatives designated as hedging instruments Derivatives NOT designated as hedging instruments Balance Sheet Location Other long-term assets: Interest Rate Swaps Other current liabilities: Interest Rate Swaps Foreign Exchange Contracts – Forwards Total Other long-term liabilities: Interest Rate Swaps Other current assets: Foreign Exchange Contracts – Forwards Foreign Exchange Contracts – Options Total Other current liabilities: Foreign Exchange Contracts – Forwards Total Derivative Assets Total Derivative Liabilities Total Net Derivative Liabilities Fair Value 2008 2007 $ 53 $8 $ 2 1 $ 3 $— — $— $— $ 14 $ 39 — $ 39 $ 26 1 $ 27 $131 $ 31 $ 92 134 $ 35 45 $ (42) $(10) Fair Value Hedges and Cash Flow Hedges for the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 Derivatives in Fair Value Hedging Relationships Interest Rate Contracts Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized In Income Interest expense Derivative Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income Hedged Item Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income 2008 $206 2007 $36 2008 2007 $(206) $(36) Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts – forwards Total Cash Flow Hedges Derivative Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI (Effective Portion) 2008 2007 $(2) 4 $ 2 $ 9 — $ 9 Location of Derivative Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion) Interest expense Cost of sales Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI to Income (Effective Portion) 2008 $— 2 $ 2 2007 $10 (1) $ 9 Note: No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income for these designated cash flow hedges and all components of each derivative’s gain or loss was included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. Derivatives Not designated as hedging instruments Location of Derivative Gain (Loss) Foreign exchange contracts – forwards Foreign exchange contracts – options Other expense Other expense Total Non Designated Derivatives 2008 $(143) (4) $(147) 2007 $(10) 3 $ (7) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”) The following table provides a summary of the activity associated with all of our designated cash flow hedges (interest rate and foreign currency) reflected in AOCL for the three years ended December 31, 2008): • Level 3 – Inputs are derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable. The following table represents our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008 and the basis for that measurement: Beginning balance, net of tax Changes in fair value gain (loss) Reclass to earnings Ending balance, net of tax Year Ended December 31, 2008 2007 2006 $ — $ 1 $1 1 (1) 4 (5) (1) 1 $ — $ — $1 Total Quoted Prices Significant Fair Value Measurement December 31, 2008 in Active Markets for Identical Asset (Level 1) Other Significant Observable Unobservable Inputs (Level 2) Inputs (Level 3) Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities $ 92 $134 $— $— $ 92 $134 $— $— Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities As discussed in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, we adopted FAS 157 on January 1, 2008, which among other things, requires enhanced disclosures about assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Our adoption of FAS 157 was limited to financial assets and liabilities, which primarily relate to our derivative contracts. FAS 157 includes a fair value hierarchy that is intended to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures. The fair value hierarchy is based on inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value that are either observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity’s pricing based upon their own market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy consists of the following three levels: • Level 1 – Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. We utilize the income approach to measure fair value for our derivative assets and liabilities. The income approach uses pricing models that rely on market observable inputs such as yield curves, currency exchange rates and forward prices, and therefore are classified as Level 2. The estimated fair values of our other financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Cash and cash equivalents $1,229 $1,229 $1,099 $1,099 2008 2007 Carrying Amount Fair Value Carrying Amount Fair Value 2,184 1,610 6,774 2,184 1,593 5,918 2,457 525 6,939 2,457 525 7,176 Accounts receivable, net Short-term debt Long-term debt Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities 648 555 632 632 The fair value amounts for Cash and cash equivalents and Accounts receivable, net approximate carrying amounts due to the short maturities of these instruments. The fair value of Short and • Level 2 – Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities Long-term debt, as well as our Liability to subsidiary trust issuing in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar assets preferred securities, was estimated based on quoted market prices or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than for publicly traded securities or on the current rates offered to us quoted prices that are observable and market-corroborated for debt of similar maturities. The difference between the fair value inputs which are derived principally from or corroborated by and the carrying value represents the theoretical net premium or observable market data. discount we would pay or receive to retire all debt at such date. 74 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 75 Text.indd 74 3/18/09 5:59:29 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) The following tables provide a summary of the fair value amounts of derivative instruments and gains and losses on derivative instruments Non Designated Derivatives for the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 at and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Derivatives Not designated as hedging instruments Location of Derivative Gain (Loss) Foreign exchange contracts – forwards Foreign exchange contracts – options Other expense Other expense Total Non Designated Derivatives 2008 $(143) (4) $(147) 2007 $(10) 3 $ (7) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”) The following table provides a summary of the activity associated with all of our designated cash flow hedges (interest rate and foreign currency) reflected in AOCL for the three years ended December 31, 2008): • Level 3 – Inputs are derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable. The following table represents our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008 and the basis for that measurement: Beginning balance, net of tax Changes in fair value gain (loss) Reclass to earnings Ending balance, net of tax Year Ended December 31, 2006 2007 2008 $ — $ 1 4 (5) 1 (1) $1 (1) 1 $ — $ — $1 Total Fair Value Measurement December 31, 2008 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Asset (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities $ 92 $134 $— $— $ 92 $134 $— $— Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities As discussed in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, we adopted FAS 157 on January 1, 2008, which among other things, requires enhanced disclosures about assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Our adoption of FAS 157 was limited to financial assets and liabilities, which primarily relate to our derivative contracts. FAS 157 includes a fair value hierarchy that is intended to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures. The fair value hierarchy is based on inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value that are either observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity’s pricing based upon their own market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy consists of the following three levels: • Level 1 – Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. • Level 2 – Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and market-corroborated inputs which are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. We utilize the income approach to measure fair value for our derivative assets and liabilities. The income approach uses pricing models that rely on market observable inputs such as yield curves, currency exchange rates and forward prices, and therefore are classified as Level 2. The estimated fair values of our other financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: 2008 2007 Carrying Amount Fair Value Carrying Amount Fair Value Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable, net Short-term debt Long-term debt Liability to subsidiary trust $1,229 $1,229 $1,099 $1,099 2,457 525 7,176 2,184 1,593 5,918 2,184 1,610 6,774 2,457 525 6,939 issuing preferred securities 648 555 632 632 The fair value amounts for Cash and cash equivalents and Accounts receivable, net approximate carrying amounts due to the short maturities of these instruments. The fair value of Short and Long-term debt, as well as our Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities, was estimated based on quoted market prices for publicly traded securities or on the current rates offered to us for debt of similar maturities. The difference between the fair value and the carrying value represents the theoretical net premium or discount we would pay or receive to retire all debt at such date. Fair Values of Derivative Instruments at December 31, 2008 and 2007 Designation of Derivatives Balance Sheet Location Derivatives designated as hedging instruments Other long-term assets: Derivatives NOT designated as hedging instruments Other current assets: Foreign Exchange Contracts – Forwards Interest Rate Swaps Other current liabilities: Interest Rate Swaps Total Other long-term liabilities: Interest Rate Swaps Foreign Exchange Contracts – Forwards Foreign Exchange Contracts – Options Total Other current liabilities: Total Derivative Assets Total Derivative Liabilities Total Net Derivative Liabilities Fair Value 2008 2007 $ 53 $8 $ 2 1 $ 3 $— — $— $— $ 14 $ 39 — $ 39 $ 26 1 $ 27 $ 92 134 $ 35 45 $ (42) $(10) Foreign Exchange Contracts – Forwards $131 $ 31 Fair Value Hedges and Cash Flow Hedges for the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 Derivatives in Fair Value Hedging Relationships Interest Rate Contracts Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized In Income Interest expense Derivative Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income Hedged Item Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income 2008 $206 2007 $36 2008 2007 $(206) $(36) Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts – forwards Total Cash Flow Hedges Derivative Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI (Effective Portion) 2008 2007 $(2) 4 $ 2 $ 9 — $ 9 Location of Derivative Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion) Interest expense Cost of sales Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI to Income (Effective Portion) 2008 $— 2 $ 2 2007 $10 (1) $ 9 Note: No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income for these designated cash flow hedges and all components of each derivative’s gain or loss was included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. 74 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 75 Text.indd 75 3/18/09 5:59:31 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans We sponsor numerous pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, primarily retiree health, in our U.S. and international operations. December 31 is the measurement date for all of our other post-retirement benefit plans, including all of our domestic plans. Refer to Note 1 – “New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes” for further information regarding recent accounting changes for our benefit plans. Information regarding our benefit plans is presented below: Pension Benefits Retiree Health 2008 2007 2008 2007 Change in Benefit Obligation Benefit obligation, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Plan participants’ contributions Plan amendments Actuarial gain Acquisitions Currency exchange rate changes Curtailments Benefits paid/settlements Other * Benefit obligation, December 31 Change in Plan Assets Fair value of plan assets, January 1 Actual return on plan assets Employer contribution Plan participants’ contributions Acquisitions Currency exchange rate changes Benefits paid/settlements Other * Fair value of plan assets, December 31 Net funded status (including under-funded and non-funded plans) at December 31 Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: Other long-term assets Accrued compensation and benefit costs Pension and other benefit liabilities Post-retirement medical benefits Net amounts recognized $10,458 209 (5) 13 1 (550) 20 (1,090) 3 (657) 93 $ 8,495 $ 9,805 (1,527) 299 13 20 (1,049) (657) 19 $ 6,923 $ 10,467 237 578 12 11 (508) — 331 (1) (669) — $10,458 $ 9,217 667 298 12 — 280 (669) — $ 9,805 $ 1,501 14 84 31 (219) (251) — (23) — (135) — $ 1,002 $ 1,592 17 87 20 — (114) — 21 — (122) — $ 1,501 $— $— — 105 30 — — (135) — — 102 20 — — (122) — $— $— $ (1,572) $ (653) $(1,002) $(1,501) $ 61 (48) (1,585) — $ (1,572) $ 322 (48) (927) — $— (106) — (896) $— (105) — (1,396) $ (653) $(1,002) $(1,501) * Other reflects adjustments associated with the change in measurement dates for several European countries as required by FAS 158. See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information. The pre-tax amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss consist of: Net actuarial loss (gain) Prior service (credit) cost Total 76 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Pension Benefits Retiree Health 2008 $ 1,818 (192) $ 1,626 2007 $ 1,032 (212) $ 820 2008 $ (85) (186) $ (271) 2007 $ 169 11 $ 180 The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension Our domestic retirement defined benefit plans provide employees plans was $7,902 and $9,748 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, a benefit, depending on eligibility, at the greater of (i) the benefit respectively. Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is presented below: Aggregate projected benefit obligation Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation Aggregate fair value of plan assets 2008 2007 $5,374 5,051 3,821 $1,193 1,109 399 calculated under a highest average pay and years of service formula, (ii) the benefit calculated under a formula that provides for the accumulation of salary and interest credits during an employee’s work life, or (iii) the individual account balance from the Company’s prior defined contribution plan (Transitional Retirement Account or TRA). Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost Service cost Interest cost(1) Expected return on plan assets(2) Recognized net actuarial loss Amortization of prior service credit Recognized curtailment/settlement loss Net periodic defined benefit cost Defined contribution plans Total Net Periodic Benefit Costs Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income: Net actuarial loss (gain) Prior service cost (credit) Amortization of net actuarial (loss) gain Amortization of prior service (cost) credit Total recognized in other comprehensive income(3) Total Recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Pension Benefits Retiree Health 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 2006 $ 209 $ 237 $ 244 $ 14 $ 17 732 (802) 104 (16) 93 355 70 (21) 84 — — — 77 — $ 19 92 19 (13) 117 87 —— 10 (12) —— 102 —— $ 254 $ 315 $ 425 $ 77 $ 102 $117 (5) (80) 36 (20) 34 174 80 1,062 1 (70) 20 1,013 578 (668) 75 (20) 33 235 80 (499) 5 (108) 20 (582) (244) (219) — 21 (114) — (10) 12 (442) (112) Comprehensive Income $1,267 $(267) $(365) $ (10) (1) Interest cost includes interest expense on non-TRA obligations of $408, $374, and $340 and interest expense (income) directly allocated to TRA participant accounts of $(413), $204, and $392 (2) Expected return on plan assets includes expected investment income on non-TRA assets of $493, $464, and $410 and actual investment income (expense) on TRA assets of $(413), $204, and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. $392 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. (3) Amount represents the pre-tax effect included within other comprehensive income. The net of tax amount and effect of translation adjustments as well as our share of Fuji Xerox benefit plan changes are included within the Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholders’ Equity. The net after-tax loss (gain) included in other comprehensive (loss) income for the two years ended December 31, 2008 was $286 and $(382), respectively. The net actuarial loss and prior service credit for the defined Pension plan assets consist of both defined benefit plan assets and benefit pension plans that will be amortized from Accumulated assets legally restricted to the TRA accounts. The combined other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the investment results for these plans, along with the results for our next fiscal year are $20 and $(20), respectively. The net actuarial other defined benefit plans, are shown above in the actual return loss and prior service credit for the retiree health benefit plans that on plan assets caption. To the extent that investment results relate will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into to TRA, such results are charged directly to these accounts as a net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are less than $1 component of interest cost. and $(42) respectively. Xerox 2008 Annual Report 77 Text.indd 76 3/18/09 5:59:32 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans We sponsor numerous pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, primarily retiree health, in our U.S. and international operations. December 31 is the measurement date for all of our other post-retirement benefit plans, including all of our domestic plans. Refer to Note 1 – “New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes” for further information regarding recent accounting changes for our benefit plans. Information regarding our benefit plans is presented below: Change in Benefit Obligation Benefit obligation, January 1 Plan participants’ contributions Service cost Interest cost Plan amendments Actuarial gain Acquisitions Currency exchange rate changes Curtailments Benefits paid/settlements Other * Benefit obligation, December 31 Change in Plan Assets Fair value of plan assets, January 1 Actual return on plan assets Employer contribution Plan participants’ contributions Acquisitions Currency exchange rate changes Benefits paid/settlements Other * Net funded status (including under-funded and non-funded plans) at December 31 Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: Other long-term assets Accrued compensation and benefit costs Pension and other benefit liabilities Post-retirement medical benefits Net amounts recognized for additional information. Net actuarial loss (gain) Prior service (credit) cost Total 76 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Pension Benefits Retiree Health 2008 2007 2008 2007 $10,458 $ 10,467 $ 1,501 $ 1,592 237 578 12 11 (508) — 331 (1) (669) — 667 298 12 — 280 (669) — 14 84 31 (219) (251) — (23) — (135) — — 105 30 — — — (135) 17 87 20 — — 21 — — (114) (122) — 102 20 — — — (122) $ 8,495 $10,458 $ 1,002 $ 1,501 $ 9,217 $— $— 209 (5) 13 1 (550) 20 (1,090) 3 (657) 93 $ 9,805 (1,527) 299 13 20 (1,049) (657) 19 $ (1,572) $ (653) $(1,002) $(1,501) $ 61 (48) (1,585) — $ (1,572) $ 322 (48) (927) — $— (106) — (896) $— (105) — (1,396) $ (653) $(1,002) $(1,501) Pension Benefits Retiree Health 2008 $ 1,818 (192) $ 1,626 2007 $ 1,032 (212) $ 820 2008 $ (85) (186) $ (271) 2007 $ 169 11 $ 180 * Other reflects adjustments associated with the change in measurement dates for several European countries as required by FAS 158. See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies The pre-tax amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss consist of: Fair value of plan assets, December 31 $ 6,923 $ 9,805 $— $— The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $7,902 and $9,748 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is presented below: Aggregate projected benefit obligation Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation Aggregate fair value of plan assets $5,374 5,051 3,821 $1,193 1,109 399 2008 2007 Our domestic retirement defined benefit plans provide employees a benefit, depending on eligibility, at the greater of (i) the benefit calculated under a highest average pay and years of service formula, (ii) the benefit calculated under a formula that provides for the accumulation of salary and interest credits during an employee’s work life, or (iii) the individual account balance from the Company’s prior defined contribution plan (Transitional Retirement Account or TRA). Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost Service cost Interest cost(1) Expected return on plan assets(2) Recognized net actuarial loss Amortization of prior service credit Recognized curtailment/settlement loss Net periodic defined benefit cost Defined contribution plans Total Net Periodic Benefit Costs Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income: Net actuarial loss (gain) Prior service cost (credit) Amortization of net actuarial (loss) gain Amortization of prior service (cost) credit Total recognized in other comprehensive income(3) Total Recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Pension Benefits 2007 2008 2006 2008 Retiree Health 2007 $ 209 (5) (80) 36 (20) 34 174 80 $ 237 578 (668) 75 (20) 33 235 80 $ 244 732 (802) 104 (16) 93 355 70 $ 14 84 — — (21) — 77 — $ 17 87 —— 10 (12) —— 102 —— 2006 $ 19 92 19 (13) 117 $ 254 $ 315 $ 425 $ 77 $ 102 $117 1,062 1 (70) 20 1,013 (499) 5 (108) 20 (582) (244) (219) — 21 (442) (114) — (10) 12 (112) Comprehensive Income $1,267 $(267) $(365) $ (10) (1) Interest cost includes interest expense on non-TRA obligations of $408, $374, and $340 and interest expense (income) directly allocated to TRA participant accounts of $(413), $204, and $392 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. (2) Expected return on plan assets includes expected investment income on non-TRA assets of $493, $464, and $410 and actual investment income (expense) on TRA assets of $(413), $204, and $392 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. (3) Amount represents the pre-tax effect included within other comprehensive income. The net of tax amount and effect of translation adjustments as well as our share of Fuji Xerox benefit plan changes are included within the Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholders’ Equity. The net after-tax loss (gain) included in other comprehensive (loss) income for the two years ended December 31, 2008 was $286 and $(382), respectively. The net actuarial loss and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $20 and $(20), respectively. The net actuarial loss and prior service credit for the retiree health benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are less than $1 and $(42) respectively. Pension plan assets consist of both defined benefit plan assets and assets legally restricted to the TRA accounts. The combined investment results for these plans, along with the results for our other defined benefit plans, are shown above in the actual return on plan assets caption. To the extent that investment results relate to TRA, such results are charged directly to these accounts as a component of interest cost. Text.indd 77 3/18/09 5:59:33 PM Xerox 2008 Annual Report 77 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Plan Amendment In October 2008, we amended our domestic retiree health benefit plan to eliminate the subsidy currently paid to current and future Medicare-eligible retirees effective January 1, 2010. The amendment resulted in a net decrease of approximately $225 in the benefit obligation and a corresponding after-tax increase to shareholders equity. The amendment is also expected to decrease pre-tax net retiree health benefit expense by approximately $50 in 2009. Retiree health expense may also be impacted by other factors, including but not limited to changes in the discount rate and health care costs in the future. Plan Assets Current Allocation and Investment Targets As of the 2008 and 2007 measurement dates, the global pension plan assets were $6.9 billion and $9.8 billion, respectively. These assets were invested among several asset classes. None of the investments include debt or equity securities of Xerox Corporation. The amount and percentage of assets invested in each asset class as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 is shown below: Asset Value Percentage of Total Assets 2008 2007 2008 2007 $3,042 3,296 465 120 $6,923 $ 5,060 3,973 720 52 $9,805 44% 47 7 2 52% 40 7 1 100% 100% Asset Category Equity securities Debt securities Real estate Other Total Our pension plan assets at December 31, 2008, were as follows: U.S. $3.2 billion; U.K. $2.2 billion; Canada $0.4 billion and Other $1.1 billion. Investment strategy: The target asset allocations for our worldwide plans for 2008 were 50% invested in equities, 42% invested in fixed income, 7% invested in real estate and 1% invested in Other. The target asset allocations for our worldwide plans for 2007 were 50% invested in equities, 42% invested in fixed income, 7% invested in real estate and 1% invested in Other. We employ a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by exceeding the interest growth in long-term plan liabilities. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. This consideration involves the use of long-term measures that address both return and risk. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks as well as growth, value and small and large capitalizations. Other assets such as real estate, private equity, and hedge funds are used to improve portfolio diversification. Derivatives may be used to hedge market exposure in an efficient and timely manner; however, derivatives may not be used to leverage the portfolio beyond the market value of the underlying investments. Investment risks and returns are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through annual liability measurements and quarterly investment portfolio reviews. Expected long-term rate of return: We employ a “building block” approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term relationships between equities and fixed income are assessed. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long- term portfolio return is established giving consideration to investment diversification and rebalancing. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed periodically to assess reasonableness and appropriateness. Contributions: We expect to contribute approximately $108 to our worldwide defined benefit pension plans and approximately $105 to our retiree health benefit plans in 2009. The 2009 expected pension plan contributions do not include any planned contribution for our domestic tax-qualified defined benefit plans because none are required due to the availability of a credit balance which results from funding prior to 2008 in excess of minimum requirements. This credit balance can be utilized in lieu of any 2009 pension contributions. However, once the January 1, 2009 actuarial valuations and projected results as of the end of the 2009 measurement year are available, the desirability of additional contributions will be reassessed. Based on these results, we may voluntarily decide to contribute to these plans. In 2008 and 2007, after making this assessment, we contributed $165 and $158, respectively, to our domestic tax qualified plans to make them 100% funded on a current liability basis under the ERISA funding rules. Estimated future benefit payments: The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid during the following years: 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Years 2014-2018 Pension Benefits $ 557 606 603 636 633 3,300 Retiree Health $105 99 99 98 97 445 Assumptions Note 15 – Income and Other Taxes Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit (Loss) income before income taxes for the three years ended obligations at the plan measurement dates: December 31, 2008 were as follows: Pension Benefits Retiree Health 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 2006 Discount rate 6.3% 5.9% 5.3% 6.3% 6.2% 5.8% Rate of compensation increase 3.9 4.1 4.1 —(1) —(1) — (1) Domestic (loss) income Foreign income 2008 2007 $(662) $ 667 548 771 2006 $429 379 (Loss) income before income taxes $(114) $1,438 $808 (Benefits) provisions for income taxes for the three years ended (1) Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to the retiree health benefits as December 31, 2008 were as follows: compensation levels do not impact earned benefits. Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31: Federal income taxes Pension Benefits Retiree Health 2009 2008 2007 2006 2009 2008 2007 2006 Foreign income taxes Discount rate 6.3% 5.9% 5.3% 5.2% 6.3% 6.2% 5.8% 5.6% Expected return on plan assets Rate of compensation 7.4 7.6 7.6 7.8 —(1) —(1) —(1) —(1) Current Deferred Current Deferred Current Deferred State income taxes 2008 2007 2006 $ (26) (285) $ 30 92 $(448) 118 4 1 (43) 144 120 2 12 94 50 (9) 11 14 increase 3.9 4.1 4.1 3.9 —(2) —(2) —(2) —(2) Total $(231) $400 $(288) (1) Expected return on plan assets is not applicable to retiree health benefits as these plans are (2) Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to retiree health benefits as compensation not funded. levels do not impact earned benefits. A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the consolidated effective income tax rate for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31, U.S. federal statutory income tax rate 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 2008 2007 Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate) Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate 9.4% 5.0% 2013 10.4% 5.0% 2013 Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage- point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects: One-percentage-point One-percentage-point increase decrease Effect on total service and interest cost components Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation $ 6 68 $ (5) (61) respectively. Nondeductible expenses Effect of tax law changes Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets State taxes, net of federal benefit Audit and other tax return adjustments Tax-exempt income Other foreign, including earnings taxed at different rates Other 2008 2007 2006 (13.5) 11.1 (14.6) 25.4 58.5 5.9 103.2 (8.4) 0.9 1.1 1.0 1.3 (4.2) (0.6) (7.4) 0.7 1.4 (1.8) 1.4 1.8 (62.5) (0.9) (10.5) 0.5 Effective income tax rate 202.6% 27.8% (35.6)% On a consolidated basis, we paid a total of $194, $104, and $76 in income taxes to federal, foreign and state jurisdictions during the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 78 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 79 Text.indd 78 3/18/09 5:59:35 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Assumptions Note 15 – Income and Other Taxes Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the plan measurement dates: (Loss) income before income taxes for the three years ended December 31, 2008 were as follows: Pension Benefits Retiree Health 2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 2006 6.3% 5.9% 5.3% 6.3% 6.2% 5.8% Domestic (loss) income Foreign income 2008 2007 $(662) $ 667 771 548 2006 $429 379 (Loss) income before income taxes $(114) $1,438 $808 (Benefits) provisions for income taxes for the three years ended December 31, 2008 were as follows: Discount rate Rate of compensation increase 3.9 4.1 4.1 —(1) —(1) — (1) (1) Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to the retiree health benefits as compensation levels do not impact earned benefits. Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31: Pension Benefits Retiree Health Federal income taxes Current Deferred 2009 2008 2007 2006 2009 2008 2007 2006 Foreign income taxes Discount rate 6.3% 5.9% 5.3% 5.2% 6.3% 6.2% 5.8% 5.6% Expected return on plan assets Rate of compensation increase 7.4 7.6 7.6 7.8 —(1) —(1) —(1) —(1) 3.9 4.1 4.1 3.9 —(2) —(2) —(2) —(2) Current Deferred State income taxes Current Deferred Total 2008 2007 2006 $ (26) (285) $ 30 92 $(448) 94 118 4 1 (43) 144 120 2 12 50 (9) 11 14 $(231) $400 $(288) (1) Expected return on plan assets is not applicable to retiree health benefits as these plans are not funded. (2) Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to retiree health benefits as compensation levels do not impact earned benefits. A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the consolidated effective income tax rate for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31, 2008 2007 Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate) Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate 9.4% 5.0% 2013 10.4% 5.0% 2013 Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage- point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects: One-percentage-point increase One-percentage-point decrease Effect on total service and interest cost components Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation $ 6 68 $ (5) (61) U.S. federal statutory income tax rate Nondeductible expenses Effect of tax law changes Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets State taxes, net of federal benefit Audit and other tax return adjustments Tax-exempt income Other foreign, including earnings taxed at different rates Other 2008 2007 2006 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 0.9 (13.5) 1.1 11.1 1.4 (1.8) (14.6) 25.4 1.0 1.3 1.4 1.8 58.5 5.9 103.2 (8.4) (4.2) (0.6) (7.4) 0.7 (62.5) (0.9) (10.5) 0.5 Effective income tax rate 202.6% 27.8% (35.6)% On a consolidated basis, we paid a total of $194, $104, and $76 in income taxes to federal, foreign and state jurisdictions during the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 78 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 79 Text.indd 79 3/18/09 5:59:36 PM Plan Amendment In October 2008, we amended our domestic retiree health benefit plan to eliminate the subsidy currently paid to current and future Medicare-eligible retirees effective January 1, 2010. The amendment resulted in a net decrease of approximately $225 in the benefit obligation and a corresponding after-tax increase to shareholders equity. The amendment is also expected to decrease pre-tax net retiree health benefit expense by approximately $50 in 2009. Retiree health expense may also be impacted by other factors, including but not limited to changes in the discount rate and health care costs in the future. Plan Assets Current Allocation and Investment Targets As of the 2008 and 2007 measurement dates, the global pension plan assets were $6.9 billion and $9.8 billion, respectively. These assets were invested among several asset classes. None of the investments include debt or equity securities of Xerox Corporation. The amount and percentage of assets invested in each asset class as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 is shown below: Asset Value Percentage of Total Assets 2008 2007 2008 2007 $3,042 3,296 465 120 $ 5,060 3,973 720 52 44% 47 7 2 52% 40 7 1 $6,923 $9,805 100% 100% Our pension plan assets at December 31, 2008, were as follows: U.S. $3.2 billion; U.K. $2.2 billion; Canada $0.4 billion and Other Asset Category Equity securities Debt securities Real estate Other Total $1.1 billion. blend of equity and fixed income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks as well as growth, value and small and large capitalizations. Other assets such as real estate, private equity, and hedge funds are used to improve portfolio diversification. Derivatives may be used to hedge market exposure in an efficient and timely manner; however, derivatives may not be used to leverage the portfolio beyond the market value of the underlying investments. Investment risks and returns are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through annual liability measurements and quarterly investment portfolio reviews. Expected long-term rate of return: We employ a “building block” approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term relationships between equities and fixed income are assessed. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long- term portfolio return is established giving consideration to investment diversification and rebalancing. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed periodically to assess reasonableness and appropriateness. Contributions: We expect to contribute approximately $108 to our worldwide defined benefit pension plans and approximately $105 to our retiree health benefit plans in 2009. The 2009 expected pension plan contributions do not include any planned contribution for our domestic tax-qualified defined benefit plans because none are required due to the availability of a credit balance which results from funding prior to 2008 in excess of minimum requirements. This credit balance can be utilized in lieu of any 2009 pension contributions. However, once the January 1, 2009 actuarial valuations and projected results as of the end of the 2009 measurement year are available, the desirability of additional contributions will be reassessed. Based on these results, we may voluntarily decide to contribute to these plans. In 2008 Investment strategy: The target asset allocations for our and 2007, after making this assessment, we contributed $165 and worldwide plans for 2008 were 50% invested in equities, 42% $158, respectively, to our domestic tax qualified plans to make invested in fixed income, 7% invested in real estate and 1% them 100% funded on a current liability basis under the ERISA invested in Other. The target asset allocations for our worldwide funding rules. plans for 2007 were 50% invested in equities, 42% invested in fixed income, 7% invested in real estate and 1% invested in Other. Estimated future benefit payments: The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, We employ a total return investment approach whereby a mix of are expected to be paid during the following years: equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by exceeding the interest growth in long-term plan liabilities. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. This 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 consideration involves the use of long-term measures that address both return and risk. The investment portfolio contains a diversified Years 2014-2018 Pension Benefits $ 557 606 603 636 633 3,300 Retiree Health $105 99 99 98 97 445 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Total income tax (benefit) expense for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was allocated as follows: Pre-tax income Common shareholders’ equity: Defined benefit plans/minimum pension liability Stock option and incentive plans, net Translation adjustments and other Total 2008 2007 2006 $(231) $ 400 $(288) (183) (2) 10 222 (22) 24 (432) (25) (9) $(406) $624 $(754) Unrecognized Tax Benefits and Audit Resolutions In 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”) which we adopted on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold for a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return that is required to be met before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 of $2 was recorded as a reduction to Retained earnings. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of adoption was $287. Due to the extensive geographical scope of our operations, we are subject to ongoing tax examinations in numerous jurisdictions. Accordingly, we may record incremental tax expense based upon the more-likely-than-not outcomes of any uncertain tax positions. In addition, when applicable, we adjust the previously recorded tax expense to reflect examination results when the position is effectively settled. Our ongoing assessments of the more-likely- than-not outcomes of the examinations and related tax positions require judgment and can increase or decrease our effective tax rate, as well as impact our operating results. The specific timing of when the resolution of each tax position will be reached is uncertain. As of December 31, 2008, we do not believe that there are any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Unrecognized Tax Benefits A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: Balance at January 1 Additions from acquisitions Additions related to current year Additions related to prior years positions Reductions related to prior years positions Settlements with taxing authorities (1) Reductions related to lapse of statute of limitations Currency 2008 $303 — 12 13 (65) (28) (45) (20) 2007 $287 4 33 78 (33) (66) (14) 14 Balance at December 31 $170 $303 (1) Majority of settlements did not result in the utilization of cash. Included in the balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are $67 and $137, respectively, of tax positions that are highly certain of realizability but for which there is uncertainty about the timing or may be reduced through an indirect benefit from other taxing jurisdictions. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than for the possible incurrence of interest and penalties, the disallowance of these positions would not affect the annual effective tax rate. We have filed claims in certain jurisdictions to assert our position should the law be clarified by judicial means. At this point in time, we believe it is unlikely that we will receive any benefit from these types of claims but we will continue to analyze as the issues develop. Accordingly, we have not included any benefit for these types of claims in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits. We recognized interest and penalties accrued on unrecognized tax benefits as well as interest received from favorable settlements within income tax expense. We had $22 and $23 accrued for the payment of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various foreign jurisdictions. In the U.S. we are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007. With respect to our major foreign jurisdictions, we are no longer subject to tax examinations by tax authorities before 2000. Audit Resolution The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to In 2006, we recognized an income tax benefits of $472 from the significant portions of the deferred taxes at December 31, 2008 favorable resolution of certain tax issues associated with the and 2007 were as follows: finalization of our 1999-2003 Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) audit as well as an income tax benefits of $46 related to the favorable resolution of certain tax matters associated with the finalization of foreign tax audits. The recorded benefits did not result in a significant cash refund, but it did increase tax credit carryforwards and reduced taxes otherwise potentially due. Deferred Income Taxes Tax effect of future tax deductions Research and development Post-retirement medical benefits Depreciation Net operating losses Other operating reserves Tax credit carryforwards Deferred compensation In substantially all instances, deferred income taxes have not been Allowance for doubtful accounts provided on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and Restructuring reserves other foreign investments carried at equity. The amount of such earnings included in consolidated retained earnings at December 31, 2008 was approximately $7.5 billion. These earnings Pension Other have been indefinitely reinvested and we currently do not plan to Valuation allowance initiate any action that would precipitate the payment of income taxes thereon. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of Total additional tax that might be payable on the foreign earnings. Our 2001 sale of half of our ownership interest in Fuji Xerox resulted in our investment no longer qualifying as a foreign corporate joint venture. Accordingly, deferred taxes are required to be provided on the undistributed earnings of Fuji Xerox, arising subsequent to such date, as we no longer have the ability to ensure indefinite reinvestment. Tax effect of future taxable income Unearned income and installment Intangibles and goodwill sales Other Total Total deferred taxes, net 2008 2007 $ 930 $ 895 392 249 486 249 552 248 84 88 373 182 577 292 576 216 434 249 100 15 58 181 3,833 (628) 3,593 (747) $ 3,205 $ 2,846 $(1,119) $(1,283) (160) (53) (142) (40) (1,332) (1,465) $ 1,873 $ 1,381 The above amounts are classified as current or long-term in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in accordance with the asset or liability to which they relate or, when applicable, based on the expected timing of the reversal. Current deferred tax assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 amounted to $305 and $200, respectively. The deferred tax assets for the respective periods were assessed for recoverability and, where applicable, a valuation allowance was recorded to reduce the total deferred tax asset to an amount that will, more-likely-than-not, be realized in the future. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was a decrease of $119 and an increase of $100, respectively. The valuation allowance relates primarily to certain net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and deductible temporary differences for which we have concluded it is more-likely-than-not that these items will not be realized in the ordinary course of operations. 80 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 81 Text.indd 80 3/18/09 5:59:37 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Total income tax (benefit) expense for the three years ended Unrecognized Tax Benefits December 31, 2008 was allocated as follows: A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of Pre-tax income Common shareholders’ equity: Defined benefit plans/minimum 2008 2007 2006 $(231) $ 400 $(288) unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: Balance at January 1 Additions from acquisitions pension liability Stock option and incentive plans, net Translation adjustments and other (183) (2) 10 222 (22) 24 (432) Additions related to current year (25) (9) Additions related to prior years positions Reductions related to prior years positions Total $(406) $624 $(754) Unrecognized Tax Benefits and Audit Resolutions In 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”) which we adopted on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold for a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return that is required to be met before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 of $2 was recorded as a reduction to Retained earnings. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of adoption was $287. Due to the extensive geographical scope of our operations, we are subject to ongoing tax examinations in numerous jurisdictions. Accordingly, we may record incremental tax expense based upon the more-likely-than-not outcomes of any uncertain tax positions. In addition, when applicable, we adjust the previously recorded tax expense to reflect examination results when the position is effectively settled. Our ongoing assessments of the more-likely- than-not outcomes of the examinations and related tax positions require judgment and can increase or decrease our effective tax rate, as well as impact our operating results. The specific timing of when the resolution of each tax position will be reached is uncertain. As of December 31, 2008, we do not believe that there are any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. 2008 $303 2007 $287 — 12 13 (65) (28) (45) (20) 4 33 78 (33) (66) (14) 14 Settlements with taxing authorities (1) Reductions related to lapse of statute of limitations Currency Balance at December 31 $170 $303 (1) Majority of settlements did not result in the utilization of cash. Included in the balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are $67 and $137, respectively, of tax positions that are highly certain of realizability but for which there is uncertainty about the timing or may be reduced through an indirect benefit from other taxing jurisdictions. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than for the possible incurrence of interest and penalties, the disallowance of these positions would not affect the annual effective tax rate. We have filed claims in certain jurisdictions to assert our position should the law be clarified by judicial means. At this point in time, we believe it is unlikely that we will receive any benefit from these types of claims but we will continue to analyze as the issues develop. Accordingly, we have not included any benefit for these types of claims in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits. We recognized interest and penalties accrued on unrecognized tax benefits as well as interest received from favorable settlements within income tax expense. We had $22 and $23 accrued for the payment of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various foreign jurisdictions. In the U.S. we are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007. With respect to our major foreign jurisdictions, we are no longer subject to tax examinations by tax authorities before 2000. Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Audit Resolution In 2006, we recognized an income tax benefits of $472 from the favorable resolution of certain tax issues associated with the finalization of our 1999-2003 Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) audit as well as an income tax benefits of $46 related to the favorable resolution of certain tax matters associated with the finalization of foreign tax audits. The recorded benefits did not result in a significant cash refund, but it did increase tax credit carryforwards and reduced taxes otherwise potentially due. Deferred Income Taxes In substantially all instances, deferred income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and other foreign investments carried at equity. The amount of such earnings included in consolidated retained earnings at December 31, 2008 was approximately $7.5 billion. These earnings have been indefinitely reinvested and we currently do not plan to initiate any action that would precipitate the payment of income taxes thereon. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of additional tax that might be payable on the foreign earnings. Our 2001 sale of half of our ownership interest in Fuji Xerox resulted in our investment no longer qualifying as a foreign corporate joint venture. Accordingly, deferred taxes are required to be provided on the undistributed earnings of Fuji Xerox, arising subsequent to such date, as we no longer have the ability to ensure indefinite reinvestment. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred taxes at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Tax effect of future tax deductions Research and development Post-retirement medical benefits Depreciation Net operating losses Other operating reserves Tax credit carryforwards Deferred compensation Allowance for doubtful accounts Restructuring reserves Pension Other Valuation allowance Total Tax effect of future taxable income Unearned income and installment sales Intangibles and goodwill Other Total Total deferred taxes, net 2008 2007 $ 930 392 249 486 249 552 248 84 88 373 182 $ 895 577 292 576 216 434 249 100 15 58 181 3,833 (628) 3,593 (747) $ 3,205 $ 2,846 $(1,119) (160) (53) $(1,283) (142) (40) (1,332) (1,465) $ 1,873 $ 1,381 The above amounts are classified as current or long-term in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in accordance with the asset or liability to which they relate or, when applicable, based on the expected timing of the reversal. Current deferred tax assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 amounted to $305 and $200, respectively. The deferred tax assets for the respective periods were assessed for recoverability and, where applicable, a valuation allowance was recorded to reduce the total deferred tax asset to an amount that will, more-likely-than-not, be realized in the future. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was a decrease of $119 and an increase of $100, respectively. The valuation allowance relates primarily to certain net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and deductible temporary differences for which we have concluded it is more-likely-than-not that these items will not be realized in the ordinary course of operations. 80 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 81 Text.indd 81 3/18/09 5:59:38 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Although realization is not assured, we have concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance was determined to be unnecessary, will be realized in the ordinary course of operations based on the available positive and negative evidence, including scheduling of deferred tax liabilities and projected income from operating activities. The amount of the net deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if actual future income or income tax rates are lower than estimated, or if there are differences in the timing or amount of future reversals of existing taxable or deductible temporary differences. At December 31, 2008, we had tax credit carryforwards of $552 available to offset future income taxes, of which $213 are available to carryforward indefinitely while the remaining $339 will begin to expire, if not utilized, in 2009. We also had net operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of $345 that will expire in 2009 through 2024, if not utilized, and $2.3 billion available to offset future taxable income indefinitely. Note 16 – Contingencies Brazil Tax and Labor Contingencies Our Brazilian operations are involved in various litigation matters and have received or been the subject of numerous governmental assessments related to indirect and other taxes as well as disputes associated with former employees and contract labor. The tax matters, which comprise a significant portion of the total contingencies, principally relate to claims for taxes on the internal transfer of inventory, municipal service taxes on rentals and gross revenue taxes. We are disputing these tax matters and intend to vigorously defend our position. Based on the opinion of legal counsel and current reserves for those matters deemed probable of loss, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will materially impact our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The labor matters principally relate to claims made by former employees and contract labor for the equivalent payment of all social security and other related labor benefits, as well as consequential tax claims, as if they were regular employees. Following our assessment of the most recent trend in the outcomes of these matters, we reassessed the probable estimated loss and, as a result, recorded an additional reserve of $36 in 2008. As of December 31, 2008, the total amounts related to the unreserved portion of the tax and labor contingencies, inclusive of any related interest, amounted to approximately $839, with the decrease from December 31, 2007 balance of $1.1 billion primarily related to currency partially offset by the additional reserve. In connection with the above proceedings, customary local regulations may require us to make escrow cash deposits or post other security of up to half of the total amount in dispute. As of December 31, 2008 we had $167 of escrow cash deposits for matters we are disputing and there are liens on certain Brazilian assets with a net book value of $30 and additional letters of credit of approximately $88. Generally, any escrowed amounts would be refundable and any liens would be removed to the extent the matters are resolved in our favor. We routinely assess all these matters as to probability of ultimately incurring a liability against our Brazilian operations and record our best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where we assess the likelihood of an ultimate loss as probable. Legal Matters As more fully discussed below, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning securities law, intellectual property law, environmental law, employment law and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”). We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our litigation and regulatory matters using available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these matters, which involves an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. Should developments in any of these matters cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs. The following is a summary of significant developments in litigation matters: • Carlson v. Xerox Corporation, et al. – settlement reached, approved by the district court and paid. • In re Xerox Corp. ERISA Litigation – settlement reached and preliminary court approval granted. • Florida State Board of Administration, et al v. Xerox Corporation, et al. – settlement reached and paid. • National Union Fire Insurance Company v. Xerox Corporation, et al. – settlement reached and payment made to Xerox. • Digwamaje et al. v. IBM et al. – amended complaint drops Xerox as a defendant. • Warren, et al. v. Xerox Corporation – settlement received final court approval and was paid. Litigation Against the Company In re Xerox Corporation Securities Litigation: A consolidated securities law action (consisting of 17 cases) is pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. Defendants are the Company, Barry Romeril, Paul Allaire and G. Richard Thoman. The consolidated action is a class action on behalf of all persons and entities who purchased Xerox Corporation common stock during the period October 22, 1998 through October 7, 1999 inclusive (“Class Period”) and who suffered a loss as a result of misrepresentations or omissions by Defendants as alleged by Plaintiffs (the “Class”). The Class alleges that in violation of Section 10(b) and/or 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“1934 Act”), and SEC Rule 10b-5 thereunder, each of the defendants is liable as a participant in a fraudulent scheme and course of business that operated as a fraud or deceit on purchasers of the Company’s common stock during the Class Period by disseminating materially false and misleading statements and/or concealing material facts relating to the defendants’ alleged failure to disclose the material negative impact that the April 1998 restructuring had on the Company’s operations and revenues. The complaint further alleges that the alleged scheme: (i) deceived the investing public regarding the economic capabilities, sales proficiencies, growth, operations and the intrinsic value of the Company’s common stock; (ii) allowed several corporate insiders, such as the named individual defendants, to sell shares of privately held common stock of the Company while in possession of materially adverse, non-public information; and (iii) caused the individual plaintiffs and the other members of the purported class to purchase common stock of the Company at inflated prices. The complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages in favor of the plaintiffs and the other members of the purported class against all defendants, jointly and severally, for all damages sustained as a result of defendants’ alleged wrongdoing, including interest thereon, together with reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the action, including counsel fees and expert fees. In 2001, the Court denied the defendants’ motion for dismissal of the complaint. The plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was denied by the Court in 2006, without prejudice to refiling. In February 2007, the Court granted the motion of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Welfare Fund of Local Union No. 164, Robert W. Roten, Robert Agius (“Agius”) and Georgia Stanley to appoint them as additional lead plaintiffs. In July 2007, the Court denied plaintiffs’ renewed motion for class certification, without prejudice to renewal after the Court holds a pre-filing conference to identify factual disputes the Court will be required to resolve in ruling on the motion. After that conference and Agius’s withdrawal as lead plaintiff and proposed class representative, in February 2008 plaintiffs filed a second renewed motion for class certification. In April 2008, Defendants filed their response and motion to disqualify Milberg LLP as a lead counsel. On September 30, 2008, the Court entered an order certifying the class and denying the appointment of Milberg LLP as a lead counsel. The parties have filed motions to exclude certain expert testimony. Briefing with respect to those motions is complete. The Court has not yet rendered a decision. On November 6, 2008, the defendants filed a motion for summary judgment, which has not yet been fully briefed. The individual defendants and we deny any wrongdoing and are vigorously defending the action. In the course of litigation, we periodically engage in discussions with plaintiffs’ counsel for possible resolution of this matter. Should developments cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome, or result in a final adverse judgment or a settlement for a significant amount, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs. Carlson v. Xerox Corporation, et al.: A consolidated securities law action (consisting of 21 cases) was pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut against the Company, KPMG and Paul A. Allaire, G. Richard Thoman, Anne M. Mulcahy, Barry D. Romeril, Gregory Tayler and Philip Fishbach. Plaintiffs purported to bring this case as a class action on behalf of a class consisting of all persons and/or entities who purchased Xerox common stock and/or bonds during the period between February 17, 1998 through June 28, 2002 and who were purportedly damaged thereby (“Class”). Two claims were asserted: one alleging that each of the Company, KPMG, and the individual defendants violated Section 10(b) of the 1934 Act and SEC Rule 10b-5 thereunder; and the other alleging that the individual defendants are also liable as “controlling persons” of the Company pursuant to Section 20(a) of the 1934 Act. Plaintiffs claimed that the defendants participated in a fraudulent scheme that operated as a fraud and deceit on purchasers of the Company’s common stock and bonds by disseminating materially false and misleading statements and/or concealing material adverse facts relating to various of the Company’s accounting and reporting practices and financial condition. The plaintiffs further alleged that this scheme deceived the investing public regarding the true state of the Company’s financial condition and caused the plaintiffs and other members of the purported Class to purchase the Company’s common stock and bonds at artificially inflated prices. On March 27, 2008, the Court granted preliminary approval of an agreement to settle this case, pursuant to which the Company agreed to make cash payments totaling $670 and KPMG agreed to make cash payments totaling $80. The individual defendants and the Company did not admit any wrongdoing as a part of the settlement. On January 15, 2009, the Court entered an order and final judgment approving the settlement, awarding attorneys’ fees and expenses, and dismissing the action with prejudice. The Company’s portion of the settlement amount has been paid. On 82 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 83 Text.indd 82 3/18/09 5:59:39 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Although realization is not assured, we have concluded that it is we had $167 of escrow cash deposits for matters we are disputing more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets for which a and there are liens on certain Brazilian assets with a net book value valuation allowance was determined to be unnecessary, will be of $30 and additional letters of credit of approximately $88. realized in the ordinary course of operations based on the available Generally, any escrowed amounts would be refundable and any positive and negative evidence, including scheduling of deferred liens would be removed to the extent the matters are resolved in tax liabilities and projected income from operating activities. The our favor. We routinely assess all these matters as to probability of amount of the net deferred tax assets considered realizable, ultimately incurring a liability against our Brazilian operations and however, could be reduced in the near term if actual future income record our best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where we or income tax rates are lower than estimated, or if there are assess the likelihood of an ultimate loss as probable. differences in the timing or amount of future reversals of existing taxable or deductible temporary differences. Legal Matters At December 31, 2008, we had tax credit carryforwards of $552 As more fully discussed below, we are involved in a variety of available to offset future income taxes, of which $213 are claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning available to carryforward indefinitely while the remaining $339 will securities law, intellectual property law, environmental law, begin to expire, if not utilized, in 2009. We also had net operating employment law and the Employee Retirement Income Security loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of $345 that will expire Act (“ERISA”). We determine whether an estimated loss from a in 2009 through 2024, if not utilized, and $2.3 billion available to contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is offset future taxable income indefinitely. Note 16 – Contingencies Brazil Tax and Labor Contingencies Our Brazilian operations are involved in various litigation matters and have received or been the subject of numerous governmental assessments related to indirect and other taxes as well as disputes associated with former employees and contract labor. The tax matters, which comprise a significant portion of the total contingencies, principally relate to claims for taxes on the internal transfer of inventory, municipal service taxes on rentals and gross revenue taxes. We are disputing these tax matters and intend to vigorously defend our position. Based on the opinion of legal deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our litigation and regulatory matters using available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these matters, which involves an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. Should developments in any of these matters cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs. counsel and current reserves for those matters deemed probable of The following is a summary of significant developments in loss, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these litigation matters: matters will materially impact our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The labor matters principally relate to claims made by former employees and contract labor for the equivalent • Carlson v. Xerox Corporation, et al. – settlement reached, approved by the district court and paid. payment of all social security and other related labor benefits, as • In re Xerox Corp. ERISA Litigation – settlement reached and well as consequential tax claims, as if they were regular employees. preliminary court approval granted. Following our assessment of the most recent trend in the outcomes of these matters, we reassessed the probable estimated loss and, as a result, recorded an additional reserve of $36 in 2008. As of • Florida State Board of Administration, et al v. Xerox Corporation, et al. – settlement reached and paid. December 31, 2008, the total amounts related to the unreserved • National Union Fire Insurance Company v. Xerox portion of the tax and labor contingencies, inclusive of any related Corporation, et al. – settlement reached and payment made to interest, amounted to approximately $839, with the decrease from Xerox. December 31, 2007 balance of $1.1 billion primarily related to currency partially offset by the additional reserve. In connection with the above proceedings, customary local regulations may • Digwamaje et al. v. IBM et al. – amended complaint drops Xerox as a defendant. require us to make escrow cash deposits or post other security of • Warren, et al. v. Xerox Corporation – settlement received final up to half of the total amount in dispute. As of December 31, 2008 court approval and was paid. Litigation Against the Company In re Xerox Corporation Securities Litigation: A consolidated securities law action (consisting of 17 cases) is pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. Defendants are the Company, Barry Romeril, Paul Allaire and G. Richard Thoman. The consolidated action is a class action on behalf of all persons and entities who purchased Xerox Corporation common stock during the period October 22, 1998 through October 7, 1999 inclusive (“Class Period”) and who suffered a loss as a result of misrepresentations or omissions by Defendants as alleged by Plaintiffs (the “Class”). The Class alleges that in violation of Section 10(b) and/or 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“1934 Act”), and SEC Rule 10b-5 thereunder, each of the defendants is liable as a participant in a fraudulent scheme and course of business that operated as a fraud or deceit on purchasers of the Company’s common stock during the Class Period by disseminating materially false and misleading statements and/or concealing material facts relating to the defendants’ alleged failure to disclose the material negative impact that the April 1998 restructuring had on the Company’s operations and revenues. The complaint further alleges that the alleged scheme: (i) deceived the investing public regarding the economic capabilities, sales proficiencies, growth, operations and the intrinsic value of the Company’s common stock; (ii) allowed several corporate insiders, such as the named individual defendants, to sell shares of privately held common stock of the Company while in possession of materially adverse, non-public information; and (iii) caused the individual plaintiffs and the other members of the purported class to purchase common stock of the Company at inflated prices. The complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages in favor of the plaintiffs and the other members of the purported class against all defendants, jointly and severally, for all damages sustained as a result of defendants’ alleged wrongdoing, including interest thereon, together with reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the action, including counsel fees and expert fees. In 2001, the Court denied the defendants’ motion for dismissal of the complaint. The plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was denied by the Court in 2006, without prejudice to refiling. In February 2007, the Court granted the motion of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Welfare Fund of Local Union No. 164, Robert W. Roten, Robert Agius (“Agius”) and Georgia Stanley to appoint them as additional lead plaintiffs. In July 2007, the Court denied plaintiffs’ renewed motion for class certification, without prejudice to renewal after the Court holds a pre-filing conference to identify factual disputes the Court will be required to resolve in ruling on the motion. After that conference and Agius’s withdrawal as lead plaintiff and proposed class representative, in February 2008 plaintiffs filed a second renewed motion for class certification. In April 2008, Defendants filed their response and motion to disqualify Milberg LLP as a lead counsel. On September 30, 2008, the Court entered an order certifying the class and denying the appointment of Milberg LLP as a lead counsel. The parties have filed motions to exclude certain expert testimony. Briefing with respect to those motions is complete. The Court has not yet rendered a decision. On November 6, 2008, the defendants filed a motion for summary judgment, which has not yet been fully briefed. The individual defendants and we deny any wrongdoing and are vigorously defending the action. In the course of litigation, we periodically engage in discussions with plaintiffs’ counsel for possible resolution of this matter. Should developments cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome, or result in a final adverse judgment or a settlement for a significant amount, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs. Carlson v. Xerox Corporation, et al.: A consolidated securities law action (consisting of 21 cases) was pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut against the Company, KPMG and Paul A. Allaire, G. Richard Thoman, Anne M. Mulcahy, Barry D. Romeril, Gregory Tayler and Philip Fishbach. Plaintiffs purported to bring this case as a class action on behalf of a class consisting of all persons and/or entities who purchased Xerox common stock and/or bonds during the period between February 17, 1998 through June 28, 2002 and who were purportedly damaged thereby (“Class”). Two claims were asserted: one alleging that each of the Company, KPMG, and the individual defendants violated Section 10(b) of the 1934 Act and SEC Rule 10b-5 thereunder; and the other alleging that the individual defendants are also liable as “controlling persons” of the Company pursuant to Section 20(a) of the 1934 Act. Plaintiffs claimed that the defendants participated in a fraudulent scheme that operated as a fraud and deceit on purchasers of the Company’s common stock and bonds by disseminating materially false and misleading statements and/or concealing material adverse facts relating to various of the Company’s accounting and reporting practices and financial condition. The plaintiffs further alleged that this scheme deceived the investing public regarding the true state of the Company’s financial condition and caused the plaintiffs and other members of the purported Class to purchase the Company’s common stock and bonds at artificially inflated prices. On March 27, 2008, the Court granted preliminary approval of an agreement to settle this case, pursuant to which the Company agreed to make cash payments totaling $670 and KPMG agreed to make cash payments totaling $80. The individual defendants and the Company did not admit any wrongdoing as a part of the settlement. On January 15, 2009, the Court entered an order and final judgment approving the settlement, awarding attorneys’ fees and expenses, and dismissing the action with prejudice. The Company’s portion of the settlement amount has been paid. On 82 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 83 Text.indd 83 3/18/09 5:59:41 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) February 9, 2009, three class members filed a notice of appeal of the Court’s January 15, 2009 order and final judgement and ruling on motion for award of attorneys fees. In Re Xerox Corp. ERISA Litigation: On July 1, 2002, a class action complaint captioned Patti v. Xerox Corp. et al. was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut (Hartford) alleging violations of the ERISA. Four additional class actions were subsequently filed, and the five actions were consolidated as In Re Xerox Corporation ERISA Litigation. The purported class includes all persons who invested or maintained investments in the Xerox Stock Fund in the Xerox 401(k) Plans (either salaried or union) during the proposed class period, May 12, 1997 through November 15, 2002, and allegedly exceeds 50,000 persons. The defendants include Xerox Corporation and the following individuals or groups of individuals during the proposed class period: the Plan Administrator, the Board of Directors, the Fiduciary Investment Review Committee, the Joint Administrative Board, the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors, and the Treasurer. The complaint alleges that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties under ERISA to protect the Plan’s assets and act in the interest of Plan participants. Specifically, plaintiffs allege that the defendants failed to provide accurate and complete material information to participants concerning Xerox stock, including accounting practices which allegedly artificially inflated the value of the stock, and misled participants regarding the soundness of the stock and the prudence of investing their retirement assets in Xerox stock. The plaintiffs filed a Second Consolidated Amended Complaint, alleging that some or all defendants breached their ERISA fiduciary duties during 1997- 2002 by (1) maintaining the Xerox Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan; (2) failing to monitor the conduct of Plan fiduciaries; and (3) misleading Plan participants about Xerox stock as an investment option under the Plans. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought, but demands that the losses to the Plans be restored, which it describes as “millions of dollars.” It also seeks other legal and equitable relief, as appropriate, to remedy the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, as well as interest, costs and attorneys’ fees. On January 28, 2009. the Court granted preliminary approval of an agreement to settle this case, the terms of which are within the amount previously reserved by the Company for this matter. The Company and the other defendants do not admit any wrongdoing as a part of the settlement, which is subject to final Court approval and other conditions. A fairness hearing has been scheduled for April 13, 2009. Digwamaje et al. v. IBM et al.: A purported class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York on September 27, 2002. Service of the complaint on the Company was deemed effective as of December 6, 2002. The purported class includes all persons who lived in South Africa at any time from 1948 until the present and purportedly suffered damages as a result of human rights violations and crimes against humanity through the system of apartheid. The defendants included the Company and a number of other corporate defendants who were accused of providing material assistance to the apartheid government in South Africa from 1948 to 1994, by engaging in commerce in South Africa and with the South African government and by employing forced labor, thereby violating both international and common law. Specifically, plaintiffs claimed violations of the Alien Tort Claims Act, the Torture Victims Protection Act and RICO. They also asserted human rights violations and crimes against humanity. Plaintiffs sought compensatory damages in excess of $200 billion and punitive damages in excess of $200 billion. On October 27, 2008, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint that did not name the Company as a defendant, so the Company is no longer a party to the action. Arbitration between MPI Technologies, Inc. and MPI Tech S.A. and Xerox Canada Ltd. and Xerox Corporation: In an arbitration proceeding the hearing of which commenced in January 2005, MPI Technologies, Inc. and MPI Tech S.A. (collectively “MPI”) sought damages from the Company and Xerox Canada Ltd. (“XCL”) for royalties owed under a license agreement between MPI and XCL (the “Agreement”) and breach of fiduciary duty, breach of confidence, equitable royalties and punitive damages and disgorgement of profits and injunctive relief with respect to a claim of copyright infringement. In September 2005, the arbitration panel rendered its decision, holding in part that the Agreement had been assigned to Xerox and that no punitive damages should be granted, and awarded MPI approximately $89, plus interest thereon. In December 2005, the arbitration panel rendered its decision on the applicable rate of pre-judgment interest resulting in an award of $13 for pre- and post-judgment interest. In 2006, Xerox’s application for judicial review of the award, seeking to have the award set aside in its entirety, was denied by the Ontario Superior Court in Toronto and Xerox released all monies and software it had placed in escrow. In January 2007, Xerox and XCL served an arbitration claim against MPI seeking a declaratory award concerning the preclusive effect of the remedy awarded by the prior arbitration panel. In March 2007, MPI delivered to Xerox a statement of defense and counterclaim in response to Xerox’s arbitration claim. MPI claims entitlement to an unspecified amount of damages for royalties. In addition, MPI claims damages of $50 for alleged “misuse” of its licensed software by Xerox after December 2006. MPI also claims entitlement to unspecified amounts of pre and post-judgment interest and its costs of the arbitration. A panel of three arbitrators has been appointed to hear the dispute. The panel heard oral arguments relating to preliminary dispositive motions on May 20-21, 2008. The panel’s decision was released on August 28, that occurred over a period of several years, much of which 2008, in which the panel determined that MPI is precluded from occurred before we obtained majority ownership of these advancing certain claims to royalties in respect of Xerox’s Version 8 operations in mid-1999. These matters include misappropriations software and its derivatives, but that certain other claims being of funds and payments to other companies that may have been advanced by MPI are not precluded. A hearing relating to most of inaccurately recorded on the subsidiary’s books and certain alleged the issues raised in the current arbitration, other than damages improper payments in connection with sales to government issues relating to one of MPI’s claims that has been bifurcated, is customers. These transactions were not material to the Company’s expected to take place in October 2009. Should developments financial statements. We reported these transactions to the Indian cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable authorities, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and to the SEC. outcome, or result in a final adverse judgment or a settlement for a In 2005, the private Indian investigator engaged by the Indian significant amount, there could be a material adverse effect on our Ministry of Company Affairs completed an investigation of these results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period matters and issued a report (“Report”). A copy of the Report was in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement provided to our Indian subsidiary, which was asked by the Indian occurs. Based on the present stage of the proceeding, it is not Ministry of Company Affairs to comment on the Report. The possible to estimate the amount of any material loss or range of Report addresses the previously disclosed misappropriation of material loss that might result from any of the claims advanced in funds and alleged improper payments and includes allegations such counterclaim. Warren, et al. v. Xerox Corporation: On March 11, 2004, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York entered an order certifying a nationwide class of all black salespersons employed by Xerox from February 1, 1997 to the present under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and the Civil Rights Act of 1871. The suit was commenced on May 9, 2001 by six black sales representatives. The plaintiffs alleged that Xerox had engaged in a pattern or practice of race discrimination against them and other black sales representatives by assigning them to less desirable sales territories, denying them promotional opportunities, and paying them less than their white counterparts. Although the complaint did not specify the amount of damages sought, plaintiffs sought, on behalf of themselves and the classes they sought to represent, front and back pay, compensatory and punitive damages, and attorneys’ fees. A settlement agreement was reached, the terms of which are not material to Xerox. On September 22, 2008, an Order and Judgment of Final Approval of the Settlement was entered. The Company denies any wrongdoing as part of the settlement. The period for appeal has expired and the settlement is now final. Other Matters It is our policy to promptly and carefully investigate, often with the assistance of outside advisers, allegations of impropriety that may come to our attention. If the allegations are substantiated, appropriate prompt remedial action is taken. When and where appropriate, we report such matters to the U.S. Department of Justice and to the SEC, and/or make public disclosure. India that Xerox India Ltd.’s senior officials and the Company were aware of such activities. The Report also asserts the need for further investigation into potential criminal acts related to the improper activities addressed by the Report. The matter is now pending in the Indian Ministry of Company Affairs. The Company reported these developments and made a copy of the Report received by Xerox India Ltd. available to the DOJ and the SEC. On November 17, 2005, Xerox India Ltd. filed its reply with the Ministry of Company Affairs (or “MCA”). Xerox sent copies of the reply to the SEC and DOJ in the United States. In its reply, Xerox India Ltd. argued that the alleged violations of Indian Company Law by means of alleged improper payments and alleged defaults/ failures of the Xerox India Ltd. board of directors were generally unsubstantiated and without any basis in law. Further, Xerox India Ltd. stated that the Report’s findings of other alleged violations were unsubstantiated and unproven. The MCA will consider our reply and will let us know their conclusions. There is the possibility of fines or criminal penalties if conclusive proof of wrongdoing is found. We have told the MCA that Xerox’s conduct in voluntarily disclosing the initial information and readily and willingly submitting to investigation, coupled with the non-availability of earlier records, warrants complete closure and early settlement. In January 2006, we learned that the MCA had issued a “Show Cause Notice” to certain former executives of Xerox India Ltd. seeking a response to allegations of potential violations of the Indian Companies Act. We also learned that Xerox India Ltd. had received a formal Notice of Enquiry from the Indian Monopolies & Restrictive Trade Practices Commission (“MRTP Commission”) alleging that Xerox India Ltd. committed unfair trading practices arising from the events described in the Report. Xerox India Ltd. filed its reply to the Notice of Enquiry and the investigating officer subsequently filed his response to our reply. At a hearing in August 2007, Xerox India In recent years we became aware of a number of matters at our Ltd. argued that the Enquiry is not maintainable under the Indian subsidiary, Xerox India Ltd. (formerly Xerox Modicorp Ltd.), Commission’s jurisdiction. The issue of maintainability of the Notice 84 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 85 Text.indd 84 3/18/09 5:59:42 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) February 9, 2009, three class members filed a notice of appeal of purported class includes all persons who lived in South Africa at any the Court’s January 15, 2009 order and final judgement and ruling time from 1948 until the present and purportedly suffered on motion for award of attorneys fees. In Re Xerox Corp. ERISA Litigation: On July 1, 2002, a class action complaint captioned Patti v. Xerox Corp. et al. was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut (Hartford) alleging violations of the ERISA. Four additional class actions were subsequently filed, and the five actions were consolidated as In Re Xerox Corporation ERISA Litigation. The purported class includes all persons who invested or maintained investments in the Xerox Stock Fund in the Xerox 401(k) Plans (either salaried or union) during the proposed class period, May 12, 1997 through November 15, 2002, and allegedly exceeds 50,000 persons. The defendants include Xerox Corporation and the following individuals or groups of individuals during the proposed class period: the Plan Administrator, the Board of Directors, the Fiduciary Investment Review Committee, the Joint Administrative damages as a result of human rights violations and crimes against humanity through the system of apartheid. The defendants included the Company and a number of other corporate defendants who were accused of providing material assistance to the apartheid government in South Africa from 1948 to 1994, by engaging in commerce in South Africa and with the South African government and by employing forced labor, thereby violating both international and common law. Specifically, plaintiffs claimed violations of the Alien Tort Claims Act, the Torture Victims Protection Act and RICO. They also asserted human rights violations and crimes against humanity. Plaintiffs sought compensatory damages in excess of $200 billion and punitive damages in excess of $200 billion. On October 27, 2008, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint that did not name the Company as a defendant, so the Company is no longer a party to the action. Board, the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors, and the Arbitration between MPI Technologies, Inc. and MPI Tech S.A. Treasurer. The complaint alleges that the defendants breached and Xerox Canada Ltd. and Xerox Corporation: In an their fiduciary duties under ERISA to protect the Plan’s assets and arbitration proceeding the hearing of which commenced in act in the interest of Plan participants. Specifically, plaintiffs allege January 2005, MPI Technologies, Inc. and MPI Tech S.A. that the defendants failed to provide accurate and complete (collectively “MPI”) sought damages from the Company and Xerox material information to participants concerning Xerox stock, Canada Ltd. (“XCL”) for royalties owed under a license agreement including accounting practices which allegedly artificially inflated between MPI and XCL (the “Agreement”) and breach of fiduciary the value of the stock, and misled participants regarding the duty, breach of confidence, equitable royalties and punitive soundness of the stock and the prudence of investing their damages and disgorgement of profits and injunctive relief with retirement assets in Xerox stock. The plaintiffs filed a Second respect to a claim of copyright infringement. In September 2005, Consolidated Amended Complaint, alleging that some or all the arbitration panel rendered its decision, holding in part that the defendants breached their ERISA fiduciary duties during 1997- Agreement had been assigned to Xerox and that no punitive 2002 by (1) maintaining the Xerox Stock Fund as an investment damages should be granted, and awarded MPI approximately $89, option under the Plan; (2) failing to monitor the conduct of Plan plus interest thereon. In December 2005, the arbitration panel fiduciaries; and (3) misleading Plan participants about Xerox stock rendered its decision on the applicable rate of pre-judgment as an investment option under the Plans. The complaint does not interest resulting in an award of $13 for pre- and post-judgment specify the amount of damages sought, but demands that the interest. In 2006, Xerox’s application for judicial review of the losses to the Plans be restored, which it describes as “millions of award, seeking to have the award set aside in its entirety, was dollars.” It also seeks other legal and equitable relief, as denied by the Ontario Superior Court in Toronto and Xerox appropriate, to remedy the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, as released all monies and software it had placed in escrow. In well as interest, costs and attorneys’ fees. On January 28, 2009. the January 2007, Xerox and XCL served an arbitration claim against Court granted preliminary approval of an agreement to settle this MPI seeking a declaratory award concerning the preclusive effect case, the terms of which are within the amount previously reserved of the remedy awarded by the prior arbitration panel. In by the Company for this matter. The Company and the other March 2007, MPI delivered to Xerox a statement of defense and defendants do not admit any wrongdoing as a part of the counterclaim in response to Xerox’s arbitration claim. MPI claims settlement, which is subject to final Court approval and other entitlement to an unspecified amount of damages for royalties. In conditions. A fairness hearing has been scheduled for April 13, addition, MPI claims damages of $50 for alleged “misuse” of its 2009. Digwamaje et al. v. IBM et al.: A purported class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York on September 27, 2002. Service of the complaint on the Company was deemed effective as of December 6, 2002. The licensed software by Xerox after December 2006. MPI also claims entitlement to unspecified amounts of pre and post-judgment interest and its costs of the arbitration. A panel of three arbitrators has been appointed to hear the dispute. The panel heard oral arguments relating to preliminary dispositive motions on May 20-21, 2008. The panel’s decision was released on August 28, 2008, in which the panel determined that MPI is precluded from advancing certain claims to royalties in respect of Xerox’s Version 8 software and its derivatives, but that certain other claims being advanced by MPI are not precluded. A hearing relating to most of the issues raised in the current arbitration, other than damages issues relating to one of MPI’s claims that has been bifurcated, is expected to take place in October 2009. Should developments cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome, or result in a final adverse judgment or a settlement for a significant amount, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs. Based on the present stage of the proceeding, it is not possible to estimate the amount of any material loss or range of material loss that might result from any of the claims advanced in such counterclaim. Warren, et al. v. Xerox Corporation: On March 11, 2004, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York entered an order certifying a nationwide class of all black salespersons employed by Xerox from February 1, 1997 to the present under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and the Civil Rights Act of 1871. The suit was commenced on May 9, 2001 by six black sales representatives. The plaintiffs alleged that Xerox had engaged in a pattern or practice of race discrimination against them and other black sales representatives by assigning them to less desirable sales territories, denying them promotional opportunities, and paying them less than their white counterparts. Although the complaint did not specify the amount of damages sought, plaintiffs sought, on behalf of themselves and the classes they sought to represent, front and back pay, compensatory and punitive damages, and attorneys’ fees. A settlement agreement was reached, the terms of which are not material to Xerox. On September 22, 2008, an Order and Judgment of Final Approval of the Settlement was entered. The Company denies any wrongdoing as part of the settlement. The period for appeal has expired and the settlement is now final. Other Matters It is our policy to promptly and carefully investigate, often with the assistance of outside advisers, allegations of impropriety that may come to our attention. If the allegations are substantiated, appropriate prompt remedial action is taken. When and where appropriate, we report such matters to the U.S. Department of Justice and to the SEC, and/or make public disclosure. India In recent years we became aware of a number of matters at our Indian subsidiary, Xerox India Ltd. (formerly Xerox Modicorp Ltd.), that occurred over a period of several years, much of which occurred before we obtained majority ownership of these operations in mid-1999. These matters include misappropriations of funds and payments to other companies that may have been inaccurately recorded on the subsidiary’s books and certain alleged improper payments in connection with sales to government customers. These transactions were not material to the Company’s financial statements. We reported these transactions to the Indian authorities, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and to the SEC. In 2005, the private Indian investigator engaged by the Indian Ministry of Company Affairs completed an investigation of these matters and issued a report (“Report”). A copy of the Report was provided to our Indian subsidiary, which was asked by the Indian Ministry of Company Affairs to comment on the Report. The Report addresses the previously disclosed misappropriation of funds and alleged improper payments and includes allegations that Xerox India Ltd.’s senior officials and the Company were aware of such activities. The Report also asserts the need for further investigation into potential criminal acts related to the improper activities addressed by the Report. The matter is now pending in the Indian Ministry of Company Affairs. The Company reported these developments and made a copy of the Report received by Xerox India Ltd. available to the DOJ and the SEC. On November 17, 2005, Xerox India Ltd. filed its reply with the Ministry of Company Affairs (or “MCA”). Xerox sent copies of the reply to the SEC and DOJ in the United States. In its reply, Xerox India Ltd. argued that the alleged violations of Indian Company Law by means of alleged improper payments and alleged defaults/ failures of the Xerox India Ltd. board of directors were generally unsubstantiated and without any basis in law. Further, Xerox India Ltd. stated that the Report’s findings of other alleged violations were unsubstantiated and unproven. The MCA will consider our reply and will let us know their conclusions. There is the possibility of fines or criminal penalties if conclusive proof of wrongdoing is found. We have told the MCA that Xerox’s conduct in voluntarily disclosing the initial information and readily and willingly submitting to investigation, coupled with the non-availability of earlier records, warrants complete closure and early settlement. In January 2006, we learned that the MCA had issued a “Show Cause Notice” to certain former executives of Xerox India Ltd. seeking a response to allegations of potential violations of the Indian Companies Act. We also learned that Xerox India Ltd. had received a formal Notice of Enquiry from the Indian Monopolies & Restrictive Trade Practices Commission (“MRTP Commission”) alleging that Xerox India Ltd. committed unfair trading practices arising from the events described in the Report. Xerox India Ltd. filed its reply to the Notice of Enquiry and the investigating officer subsequently filed his response to our reply. At a hearing in August 2007, Xerox India Ltd. argued that the Enquiry is not maintainable under the Commission’s jurisdiction. The issue of maintainability of the Notice 84 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 85 Text.indd 85 3/18/09 5:59:43 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) of Enquiry has been framed as the preliminary issue, which was argued in hearings held on November 17, 2008 and February 3, 2009; the matter is now fixed for further arguments on April 17, 2009. Our Indian subsidiary is contesting the Notice of Enquiry and has been fully cooperating with the authorities. Other Contingencies Guarantees, Indemnifications and Warranty Liabilities Guarantees and claims arise during the ordinary course of business from relationships with suppliers, customers and nonconsolidated affiliates when the Company undertakes an obligation to guarantee the performance of others if specified triggering events occur. Nonperformance under a contract could trigger an obligation of the Company. These potential claims include actions based upon alleged exposures to products, real estate, intellectual property such as patents, environmental matters, and other indemnifications. The ultimate effect on future financial results is not subject to reasonable estimation because considerable uncertainty exists as to the final outcome of these claims. However, while the ultimate liabilities resulting from such claims may be significant to results of operations in the period recognized, management does not anticipate they will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or liquidity. As of December 31, 2008, we have accrued our estimate of liability incurred under our indemnification arrangements and guarantees. Indemnifications Provided as Part of Contracts and Agreements We are a party to the following types of agreements pursuant to which we may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters: • Contracts that we entered into for the sale or purchase of businesses or real estate assets, under which we customarily agree to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations and covenants, including obligations to pay rent. Typically, these relate to such matters as adequate title to assets sold, intellectual property rights, specified environmental matters and certain income taxes arising prior to the date of acquisition. • Guarantees on behalf of our subsidiaries with respect to real estate leases. These lease guarantees may remain in effect subsequent to the sale of the subsidiary. • Agreements to indemnify various service providers, trustees and bank agents from any third party claims related to their performance on our behalf, with the exception of claims that result from third-party’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence. • Guarantees of our performance in certain sales and services contracts to our customers and indirectly the performance of third parties with whom we have subcontracted for their services. This includes indemnifications to customers for losses that may be sustained as a result of the use of our equipment at a customer’s location. In each of these circumstances, our payment is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow us to challenge the other party’s claims. In the case of lease guarantees, we may contest the liabilities asserted under the lease. Further, our obligations under these agreements and guarantees may be limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some instances, we may have recourse against third parties for certain payments we made. Patent Indemnifications In most sales transactions to resellers of our products, we indemnify against possible claims of patent infringement caused by our products or solutions. These indemnifications usually do not include limits on the claims, provided the claim is made pursuant to the procedures required in the sales contract. Indemnification of Officers and Directors Our corporate by-laws require that, except to the extent expressly prohibited by law, we must indemnify Xerox Corporation’s officers and directors against judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, including legal fees and all appeals, incurred in connection with civil or criminal action or proceedings, as it relates to their services to Xerox Corporation and our subsidiaries. Although the by-laws provide no limit on the amount of indemnification, we may have recourse against our insurance carriers for certain payments made by us. However, certain indemnification payments may not be covered under our directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage. In addition, we indemnify certain fiduciaries of our employee benefit plans for liabilities incurred in their service as fiduciary whether or not they are officers of the Company. Product Warranty Liabilities In connection with our normal sales of equipment, including those under sales-type leases, we generally do not issue product warranties. Our arrangements typically involve a separate full service maintenance agreement with the customer. The agreements generally extend over a period equivalent to the lease term or the expected useful life under a cash sale. The service agreements involve the payment of fees in return for our performance of repairs and maintenance. As a consequence, we do not have any significant product warranty obligations including any obligations under customer satisfaction programs. In a few circumstances, particularly in certain cash sales, we may issue a issuance under our incentive compensation plans, 48 million shares limited product warranty if negotiated by the customer. We also were reserved for debt to equity exchanges and 2 million shares issue warranties for certain of our lower-end products in the Office were reserved for the conversion of convertible debt. segment, where full service maintenance agreements are not available. In these instances, we record warranty obligations at the time of the sale. Aggregate product warranty liability expenses for the three years ended December 31, 2008 were $39, $40 and $43, respectively. Total product warranty liabilities as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $27 and $26, respectively. Note 17 – Shareholders’ Equity Preferred Stock Stock-Based Compensation We have a long-term incentive plan whereby eligible employees may be granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance shares (“PSs”) and non-qualified stock options. We grant PSs and RSUs in order to continue to attract and retain employees and to better align employee interest with those of our shareholders. Each of these awards is subject to settlement with newly issued shares of our common stock. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, 15 million and 19 million shares, respectively, were Stock-based compensation expense for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: As of December 31, 2008, we had no preferred stock shares or preferred stock purchase rights outstanding. We are authorized to available for grant of awards. issue approximately 22 million shares of cumulative preferred stock, $1.00 par value. Common Stock We have 1.75 billion authorized shares of common stock, $1 par value. At December 31, 2008, 90 million shares were reserved for Stock-based compensation expense, pre-tax Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax 2008 2007 2006 $85 52 $89 55 $64 39 Restricted stock units: Compensation expense is based upon the grant date market price and is recorded over the vesting period. RSU awards vest three years from the date of the grant. A summary of the activity for RSUs as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and changes during the years then ended, is presented below (shares in thousands): Nonvested Restricted Stock Units Outstanding at January 1 Granted Vested Cancelled 2008 Weighted Average Grant 2007 Weighted Average Grant 2006 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $16.78 13.63 16.92 15.98 Shares 8,635 4,444 (935) (448) Date Fair Value $ 15.71 18.17 13.65 16.42 Shares 5,491 4,256 (686) (426) 8,635 Date Fair Value $ 15.69 15.18 13.70 13.45 $15.71 Shares 11,696 5,923 (3,350) (232) 14,037 Outstanding at December 31 $15.43 11,696 $16.78 At December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs Performance shares: We grant officers and selected executives outstanding was $112. The total intrinsic value of RSUs vested PSs whose vesting is contingent upon meeting pre-determined during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $54, $16 and $10, respectively. Diluted Earnings per Share (“EPS”) and Core Cash Flow from The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions for vested Operations targets. These shares entitle the holder to one share of RSUs totaled $18, $3 and $3 for the years ended December 31, common stock, payable after a three-year period and the 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2008, there was $105 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested RSUs, which is expected to be recognized ratably over a remaining weighted-average contractual term of 1.6 years. attainment of the stated goals. If the cumulative three-year actual results for EPS and Cash Flow from Operations exceed the stated targets, then the plan participants have the potential to earn additional shares of common stock. This overachievement can not exceed 50% for officers and 25% for non-officers of the original grant. 86 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 87 Text.indd 86 3/18/09 5:59:44 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) of Enquiry has been framed as the preliminary issue, which was • Guarantees of our performance in certain sales and services argued in hearings held on November 17, 2008 and February 3, contracts to our customers and indirectly the performance of 2009; the matter is now fixed for further arguments on April 17, third parties with whom we have subcontracted for their 2009. Our Indian subsidiary is contesting the Notice of Enquiry and services. This includes indemnifications to customers for losses has been fully cooperating with the authorities. that may be sustained as a result of the use of our equipment at Other Contingencies Guarantees, Indemnifications and Warranty Liabilities Guarantees and claims arise during the ordinary course of business from relationships with suppliers, customers and nonconsolidated affiliates when the Company undertakes an obligation to occur. Nonperformance under a contract could trigger an obligation of the Company. These potential claims include actions based upon alleged exposures to products, real estate, intellectual made. property such as patents, environmental matters, and other a customer’s location. In each of these circumstances, our payment is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow us to challenge the other party’s claims. In the case of lease guarantees, we may contest the liabilities asserted under the lease. Further, our limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some instances, we may have recourse against third parties for certain payments we guarantee the performance of others if specified triggering events obligations under these agreements and guarantees may be indemnifications. The ultimate effect on future financial results is Patent Indemnifications not subject to reasonable estimation because considerable In most sales transactions to resellers of our products, we uncertainty exists as to the final outcome of these claims. However, indemnify against possible claims of patent infringement caused while the ultimate liabilities resulting from such claims may be by our products or solutions. These indemnifications usually do not significant to results of operations in the period recognized, include limits on the claims, provided the claim is made pursuant to management does not anticipate they will have a material adverse the procedures required in the sales contract. effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or liquidity. As of December 31, 2008, we have accrued our estimate Indemnification of Officers and Directors of liability incurred under our indemnification arrangements and Our corporate by-laws require that, except to the extent expressly guarantees. Agreements Indemnifications Provided as Part of Contracts and paid in settlement, including legal fees and all appeals, incurred in prohibited by law, we must indemnify Xerox Corporation’s officers and directors against judgments, fines, penalties and amounts connection with civil or criminal action or proceedings, as it relates We are a party to the following types of agreements pursuant to to their services to Xerox Corporation and our subsidiaries. which we may be obligated to indemnify the other party with Although the by-laws provide no limit on the amount of respect to certain matters: • Contracts that we entered into for the sale or purchase of businesses or real estate assets, under which we customarily agree to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations and covenants, including indemnification, we may have recourse against our insurance carriers for certain payments made by us. However, certain indemnification payments may not be covered under our directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage. In addition, we indemnify certain fiduciaries of our employee benefit plans for liabilities incurred in their service as fiduciary whether or not they are officers of the obligations to pay rent. Typically, these relate to such matters as adequate title to assets sold, intellectual property rights, Company. specified environmental matters and certain income taxes Product Warranty Liabilities arising prior to the date of acquisition. In connection with our normal sales of equipment, including those • Guarantees on behalf of our subsidiaries with respect to real estate leases. These lease guarantees may remain in effect subsequent to the sale of the subsidiary. under sales-type leases, we generally do not issue product warranties. Our arrangements typically involve a separate full service maintenance agreement with the customer. The agreements generally extend over a period equivalent to the lease • Agreements to indemnify various service providers, trustees and term or the expected useful life under a cash sale. The service bank agents from any third party claims related to their agreements involve the payment of fees in return for our performance on our behalf, with the exception of claims that performance of repairs and maintenance. As a consequence, we do result from third-party’s own willful misconduct or gross not have any significant product warranty obligations including negligence. any obligations under customer satisfaction programs. In a few circumstances, particularly in certain cash sales, we may issue a limited product warranty if negotiated by the customer. We also issue warranties for certain of our lower-end products in the Office segment, where full service maintenance agreements are not available. In these instances, we record warranty obligations at the time of the sale. Aggregate product warranty liability expenses for the three years ended December 31, 2008 were $39, $40 and $43, respectively. Total product warranty liabilities as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $27 and $26, respectively. Note 17 – Shareholders’ Equity Preferred Stock As of December 31, 2008, we had no preferred stock shares or preferred stock purchase rights outstanding. We are authorized to issue approximately 22 million shares of cumulative preferred stock, $1.00 par value. Common Stock issuance under our incentive compensation plans, 48 million shares were reserved for debt to equity exchanges and 2 million shares were reserved for the conversion of convertible debt. Stock-Based Compensation We have a long-term incentive plan whereby eligible employees may be granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance shares (“PSs”) and non-qualified stock options. We grant PSs and RSUs in order to continue to attract and retain employees and to better align employee interest with those of our shareholders. Each of these awards is subject to settlement with newly issued shares of our common stock. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, 15 million and 19 million shares, respectively, were available for grant of awards. Stock-based compensation expense for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was as follows: 2008 2007 2006 We have 1.75 billion authorized shares of common stock, $1 par value. At December 31, 2008, 90 million shares were reserved for Stock-based compensation expense, pre-tax Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax $85 52 $89 55 $64 39 Restricted stock units: Compensation expense is based upon the grant date market price and is recorded over the vesting period. RSU awards vest three years from the date of the grant. A summary of the activity for RSUs as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and changes during the years then ended, is presented below (shares in thousands): Nonvested Restricted Stock Units Outstanding at January 1 Granted Vested Cancelled Outstanding at December 31 2008 2007 2006 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $16.78 13.63 16.92 15.98 $15.43 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $ 15.71 18.17 13.65 16.42 $16.78 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $ 15.69 15.18 13.70 13.45 $15.71 Shares 5,491 4,256 (686) (426) 8,635 Shares 8,635 4,444 (935) (448) 11,696 Shares 11,696 5,923 (3,350) (232) 14,037 At December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding was $112. The total intrinsic value of RSUs vested during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $54, $16 and $10, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions for vested RSUs totaled $18, $3 and $3 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2008, there was $105 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested RSUs, which is expected to be recognized ratably over a remaining weighted-average contractual term of 1.6 years. Performance shares: We grant officers and selected executives PSs whose vesting is contingent upon meeting pre-determined Diluted Earnings per Share (“EPS”) and Core Cash Flow from Operations targets. These shares entitle the holder to one share of common stock, payable after a three-year period and the attainment of the stated goals. If the cumulative three-year actual results for EPS and Cash Flow from Operations exceed the stated targets, then the plan participants have the potential to earn additional shares of common stock. This overachievement can not exceed 50% for officers and 25% for non-officers of the original grant. 86 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 87 Text.indd 87 3/18/09 5:59:45 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) A summary of the activity for PSs as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and changes during the years then ended, is presented below (shares in thousands): The following table provides information relating to stock option Treasury Stock exercises for the three years ended December 31, 2008: Nonvested Performance Shares Outstanding at January 1 Granted Vested Cancelled Outstanding at December 31 2008 2007 2006 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $16.16 13.67 14.87 16.05 $15.39 Shares 6,585 3,696 (2,734) (169) 7,378 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $ 15.04 18.48 15.41 Shares 2,052 2,588 —— (69) $16.16 4,571 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $ 14.87 15.17 14.95 $15.04 Shares 4,571 2,160 —— (146) 6,585 At December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of PSs outstanding was $59. The total intrinsic value of PS’s vested during 2008 was $41. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions for vested PS’s totaled $13 for the year ended December 31, 2008. We account for PSs using fair value determined as of the grant date. If the stated targets are not met, any recognized compensation cost would be reversed. As of December 31, 2008, there was $48 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested PSs; this cost is expected to be recognized ratably over a remaining weighted-average contractual term of 1.5 years. Stock options: Stock options generally vest over a period of three years and expire between eight and ten years from the date of grant. We have not issued any new stock options since 2004 and all options currently outstanding are fully vested and exercisable. The following table provides information relating to the status of, and changes in, outstanding stock options for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008 (stock options in thousands): Employee Stock Options Outstanding at January 1 Cancelled/Expired Exercised Outstanding at December 31 2008 2007 2006 Stock Options 52,424 (6,559) (680) 45,185 Average Option Price $19.73 50.08 8.89 $15.49 Stock Options 60,480 (922) (7,134) 52,424 Average Option Price $ 18.56 24.18 9.22 $19.73 Stock Options 76,307 (5,478) (10,349) 60,480 Average Option Price $ 19.40 49.44 8.46 $18.56 Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2008 were as follows (stock options in thousands): Range of Exercise Prices $ 4.75 to $6.98 7.13 to 10.69 10.72 to 15.27 16.91 to 21.78 25.38 to 27.00 47.50 to 60.44 Number Outstanding and Exercisable Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life Weighted Average Exercise Price 2,526 18,493 8,024 11,092 3,536 1,514 45,185 2.01 3.37 2.99 1.00 0.94 1.00 $ 4.97 9.23 13.68 21.76 26.19 48.00 At December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding and exercisable was $8. Total intrinsic value Cash received Tax benefit realized for tax deductions 2008. 2008 2007 2006 $4 6 2 $61 $72 65 22 82 25 The Board of Directors has cumulatively authorized programs for the repurchase of the Company’s common stock totaling $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2008. The $4.5 billion includes additional authorizations of $1.0 billion in both January and July of Through December 31, 2008, we have repurchased a cumulative total of 194.1 million shares at a cost of $2,945 (including associated fees of $4) under these stock repurchase programs. Note 18 – Earnings Per Share December 31, 2008 (shares in thousands): The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock for the three years ended Basic Earnings per Share: Net Income Accrued dividends on Series C Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock Adjusted net income available to common shareholders Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Basic Earnings per Share Diluted Earnings per Share: Net Income Interest on Convertible securities, net Adjusted net income available to common shareholders Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Common shares issuable with respect to: Stock options Restricted stock and performance shares Series C Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock Convertible securities Adjusted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding Diluted Earnings per Share 2008 2007 2006 $ $ $ $ $ 885,471 0.26 230 — 230 230 — 230 3,885 6,186 — — 1,135 — 1,135 934,903 1.21 $ $ $ $ $ 1,135 11 1,136 8,650 7,396 — 1,992 $ $ $ $ $ 1,210 (29) 1,181 943,852 1.25 1,210 1,211 943,852 9,300 3,980 37,398 1,992 885,471 934,903 895,542 952,941 996,522 $ 0.26 $ 1.19 $ 1.22 The 2008, 2007 and 2006 computation of diluted earnings per per share of our common stock. In addition, the common shares share did not include the effects of 29 million, 23 million and issuable with respect to convertible securities were not included in 27 million stock options, respectively, because their respective the 2008 computation of diluted EPS because to do so would have exercise prices were greater than the corresponding market value been anti-dilutive. 88 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 89 Text.indd 88 3/18/09 5:59:47 PM Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (in millions, except per share data and unless otherwise indicated) Outstanding at December 31 $15.39 6,585 $16.16 4,571 Note 18 – Earnings Per Share The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock for the three years ended December 31, 2008 (shares in thousands): The following table provides information relating to stock option exercises for the three years ended December 31, 2008: Total intrinsic value Cash received Tax benefit realized for tax deductions 2008 2007 2006 $4 6 2 $61 65 22 $72 82 25 Treasury Stock The Board of Directors has cumulatively authorized programs for the repurchase of the Company’s common stock totaling $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2008. The $4.5 billion includes additional authorizations of $1.0 billion in both January and July of 2008. Through December 31, 2008, we have repurchased a cumulative total of 194.1 million shares at a cost of $2,945 (including associated fees of $4) under these stock repurchase programs. Basic Earnings per Share: Net Income Accrued dividends on Series C Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock Adjusted net income available to common shareholders Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Basic Earnings per Share Diluted Earnings per Share: Net Income Interest on Convertible securities, net Adjusted net income available to common shareholders Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Common shares issuable with respect to: Stock options Restricted stock and performance shares Series C Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock Convertible securities Adjusted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding Diluted Earnings per Share 2008 2007 2006 $ $ 230 — 230 $ $ 1,135 — 1,135 $ $ 1,210 (29) 1,181 885,471 934,903 943,852 $ $ $ 0.26 230 — 230 $ $ $ 1.21 1,135 11 1,136 $ $ $ 1.25 1,210 1,211 885,471 934,903 943,852 3,885 6,186 — — 8,650 7,396 — 1,992 9,300 3,980 37,398 1,992 895,542 952,941 996,522 $ 0.26 $ 1.19 $ 1.22 The 2008, 2007 and 2006 computation of diluted earnings per share did not include the effects of 29 million, 23 million and 27 million stock options, respectively, because their respective exercise prices were greater than the corresponding market value per share of our common stock. In addition, the common shares issuable with respect to convertible securities were not included in the 2008 computation of diluted EPS because to do so would have been anti-dilutive. A summary of the activity for PSs as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and changes during the years then ended, is presented below (shares in thousands): Nonvested Performance Shares Outstanding at January 1 Granted Vested Cancelled 2008 2007 2006 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $16.16 13.67 14.87 16.05 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $ 15.04 18.48 15.41 Shares 4,571 2,160 —— (146) Shares 2,052 2,588 —— (69) Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $ 14.87 15.17 14.95 $15.04 Shares 6,585 3,696 (2,734) (169) 7,378 At December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of PSs We account for PSs using fair value determined as of the grant outstanding was $59. The total intrinsic value of PS’s vested during date. If the stated targets are not met, any recognized 2008 was $41. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax compensation cost would be reversed. As of December 31, 2008, deductions for vested PS’s totaled $13 for the year ended there was $48 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to December 31, 2008. nonvested PSs; this cost is expected to be recognized ratably over a remaining weighted-average contractual term of 1.5 years. Stock options: Stock options generally vest over a period of three years and expire between eight and ten years from the date of grant. We have not issued any new stock options since 2004 and all options currently outstanding are fully vested and exercisable. The following table provides information relating to the status of, and changes in, outstanding stock options for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008 (stock options in thousands): Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2008 were as follows (stock options in thousands): Employee Stock Options Outstanding at January 1 Cancelled/Expired Exercised Outstanding at December 31 Range of Exercise Prices $ 4.75 to $6.98 7.13 to 10.69 10.72 to 15.27 16.91 to 21.78 25.38 to 27.00 47.50 to 60.44 2008 2007 2006 Stock Options 52,424 (6,559) (680) 45,185 Average Option Price $19.73 50.08 8.89 $15.49 Stock Options 60,480 (922) (7,134) 52,424 Average Option Price $ 18.56 24.18 9.22 $19.73 Stock Options 76,307 (5,478) (10,349) 60,480 Average Option Price $ 19.40 49.44 8.46 $18.56 Number Outstanding and Weighted Average Exercisable Remaining Contractual Life Weighted Average Exercise Price 2,526 18,493 8,024 11,092 3,536 1,514 45,185 2.01 3.37 2.99 1.00 0.94 1.00 $ 4.97 9.23 13.68 21.76 26.19 48.00 At December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding and exercisable was $8. 88 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 89 Text.indd 89 3/18/09 5:59:48 PM Reports of Management Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements Our management is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of all information presented in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include amounts based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Management believes the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions and that the financial statements fairly represent the Company’s financial position and results of operations. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with the independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the internal auditors and representatives of management to review accounting, financial reporting, internal control and audit matters, as well as the nature and extent of the audit effort. The Audit Committee is responsible for the engagement of the independent auditors. The independent auditors and internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the above evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008. Anne M. Mulcahy Chief Executive Officer Lawrence A. Zimmerman Chief Financial Officer Gary R. Kabureck Chief Accounting Officer To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Xerox Corporation: exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries at effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations As discussed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and effective internal control over financial reporting as of 132(R)” as of December 31, 2006. December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Stamford, Connecticut February 13, 2009 90 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 91 Text.indd 90 3/18/09 5:59:49 PM Reports of Management Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements Management’s Report on Internal Control Over To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Xerox Corporation: Our management is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of all information presented in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include amounts based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Management believes the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions and that the financial statements fairly represent the Company’s financial position and results of operations. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with the independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the internal auditors and representatives of management to review as well as the nature and extent of the audit effort. The Audit Committee is responsible for the engagement of the independent auditors. The independent auditors and internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee. accounting, financial reporting, internal control and audit matters, December 31, 2008. Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the above evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of Anne M. Mulcahy Chief Executive Officer Lawrence A. Zimmerman Chief Financial Officer Gary R. Kabureck Chief Accounting Officer In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Stamford, Connecticut February 13, 2009 exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. As discussed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” as of December 31, 2006. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 90 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 91 Text.indd 91 3/18/09 5:59:49 PM Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (in millions, except per share data) 2008 Revenues Costs and Expenses(1) (Loss) Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income Income tax (benefits) expenses(2) Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates(3) Net (Loss) Income Basic (Loss) Earnings per Share(4) Diluted (Loss) Earnings per Share(4) 2007 Revenues Costs and Expenses Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income Income tax expenses Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates(3) Net Income Basic Earnings per Share(4) Diluted Earnings per Share(4) First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter Full Year $4,335 4,853 $4,533 4,288 $4,370 4,132 $4,370 4,449 $17,608 17,722 (518) (246) 28 245 59 29 $ (244) $ 215 $ (0.27) $ (0.27) $ 0.24 $ 0.24 238 15 35 $ 258 $ 0.30 $ 0.29 (79) (59) 21 $ 1 $ — $ — (114) (231) 113 $ 230 $ 0.26 $ 0.26 $ 3,836 3,507 $ 4,208 3,893 $ 4,302 3,978 $ 4,882 4,412 $ 17,228 15,790 329 102 6 $ 233 $ 0.25 $ 0.24 315 76 27 $ 266 $ 0.28 $ 0.28 324 97 27 $ 254 $ 0.27 $ 0.27 470 125 37 $ 382 $ 0.41 $ 0.41 1,438 400 97 $ 1,135 $ $ 1.21 1.19 (1) Costs and expenses include charges for restructuring and asset impairments and an equipment write-off of $63, $14 and $388 for the second, third and fourth quarters of 2008, respectively. In addition, the first and fourth quarters of 2008 include $795 and $(21) for litigation matters. (2) The first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2008 include $304, $20, $5 and $124 of tax benefits, respectively, from the above noted charges. Third quarter 2008 also included a $41 income tax benefit from the settlement of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits. (3) The first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2008 include $10, $3, $2 and $1 of charges, respectively, for our share of Fuji Xerox restructuring charges. The first, third and fourth quarters of 2007 include $23, $5, and $2 of charges, respectively, for our share of Fuji Xerox restructuring charges. (4) The sum of quarterly earnings per share may differ from the full-year amounts due to rounding, or in the case of diluted earnings per share, because securities that are anti-dilutive in certain quarters may not be anti-dilutive on a full-year basis. Five Years in Review (in millions, except per share data) Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments $ 1,229 $ 1,099 $ 1,536 $ 1,566 $ 3,218 (in millions, except per-share data) Per-Share Data Income from continuing operations Earnings Basic Diluted Basic Diluted Operations Revenues Sales Common stock dividends Service, outsourcing and rentals Finance income Research, development and engineering expenses Selling, administrative and general expenses Income from continuing operations Net income Financial Position Accounts and finance receivables, net Inventories Equipment on operating leases, net Land, buildings and equipment, net Total Assets Consolidated Capitalization Long-term debt Total Debt Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt Minorities’ interests in equity of subsidiaries Liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities(1) Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock Common shareholders’ equity Selected Data and Ratios Common shareholders of record at year-end Book value per common share Year-end common stock market price Employees at year-end Gross margin Sales gross margin Working capital Current ratio Service, outsourcing and rentals gross margin Finance gross margin Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment Depreciation on buildings and equipment 2008 2007(2) 2006 2005 2004 $ 0.26 0.26 $ 0.26 0.26 $ 0.17 $ $ 1.21 1.19 1.21 1.19 $ 0.0425 $ $ 1.25 1.22 1.25 1.22 — $ $ 0.91 0.90 0.96 0.94 — $ $ 0.84 0.78 0.94 0.86 — $17,608 $ 17,228 $ 15,895 $ 15,701 $ 15,722 8,325 8,485 798 884 4,534 230 230 9,462 1,232 594 1,419 22,447 1,610 6,774 8,384 120 648 — 6,238 46,541 $ 7.21 $ 7.97 57,100 38.9% 33.7% 41.9% 61.8% 1.5 206 257 $ $ 8,192 8,214 822 912 4,312 1,135 1,135 10,505 1,305 587 1,587 23,543 525 6,939 7,464 103 632 — 8,588 48,261 $ 9.36 $ 16.19 57,400 40.3% 35.9% 42.7% 61.6% 2.1 236 262 $ $ 7,464 7,591 840 922 4,008 1,210 1,210 10,043 1,163 481 1,527 21,709 1,485 5,660 7,145 108 624 — 7,080 40,372 $ 7.48 $ 16.95 53,700 40.6% 35.7% 43.0% 63.7% 1.9 215 277 $ $ 7,400 7,426 875 943 4,110 933 978 9,886 1,201 431 1,627 21,953 1,139 6,139 7,278 90 724 889 6,319 53,017 $ 6.79 $ 14.65 55,220 41.2% 36.6% 43.3% 62.7% 2.0 181 280 $ $ 7,259 7,529 934 914 4,203 776 859 10,573 1,143 398 1,759 24,884 3,074 7,050 10,124 80 717 889 6,244 55,152 $ 6.53 $ 17.01 58,100 41.6% 37.4% 43.0% 63.1% 1.7 204 305 $ $ $ 2,700 $ 4,463 $ 4,056 $ 4,390 $ 4,628 Total Consolidated Capitalization $15,390 $16,787 $14,957 $15,300 $18,054 (1) For 2005, the amount includes $98 reported in other current liabilities. (2) 2007 results include the acquisition of GIS. Refer to Note 3 – Acquisitions in the Consolidated Financial Statements. 92 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 93 Text.indd 92 3/18/09 5:59:51 PM Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (in millions, except per share data) 2008 Revenues Costs and Expenses(1) (Loss) Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income Income tax (benefits) expenses(2) Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates(3) Net (Loss) Income Basic (Loss) Earnings per Share(4) Diluted (Loss) Earnings per Share(4) 2007 Revenues Costs and Expenses Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income Income tax expenses Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates(3) Net Income Basic Earnings per Share(4) Diluted Earnings per Share(4) First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter Full Year $4,335 4,853 $4,533 4,288 $4,370 4,132 $4,370 4,449 $17,608 17,722 (518) (246) 28 245 59 29 $ (244) $ 215 $ (0.27) $ (0.27) $ 0.24 $ 0.24 329 102 6 $ 233 $ 0.25 $ 0.24 315 76 27 $ 266 $ 0.28 $ 0.28 238 15 35 $ 258 $ 0.30 $ 0.29 324 97 27 $ 254 $ 0.27 $ 0.27 (79) (59) 21 $ 1 $ — $ — (114) (231) 113 230 $ $ 0.26 $ 0.26 470 125 37 $ 382 $ 0.41 $ 0.41 1,438 400 97 $ 1,135 $ $ 1.21 1.19 $ 3,836 3,507 $ 4,208 3,893 $ 4,302 3,978 $ 4,882 4,412 $ 17,228 15,790 (1) Costs and expenses include charges for restructuring and asset impairments and an equipment write-off of $63, $14 and $388 for the second, third and fourth quarters of 2008, respectively. In (2) The first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2008 include $304, $20, $5 and $124 of tax benefits, respectively, from the above noted charges. Third quarter 2008 also included a $41 income addition, the first and fourth quarters of 2008 include $795 and $(21) for litigation matters. tax benefit from the settlement of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits. (3) The first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2008 include $10, $3, $2 and $1 of charges, respectively, for our share of Fuji Xerox restructuring charges. The first, third and fourth quarters of 2007 include $23, $5, and $2 of charges, respectively, for our share of Fuji Xerox restructuring charges. (4) The sum of quarterly earnings per share may differ from the full-year amounts due to rounding, or in the case of diluted earnings per share, because securities that are anti-dilutive in certain quarters may not be anti-dilutive on a full-year basis. Five Years in Review (in millions, except per share data) (in millions, except per-share data) Per-Share Data Income from continuing operations Basic Diluted Earnings Basic Diluted Common stock dividends Operations Revenues Sales Service, outsourcing and rentals Finance income Research, development and engineering expenses Selling, administrative and general expenses Income from continuing operations Net income Financial Position Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments Accounts and finance receivables, net Inventories Equipment on operating leases, net Land, buildings and equipment, net Total Assets Consolidated Capitalization Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt Long-term debt Total Debt Minorities’ interests in equity of subsidiaries Liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities(1) Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock Common shareholders’ equity 2008 2007(2) 2006 2005 2004 $ 0.26 0.26 $ 0.26 0.26 $ 0.17 $17,608 8,325 8,485 798 884 4,534 230 230 $ 1,229 9,462 1,232 594 1,419 22,447 1,610 6,774 8,384 120 648 — 6,238 $ 1.21 1.19 $ 1.21 1.19 $ 0.0425 $ 17,228 8,192 8,214 822 912 4,312 1,135 1,135 $ 1,099 10,505 1,305 587 1,587 23,543 525 6,939 7,464 103 632 — 8,588 $ $ 1.25 1.22 1.25 1.22 — $ 15,895 7,464 7,591 840 922 4,008 1,210 1,210 $ 1,536 10,043 1,163 481 1,527 21,709 1,485 5,660 7,145 108 624 — 7,080 $ $ 0.91 0.90 0.96 0.94 — $ 15,701 7,400 7,426 875 943 4,110 933 978 $ 1,566 9,886 1,201 431 1,627 21,953 1,139 6,139 7,278 90 724 889 6,319 $ $ 0.84 0.78 0.94 0.86 — $ 15,722 7,259 7,529 934 914 4,203 776 859 $ 3,218 10,573 1,143 398 1,759 24,884 3,074 7,050 10,124 80 717 889 6,244 Total Consolidated Capitalization $15,390 $16,787 $14,957 $15,300 $18,054 Selected Data and Ratios Common shareholders of record at year-end Book value per common share Year-end common stock market price Employees at year-end Gross margin Sales gross margin Service, outsourcing and rentals gross margin Finance gross margin Working capital Current ratio Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment Depreciation on buildings and equipment 46,541 $ 7.21 $ 7.97 57,100 38.9% 33.7% 41.9% 61.8% $ 2,700 1.5 206 257 $ $ 48,261 9.36 $ $ 16.19 57,400 40.3% 35.9% 42.7% 61.6% $ 4,463 2.1 236 262 $ $ 40,372 7.48 $ $ 16.95 53,700 40.6% 35.7% 43.0% 63.7% $ 4,056 1.9 215 277 $ $ 53,017 6.79 $ $ 14.65 55,220 41.2% 36.6% 43.3% 62.7% $ 4,390 2.0 181 280 $ $ 55,152 6.53 $ $ 17.01 58,100 41.6% 37.4% 43.0% 63.1% $ 4,628 1.7 204 305 $ $ (1) For 2005, the amount includes $98 reported in other current liabilities. (2) 2007 results include the acquisition of GIS. Refer to Note 3 – Acquisitions in the Consolidated Financial Statements. 92 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 93 Text.indd 93 3/18/09 5:59:52 PM Corporate Information Stock Listed and Traded Xerox common stock (XRX) is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the Chicago Stock Exchange. It is also traded on the Boston, Cincinnati, Pacific Coast, Philadelphia and Switzerland exchanges. Xerox Common Stock Prices and Dividends New York Stock Exchange composite prices* 2008 High Low Dividends Paid 2007 High Low Dividends Paid(1) First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter $ 15.82 13.10 0.0425 $ 15.36 13.28 0.0425 $ 18.09 16.53 — $ 19.40 17.08 — $ 14.39 11.05 0.0425 $ 19.90 15.79 — $ 11.30 5.25 0.0425 $ 17.68 15.82 — * (1) Prices as of close of business In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Board of Directors declared a 4.25 cent per share dividend on common stock payable January 31, 2008 to shareholders of record on December 31, 2007. The Board of Directors did not declare any other dividends on common stock in 2006 or 2007. Certifications We have filed with the SEC the certification required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as an exhibit to our 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and have submitted to the NYSE in 2008 the CEO certification required by the NYSE corporate governance rules. 94 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Text.indd 94 3/18/09 5:59:52 PM Corporate Information Officers Stock Listed and Traded Xerox common stock (XRX) is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the Chicago Stock Exchange. It is also traded on the Boston, Cincinnati, Pacific Coast, Philadelphia and Switzerland exchanges. Xerox Common Stock Prices and Dividends New York Stock Exchange composite prices* First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter $ 15.82 $ 15.36 13.10 0.0425 13.28 0.0425 $ 14.39 11.05 0.0425 $ 11.30 5.25 0.0425 $ 18.09 $ 19.40 $ 19.90 $ 17.68 16.53 — 17.08 — 15.79 — 15.82 — In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Board of Directors declared a 4.25 cent per share dividend on common stock payable January 31, 2008 to shareholders of record on December 31, 2007. The Board of Directors did not declare any other dividends on common stock in 2006 or 2007. We have filed with the SEC the certification required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as an exhibit to our 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and have submitted to the NYSE in 2008 the CEO certification required by the NYSE corporate governance rules. Dividends Paid 2008 High Low 2007 High Low Dividends Paid(1) Prices as of close of business * (1) Certifications Anne M. Mulcahy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Ursula M. Burns President James A. Firestone Executive Vice President President, Corporate Operations Lawrence A. Zimmerman Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Willem T. Appelo Senior Vice President President, Xerox Global Business and Services Group M. Stephen Cronin Senior Vice President President, Xerox Global Services Thomas J. Dolan Senior Vice President Global Accounts Integration Don H. Liu Senior Vice President General Counsel and Secretary Michael C. Mac Donald Senior Vice President Operational Effectiveness Jean-Noël Machon Senior Vice President President, Developing Markets Operations Armando Zagalo de Lima Senior Vice President President, Xerox Europe John E. McDermott Vice President Chief Information Officer Ivy Thomas McKinney Vice President Deputy General Counsel Patricia M. Nazemetz Vice President Chief Human Resources and Ethics Officer Shaun W. Pantling Vice President Director and General Manager, Xerox Global Services Europe Russell M. Peacock Vice President President, North American Channels Group Rhonda L. Seegal Vice President and Treasurer Sophie V. Vandebroek Vice President President, Xerox Innovation Group and Chief Technology Officer Leslie F. Varon Vice President and Controller Douglas H. Marshall Assistant Secretary Carol A. McFate Assistant Treasurer and Chief Investment Officer Eric Armour Vice President President, Global Business and Strategic Marketing Group Richard F. Cerrone Vice President Marketing Integration Richard M. Dastin Vice President President, Global Product Delivery Group Kathleen S. Fanning Vice President Worldwide Tax Anthony M. Federico Vice President Chief Engineer/Graphic Communications Executive Liaison D. Cameron Hyde Vice President Senior Vice President, Global Accounts Operations Gary R. Kabureck Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer John M. Kelly Vice President President, Xerox Global Services North America James H. Lesko Vice President Investor Relations Jule E. Limoli Vice President President, North American Agent Operations Douglas C. Lord Vice President President, North American Solutions Group 94 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Xerox 2008 Annual Report 95 How to reach us Xerox Corporation 45 Glover Avenue Norwalk, CT 06856-4505 203.968.3000 Xerox Europe Riverview Oxford Road Uxbridge Middlesex United Kingdom UB8 1HS +44.1895.251133 Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. Tokyo Midtown West 9-7-3, Akasaka Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052 Japan +81.3.6271.5111 Products and services www.xerox.com or by phone: 800 ASK-XEROX (800.275.9376) Additional information The Xerox Foundation e-mail: evelyn.shockley@xerox.com Diversity Programs and EEO-1 Reports 585.423.6157 www.xerox.com/diversity Minority and Women-Owned Business Suppliers 585.422.2295 www.xerox.com/supplierdiversity Ethics Helpline 866.XRX.0001 North America; International numbers and Web submission tool on www.xerox.com/ethics e-mail: ethics@xerox.com Environment, Health and Safety Progress Report 800.828.6571 www.xerox.com/environment Global Citizenship www.xerox.com/citizenship e-mail: citizenship@xerox.com Governance www.xerox.com/investor Questions from Students and Educators e-mail: nancy.dempsey@xerox.com Xerox Innovation www.xerox.com/innovation Independent Auditors PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 300 Atlantic Street Stamford, CT 06901 203.539.3000 Shareholder information For investor information, including comprehensive earnings releases: www.xerox.com/investor or call 888.979.8378. For shareholder services: call 800.828.6396 (TDD: 800.368.0328) or 781.575.3222; or write to Computershare Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 43078, Providence, RI 02940-3078; or use e-mail available at www.computershare.com Annual meeting Thursday, May 21, 2009, 9:00 a.m. EDT Xerox Corporate Headquarters 45 Glover Avenue Norwalk, Connecticut Proxy material mailed on April 9, 2009, to shareholders of record March 23, 2009. Investor contacts Jason Barnecut, Manager Investor Relations jason.barnecut@xerox.com Jennifer Horsley, Manager Investor Relations jennifer.horsley@xerox.com This annual report is also available online at www.xerox.com/investor Electronic delivery enrollment Xerox offers shareholders the convenience of electronic delivery including: • Immediate receipt of the Proxy Statement and Annual Report • Online proxy voting Registered Shareholders, visit http://www.eTree.com/Xerox You are a registered shareholder if you have your stock certificate in your possession or if the shares are being held by our transfer agent, Computershare. Beneficial Shareholders, visit http://enroll.icsdelivery.com/xrx You are a beneficial shareholder if you maintain your position in Xerox within a brokerage account. 96 Xerox 2008 Annual Report Text.indd 96 3/19/09 4:34:15 PM “ Bottom line: yes, we are feeling the impact of the recession; yes, we are moving aggressively to reduce costs, generate cash and weather the storm; but no, we are neither giving up on 2009 nor mortgaging our future by compromising on investments that will give us momentum as we come out of the economic downturn.” Anne M. Mulcahy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Cover.indd 2-3 3/12/09 1:19:18 PM 2008 Annual Report © 2009 Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. XEROX®, the sphere of connectivity design, DocuColor®, DocuTech®, FreeFlow®, New Business of Printing®, Phaser®, WorkCentre®, iGen3®, iGen4™, and Xerox Nuvera® are trademarks of, or licensed to Xerox Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. XMPie® is a trademark of XMPie Inc. 002CS18008 Cover.indd 4-1 3/12/09 1:19:18 PM
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above